Home

User Manual - PC Quote Canada Inc

Contents

1. Acceleration Study Moving Average Oscillator MA O The moving average oscillator 1s the difference between two moving averages The moving average oscillator shows you crossovers of moving averages Formula The moving average oscillator for period t 1s MAQ MA a MA b VEUEN Description MA a The simple moving average based on a intervals MA b The simple moving average based on b intervals Parameters The default values for the moving averages are two simple moving averages on the close the first with 5 periods and the other with 10 periods The periods used in the moving averages and the series can be changed in the moving average oscillator dialog box Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 199 Moving Avg Osc Parameters E OF Short Term Period E Cancel Lona Term Period E Help Field To Avg Volume Moving Average Oscillator Parameters Box The following table lists the Moving Average Oscillator parameter defaults Value Default The following picture displays a chart with a moving average oscillator study RealTick Untitled A ES Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help MEL ERES EEE CERTERO M Intraday Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 0 7 06 7 03 12 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 a 000 Prices QUOTES Moving Average Oscillator Study Page 200 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Moving
2. RealTick Untitled OR ES Page Design TurboOptions Favorites Window Help Change Close High 8 3 4 11 7 1112 101 2 0 0 223 1 2 Symbol Open Close Expiration Options CUTP2050 cu SEP 01 205 0 PUT Auto Y Day y l Bid Offer Price Volume Reserve Ant Route Short 3 alm Paria 2 fio tax Pret Margin y IE IS Cancel All Conditional Order po BONINI SBDEMO OD 11 31 01 Prices QUOTES TurboOptions Window Stocks The OES screen in Stocks can be found on the MarketMinder tab You can buy and sell from this tab just like you can from a Minder Please see the MarketMinder section in this chapter to learn more about trading from this window Placing Orders Buy from the Order Entry Screen in Order Book From the Order Book MarketMaker MarketMinder TurboOptions or Stocks window you can place a Limit Market Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 253 Note Trailing Stop PostNoPref and Discretionary are currently available on ARCA TALS DAY Page 254 EDO w BOY SELL w TALS Toc TE e CAY Stop Market Stop Limit Trailing Stop PostNoPref Discretionary Best Bid or Offer MID Bid Offer Conditional or Deferred order This set of instructions uses the Order Book window Any of the windows that offer Order Entry have a generic Show Order Entry Screen command and can buy 1 Click Show Order Entry Screen on the
3. x Gitar Trading Tools Townsend Analytics Ltd RealTick Townsend Analytics Ltd Stop Refresh ittp Awa taltrade com Townsend Analytics Ltd PRODUCTS COMPANY SITE CONTACT z Townsend Analytics Ltd WELCOME architects of real time financial software 4 17 2001 Our sites are changing yd ls For RealTick help files the sign up procedure Tas and other services please visit RealTickcom us Ss Changing the way the world trades presentation by Stuart Townsend at the International Online Trading Expo in Ontario CA Review the August 30 Decimalization Statement in PDF or read a summary of decimalization compliant version number updates El gt http www taltrade com site site asp Web Browser Window Open a Web Browser Window 1 Click Web Browser on the Design menu The Browser Setup dialog box will appear Current Browser Current Url lv Navigation Controls lv Status Bar Tithe Drop Url All Browsers Home Page cos Browser Setup Dialog Box 2 Type the web address you want to open in the Current Url field Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 3 Click OK The system displays your Web Browser window Navigate in a Web Browser Window Option Description Back Forward Stop amp Navigate in the Web Browser Refresh window Toolbar Remove or restore the Toolbar Status Bar Remove or restore the Status Bar Links to Web Sites Re
4. Header Text Numbers AaBbCc 0123456789 hlight T 2 Sle AaBbCc 0123456789 Display Options Dialog Box 3 Uncheck the Show Grid Lines option button to hide the grid line s The default option 1s to show the grid line s Uncheck the Show Borders option button to hide the border lines for the name of the columns and rows The default option is to show the borders Uncheck the Highlight Selection option button to not highlight a line you click The default option is to highlight the line Uncheck the Highlight Updated Cells option button to not highlight data that has been updated The default option is to highlight updated information Click More The system expands the Display Options dialog box Page 123 8 If you want to change the colors in the table uncheck the Auto Select option button The system activates the Grid Color Border Color Selection Color and Update Color buttons 9 If you want to change any of the colors click one of the Color buttons The system displays a standard Windows Color dialog box 10 Click the color and click OK 11 To change the highlighting feature choose the feature from the drop down list available in the Update Highlight Type field 12 Click OK The system updates the MarketMinder window MultiQuote The MultiQuote window is a versatile quote window for one or more instruments or a single trading account Di
5. MarketMaker Window The top panel contains a MultiQuote window showing fundamental data on the stock being tracked The middle panel is a Range Bar showing the relative sizes of the bid ask ranges The side panel contains the ticker showing the trade prices for the stock being tracked The bottom panel displays an abbreviated Order Entry window to allow quick and easy trading access Create a MarketMaker Window 1 Click MarketMakers on the RealTick Design menu The system displays the MarketMakers Regional Setup dialog box Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Market Maker Regional Setup ES Data Selection User Interface Settings Data Properties Symbol MSFT Market Makers gt Upper Case Symbols Regional Monitor Auto Detect Servers Quote Server Default QUOTES Level 2 Server Default LEVEL 2 Select Servers Range Bar Properties Size Tiers according to CH Participants Bid Offer Size O Show only 3 Herz Tier aggregation Decimal Quotes 50 Fractional Quotes li 32 Cancel Market Maker Regional Setup Dialog Box 2 Type a symbol in the Symbol field 3 Select Market Makers Regional or Auto Detect Data Properties Description Market Makers Receive data from all market makers Regional Receive regional bid ask data only Auto Detect Determines whether to choose a MarketMaker display with NASDAQ data or a d
6. Selected Custom Sort Dialog Box 2 Add the columns you would like to sort to the Selected field list using the gt button Click the Ascending option button if you d like to sort the data from high to low Click the Descending option button if you d like to sort the data from low to high Click the Put Zeros at Bottom check box if youd like to put zeros at the bottom of the column regardless 1f you sort the column ascending or descending Page 121 6 Click the Absolute Values check box if you want to ignore the sign of the values being sorted 7 Click OK The Minder will sort Additional Settings to Custom Sort your Minder 1 Right click a column title on the Minder window E Minder StandardDefault byw Symbol o NDXX Sort Ascending Sort Descending Custom Sort Ho Sorting 2 Select Hide Column to hide the column a 3 Select Comma Seperated 1000s to display the commas v Center aide 4 Select Color Code to add the up tick and down tick colors Hide Column Comma Separated 1000s v Color Code Change the Window Font for MarketMinder 1 Click Display Options on the MarketMinder menu The system displays the Display Options dialog box Font MS Sans Serf Regular 10 Cancel Set Text Color Set Background Color More gt gt W Shon Grid Lines Y Highlight Selection MW Show Borders lv Highlight Updated Cells Allow Dynamic Highlighting Sample
7. Note You can sell on a Peg Bid and buy on a Peg Offer Chapter 7 Placing Orders RealTick default1024x7680e OF x Page Design MarketMaker Favorites Window Help Name Bid Size Best 53 SCHB 26 13 1 AMEX 26 13 50 279 i 0 SNDY 26 13 1 9 5 288 0 0 1000 521 200 283 1000 1000 200 1500 Symbol Volume Route Options gt DELL DELL COMPUTER CORPORATION hoo arca T Shot M Erer IV Peg Limit Peg Offset M Disc Offset IV Disc Limit Reserve Amt I Conditional Order 26 12 SS eee w 102 11 02 1100 211100 al Leza al al E Buy DELL Sell DELL Cancel All 000 Prices TA_SRV 10 45 04 MarketMaker Window 2 Select Peg Bid to buy Peg Offer to sell or Peg Mid from the Price Type drop down field Select ARCA as the route from the Route drop down field Type the amount of shares you would like to trade in the Volume spin box or use the arrows Type the offset price in the Peg Offset spin box or use the arrows Type the limit price or select the price using the arrows Click Buy if you are placing a Peg Bid or click Sell if you are placing a Peg Offer The order is placed in the Order Book Random Reserve Order Set the Random Reserve l Select Order Entry Properties from the MarketMaker menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Page 267 Order Entry Properties ES Event Sounds wamings Confirmations Order Colors Order
8. a ooo Prices QUOTES Moving Average Convergence Divergence Study Signal Line SIG The Signal line is an exponential moving average of the MACD The Signal line usually uses a smoothing factor comparable to a short term moving average Formula SIG EMA EMA EMA 7 EMA MA CD Reference Colby Thomas and Robert Meyers The Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Dow Jones Irwin 1989 Parameters The parameters are the respective smoothing factors and the price series The default values are a smoothing factor of 07 approximately equal to 26 periods for the second moving average 15 for the first 12 periods and a smoothing factor of 20 for the signal line 9 periods Chapter 6 Charts 8 Technical Analysis Signal Line Parameters Field To Avg Smoothing Factors First EMA TE Second EMA 007 0 200 Cancel Help Signal Line Signal Line Parameters The following table lists the MACD Signal Line parameter defaults WE Varley Defaults Field to Avg Close EMA EMA MACD Oscillator CDO The MACD is frequently used with the Signal line to generate trading signals based on crossovers The MACD Oscillator shows these crossovers directly The MACD Oscillator is the difference between the MACD line and the Signal line Formula MACDO MACD SIG Parameters The parameters are the respective smoothing factors and the price series The defa
9. 6 Check Use As Default if you want this favorite to be used when you create a new window of this type from the toolbar 7 Click OK The system saves your favorite Change a Favorite You can change any of the favorites you created 1 Click Edit Favorites on the Favorites menu The Edit Favorites dialog box appears Chapter 4 Basic Features Page 67 Page 68 Edit Favorites Ed Window Type Favorites IBM Open Delete Clear Default Default MICROSOFT CORP Edit Favorites Dialog Box 2 Select the window from the Window Type drop down list 3 Click the favorite you want to change in the Favorites box 4 Click Edit The Save Favorite dialog box appears Save Favorite Please select a name for this favorite MICROSOFT CORP Cancel W Save Position Setup After Opening W Use As Default Save Favorite Dialog Box 5 Change the name for the favorite in the field labeled Please select a name for this favorite You can type a new name or choose an existing name 6 Check Save Position if you want your favorite to appear in the same place on any page every time you open it If this option is not selected RealTick will use its default window positioning logic 7 Check Setup After Opening if you want the window s Setup dialog to appear every time you open your favorite 8 Check Use As Default if you plan to use the window frequently regardless of the page you re viewing 9 Click
10. 8 pt Arial Chart Display Options Dialog Box 2 Click the Configure Column button The system displays the Set Column Attributes dialog box Column Hion l Namel High ee Cancel Name2 Hi PIPE Center vere le Right Field width 8 2 No Decimals fo Set Column Attributes Dialog Box Iv Show Zeros gt Display in Table View 3 Choose the column you want to change from the drop down list available in the Column field 4 Change the name of the column as it appears in the Edit Chart dialog box in the Namel field 5 Change the name of the column as it appears in the statistics pop up window in the Name field 6 Type the width of the field in the Field Width field 7 Choose the alignment for the column by clicking the Left Center or Right buttons 8 Click the Show Zeros field if you want to have zeros placed in numeric fields that do not have data Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis 9 Click OK The system displays the Chart Display Options dialog box 10 Click OK The system updates the Chart window Hide the Chart Title Legend Choose this option to hide the title on the chart window and save window space 1 Click Display on the Chart menu The Chart Display dialog box will appear General Properties Show Grid Lines Show Last Price In Axis 2 Inthe General Properties box make sure the Show Legends ShowLegend Color Code Volume Bars che
11. Cancel Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 2 Click Event Sounds tab The system displays the Event Sounds tab 3 Check Enable Order Event Sounds option button The system activates the other fields in the dialog box 4 Choose the event you wish to trigger a sound from the list available in the Event field 5 Choose the sound from the drop down list available in the Sound field If no wav files are listed there you can search your hard drive and or network using the Browse button 6 Click OK The system closes the Order Entry Properties and sets the alarm Next time the order event occurs the alarm will sound Set Warnings to Display after a Specific Action You can set the Order Book window to display a warning or confirmation after you place an order 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The system displays the Order Entry Properties dialog box 2 Click Warnings Confirmations tab Page 283 Page 284 The system displays the Warnings Confirmations tab 3 For Price warnings click the Warning Type drop down list to choose when you would like to be warned Order Entry Properties Ed Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Event Sounds Wamings Confirmations Order Colors Price warnings Warning ype gt Absolute 1 Percentage Range Trade Size Limit Warn if Trade Size is greater than fo a Other Options Iv Confirm All Trades V Con
12. Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data The Select Regional ange dialog box will appear Cancel Select Regional Exchange Dialog Box 2 Click the exchange you d like to receive data from or press CTRL and click more than one exchange 3 Click OK The system updates the TurboOptions window Using TurboOptions Set Interest Rates 1 Click Set Interest Rates on the Turbo Options menu The Set Interest Rates dialog box will appear OK May 02 1 00 Jun OU 1 00 Cance Sep 02 1 00 MEM Dec U2 1 00 Default Rate Set Interest Rates Dialog Box 2 Enter the value of the rate in the Value field 3 Click the Apply button The Rate field will change 4 Click the OK button Page 155 Page 156 Change Calculation Parameters Change the parameters for the greeks calculations There are two inputs that affect the greeks Volatilities and the Option Pricing model Select both the Volatilities and the Option Pricing model in the Calculation Parameters dialog box 1 Click Calculation Parameters on the Turbo Options menu The Calculation Parameters dialog box appears Calculation Parameters E m Volatilities Dividend Use Real time Volatility gereesececeeeseesesssocseeeeesessessoseseseey Calls fi 5 000 Puts fi 5 000 Save As Default Calculation Type Equity C Future Financial Model Pseudo Americar 05 02 2002 0
13. Discretionary Proactive Proactive Discretionary orders are the same as Discretionary orders They attempt to hit take any bid offer that falls within the discretionary range and accept any preference order coming into it Discretionary orders do not execute outside the NBBO unless the Show price is preferenced Example You place an order with a broker to buy 1000 shares of MSFT starting at the limit price of 71 a share You set the discretionary price at 72 a share The broker buys the first 500 shares at 71 and has up until 72 a share to buy the next 500 shares If the price gets to 72 a share the discretionary order turns into a limit order and remains in the book until it can be filled Passive Discretionary Passive discretionary orders execute with the street at the show price and interact with orders within the book at the discretionary price Discretion Limit A Discretion Limit order attaches itself to a Discretionary order and only attempts an execution against an order that falls within your discretion range if it is over a preset share quantity Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders Best Bid or Offer BBO This order type sends a limit order with a price that equals the current bid or offer Example You choose to buy 1000 shares of MSFT You choose the BBO Order Type to buy at the current offer Midpoint MID With this order type you can buy or sell at the midpoint between
14. Methods John Irwin 1988 Parameters You can set the Offset Envelope value in the Envelope dialog box You can enter integers or fractions in decimal form e g 1 You can also change the type and parameters of the moving average on which the envelope is based The following table lists the Percentage Offset and Moving Average default parameters Value Default Moving Avg Type Simple Field to Avg Close Envelope Parameters E l C Average Range 2 00 ranges ance Bollinger Band 2 00 std dewatane Help C Range Channel 50 00 e h Parameters Period E Envelope Parameters Box Moving Average Parameters Period E Field to Ava Moving Average Type i Simple lo Auto Regression Linear Weighted C Exponential Smoothing 0 00 Moving Average Parameters Dialog Box Page 192 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Average Range Envelopes based on the range can be displayed The average envelope adds upper or subtracts lower a measure of the range to the moving average The range is calculated as the largest absolute value of either today s high minus today s low today s high minus yesterday s close or today s low minus yesterday s close The simple moving average of the range is then added or subtracted to the moving average of the price to produce either envelope Formulae UP NAY avy DH WAY ave IL Vi 1013 Deis i l VEUEN Description Decima
15. There are six suitability rules that can affect RealTick users These rules include Transaction Cost Transaction Size Trade Frequency Price Range Single Item Portfolio Balancing and Portfolio Balancing These rules are risk management tools that restrict your customers from executing an order when violating a rule Transaction Cost Restricts or warns the user if the transaction costs exceeds suitability limit per transaction Transaction Size Restricts or warns a user if transaction size exceeds suitability limit per transaction Trade Frequency Restricts or warns a user if they have exceeded the maximum number of trades per day Price Range Restricts or warns a user if the price on the trade 1s greater than a percentage or absolute amount from the last sale market Page 249 Single Item Portfolio Balancing Restricts or warns the user if a position in his portfolio exceed x or absolute value of the entire value Portfolio Balancing Restricts or warns the user if a security type in his portfolio exceeds x or absolute value of the entire value of the portfolio RealTick Windows with Order Entry Note If you would like a description of each order entry field in the OES window refer to the online help Page 250 RealTick offers Order Entry with several windows You can monitor market data and trade from several of the windows Order Entry Screen OES Send an order using the Order Entry screen You can
16. You can set defaults for all RealTick pages For example you can set RealTick to save a page before you exit the program l Click the Control Menu on the left corner of the RealTick title bar Click Set System Defaults The Set Defaults dialog box appears Check Snap to page if you want all windows on a RealTick page to proportionally adjust their size to fit the program window Check Save Page on Shutdown if you want RealTick to automatically save all pages before you exit the program Click OK The system saves the page defaults and closes the Set Defaults dialog box Set General RealTick Options Enter symbols in upper case regardless of your keyboard setting and hide the page name from the title bar l Click the Control Menu on the left corner of the RealTick title bar Click Set System Defaults The Set Defaults dialog box appears Check Upper Case Symbols if you want all symbols to be in upper case regardless of how you type them Do not set this option if you plan to use symbols in lower case Check Dynamic Title if you want the name of the current page to be displayed in the title bar If this is turned off the system only displays the word RealTick in the caption Check No Captions if you want to remove the names of the studies from each window By using this option you can save space on your RealTick page Click OK The system saves all changes and closes the Set Defaults dialog box Set Defau
17. 15 Minutes Start Bars at Open 0 Exelude data before foz 00 O Exclude data after i 6 00 Shovnlrequler Trades Delete Chart Title f OK Price Server E efault HISTORIC Bar Graph e Show Erchanae TE CandleStick Exch Contribute P Show volume Upper case only e More gt gt Chart Setup Dialog Box 2 Enter one or more symbols in the Symbols field OR Click the More button to load a symbol file 3 Choose the type of chart from the drop down list available in the Data Period field 4 Enter a date frame for the information in the chart Cancel Server Page 167 9 F Hint You can later change the minute interval of an Intraday chart by typing p and the minute interval For example for a five minute chart type p5 Page 168 5 Type the end date in the Date field The system will not gather data after this date 6 Type the days you want to go back in the Days field The system searches for data within the time frame 7 Ifyou create an Intraday chart type the minute time interval for the chart in the Intraday Bar Interval field or use the arrows The system updates the information at each interval 8 Choose the time frame for your chart Time Frame Description Start Bars at Open Displays data starting from the market s open Exclude data before Excludes any data before a specific time Exclude data after Excludes any data after a specific
18. 4 Select the ARCA route from the Route drop down field 5 Type the amount of shares you would like to trade in the Volume spin box or use the arrows 6 Select the expiration from the Expiration drop down field 7 Click the Buy button to buy the stock or click Sell to sell the stock The order is placed Select a Discretion Limit Range 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the MarketMaker menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 265 Page 266 Order Entry Properties Fa Event Sounds Warnings Confirmations Order Colors Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Security Type Route Primary Account I Default Rules NONE NONE Defaults for Exchange Security Type STOCK Apply Clear Route ARCA y Account y Price Type Juxr ss Trade Size 11000 MV Default Trade Size to Position up to 1000 M Default Discretion Limit 500 M Default Random Reserve Delta 500 Expiration Day y Volume Type Partial Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 2 Click the Default Discretion Limit check box The spin box will activate 3 Type or select the number of shares in your Discretionary range using the spin buttons 4 Click OK The discretionary range 1s set Place a Basic Pegging Order 1 Select Peg as the OES layout from the MarketMaker OES panel The Peg OES layout will appear Chapter 7 Placing Orders
19. E PARM te E a Account detail mgt Py Fundamentals mat Account Info Top MET issues mgt default mgt Market Indices mat laa default_with_position mqt fa MMAKER MOT execl mat mmakerz mgt mmaker3 mgt File name Open Dialog Box mmaker4 mat mmaker5 mgt Quote Test mgt Research mat techmm mgt two line_small m m Files of type Mulig uote Layout Files mqt Cancel Zi 2 Select the MultiQuote layout you would like to open 3 Click Open The MultiQuote window will appear Open a MultiQuote Window Layout 1 Click Open Layout on the MultiQuote menu Page 125 News Note You can view headline stories as they reach the market Page 126 The system displays the Windows standard Open dialog box 2 Double click the column layout file 3 Click Open The system opens the layout With the News window you can include news headlines and stories in your RealTick window You can follow market movements as well as a wide variety of press releases and announcements that may affect prices Headline Screen 4 100 Headlines RealTick Townsend Analytics Ltd ES 61 64 17 1674866 Director Gentilomo known for al z 1074800 Tom Green says his new film Fr 16 41 Cc 16 41 Cc 16 41 C 16 46 C 16 46 C 16 46 Cc 16 39 Cc 16 39 Cc 666361 1671946 1070819 1070819 1074817 1071939 1074566 1073458 000360 1074805 1070818 RF Micro Devi
20. The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear 2 Click Create on the Actions tab The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear 3 Click the Preference check box and type the Market Maker ID ECN or exchange in the Preference field 4 Click OK The hot key is created Page 296 Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders Create a Change Order Action Hot Key Use a Change hot key to change the parameters of a live order without having to right click an order You can press the hot key and the Change Order dialog box will appear 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear 2 Click Create on the Actions tab The Edit Order Actions dialog box will appear 3 Click the Action check box The Action box will activate 4 Select Change from the Action Type drop down list 5 Click OK The hot key is created Create a Bump Hot Key You can create a hot key to change your order price or volume in increments Define the increment 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box appears 2 Click Create on the Actions tab The Edit Order Action dialog box appears 3 Click the Action check box The Action box will activate 4 Select Bump price volume from the Action drop down list The Price Adjustment box will activate 5 Select the appropriate price and or volume increment 6 For price click
21. The lowest price of the current period H If H H p gt L L p then DM is PDM and MDM is zero If H Hp lt L L p then DM is MDM and PDM is zero TR True Range is the largest of H L H Cp or L Cp The four directional movement indicators are Plus Directional Movement PDI EMA PDM EMA TR Minus Directional Movement MDI EMA MDM EMA TR Directional Movement Indicator DX PDI MDI PDI MDI Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 233 Chapter 7 Placing Orders This chapter discusses the different order types you can place using RealTick It will instruct you how to use the different windows to place these orders These windows include Order Book MarketMaker MarketMinder TurboOptions and Stocks Order Types Market Order With this order type you can place a buy or sell order at the current market price There may be a price difference between the time you place the order and the confirmation of the order You will find out the actual trading price when you receive the order Note Market orders confirmation are currently available on ARCA Example You place an order to Buy 100 shares of Microsoft at ISI REDI INCA Market The best offer is currently 65 The order may be and BTRD executed at 65 or whatever the best offer changes to while your market order is open Limit Order This order type allows you to select a specific price at which you want your o
22. and the ticker will display the different options o To return the symbol to the primary Ticker click Reset Primary Tickers View Details in a TurboOptions Window To Click Set the number of strike prices displayed at this level in the Turbo Options Setup dialog box a To collapse an underlier row so that only the expiration and 1f applicable the futures contract 1s visible To collapse the row MES Sizing Columns Because of the unique column layout of Turbo Options windows 1t 1s always better to size the columns from the right side of the window As you size a column on the right side the equivalent columns on the left side will also be sized Change the Width of a Column in TurboOptions 1 Choose the column you would like to size on the right side of the TurboOptions window 2 Place the mouse pointer to the right of the column until the column sizing cursor appears 3 Drag the column border to the desired size either smaller or larger Page 157 Web Browser Note You can also enter a home page in the Home Page field The Home Page will become your default web page whenever you create a Web Browser Page 158 The Web Browser window enables you to view sites on the World Wide Web You can view stock tips web news stories and more To run Web Browser you must have a copy of Internet Explorer installed on your computer However Internet Explorer does not have to be your default browser
23. 1 Weight KURT Weight JAR KURTL Where KURT is the simple kurtosis at time t for period n If the Weight is zero the formula reduces to the simple kurtosis above Parameters The period and the autoregressive weight can be changed through the kurtosis parameter box Kurtosis Parameters OF Sample Size 15 Cancel z Weight lo Cancel Help Kurtosis Parameters The following table lists default parameters for the Kurtosis study Value Default E wane 0 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 225 Page 226 The following picture displays a chart with a kurtosis study RealTick Untitled Al ES aaa la 1 0 Intraday Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 7 06 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 000 Prices QUOTES Kurtosis Study Volume and Open Interest The Volume and Open Interest indicators are displayed in the second and third panels These indicators measure the amount of trades during a time period The four Volume and Open Interest studies available are Tick Count TCT Volume VOL Open Interest OI and On Balance Volume OBV The Volume and Open Interest indicators have no adjustable parameters Tick Count TCT Tick count is available for intraday bars Tick count is the number of ticks that occurred at each time interval Technically a tick occurs whenever the price changes rather than when a trade occurs Tick count is displayed as a histo
24. 135 Percent Change 137 Ratio 137 Table Menu 30 Page 341 Transferring Data to other Applications 139 Weekly 135 TAL Alarms 84 Create an Alarm 85 TAL Alarms Menu 44 TAL Alerts 89 Create an Alert 89 Delete an Alert 92 Open TAL Alerts 89 Turn Off a Beeping Alarm 92 TAL Mail Add a Mail Alert in the Status Bar 60 Add a Sound Alert to TAL Mail 60 Technical Analysis 183 Acceleration ACC 197 Accessing the Parameters Dialog Box 186 Add a Technical Analysis to a Table 185 Arms Ease of Movement EMV 229 Average Range 193 Bollinger Bands 194 Commodity Channel Index CCI 210 D Averaged 215 D Fast D 213 D Slow Ds 215 Directional Movement Indicators PDI MDI DX ADX 233 K Fast K 212 Kurtosis 219 Kurtosis KUR 225 MACD Oscillator CDO 205 Mean 220 Moments 219 Momentum Oscillator MOM 196 Money Flow FLO 230 Monthly Average AVG 220 Moving Average Convergence Divergence MCD 202 Page 342 Moving Average Momentum MAM 201 Moving Average Oscillator MAO 199 Moving Average Parameters 188 Moving Averages 186 Moving Linear Regression MLR 189 On Balance Volume OBV 227 Open Interest OI 227 Oscillators 196 Parabolic Price Time Study 231 Percentage Offset 191 Price and Volume Studies 227 Price Studies 186 Range Channel 195 Rate of Change in Prices RCP 206 Relative Strength Index RSJ 218 Signal Line SIG 204 Skew SKW 223 Standard
25. AUTO FOREIGN BANKS WEST AUTO TRUCK ORIG BEVERAGES ALCOH AUTO TRUCK REPL BEVERAGES SOFT BLDG PRD AIR HT DIME DOM DDS P TD Industry Search 1 Click the alphabet letter in the Search field for the industry names that start with that specific letter in the alphabet The system displays the industries starting with that letter 2 Click the industry name in the Industry field The system displays a list of all the companies that are listed under the chosen industry 3 Click the symbol name from the Symbol field The system displays the Zacks Brokerage Research Center window Earnings Surprises Earnings Surprises This page enables you to view the top surprises in the market You can view both the positive and negative surprises in the industry Part of Zacks Brokerage Research Center EJ earnings Surprises http woas zacks com plsql freser zbrc_main comp_id TOWNSEND amp Ma ES Last updated on Apr 25 2001 at 10 20AM Positive Surprises SCAT SANCHEZ COMPUTR 08 41 0 01 0 03 200 00 KFRC KFORCE COM INC 108 19 0 06 0 09 50 00 WBSN WEBSENSE INC 09 30 0 02 0 01 50 00 vx IVAX CORP l07 53 0 25 0 32 28 00 EIR ENTERGY CORP 0749 060 075 25 00 MENT MENTOR GRAPHICS 109 03 0 22 0 27 22 73 nT 4 AITT THA AT THT lanan AAN n 11 a mE b Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Earnings Surprises o Click Earning Surprises on the drop down list from the toolbar button Th
26. Background Background Displays the Open dialog box where you can Bitmap add or change a bitmap picture to the background Background Color Displays the Color dialog box where you can select a background color Default Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the font of a MultiQuote window Select Account Displays the Select Account dialog box where you can select a new account Print Preview View how your MultiQuote window will appear on the printed page Print Displays the Print dialog box where you can print the MultiQuote window Child gt Popup Click Child gt Popup to move MultiQuote outside of RealTick or from one page to another Popup gt Child Click Popup gt Child to return the MultiQuote window to a RealTick page Access MultiQuote favorites Add to Favorites Displays the Save Favorite dialog box Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 41 Menu Command Functionality where you can save a MultiQuote layout as a favorite Menu Command Functionality Order Book Menu Setup Displays the OrderBook Setup dialog box where you can modify the OrderBook window Select Account Displays the Select Account dialog box where you can choose a new account Order Entry Displays the Order Entry Properties dialog Properties box where you can set system wide defaults for the order entry system including default quantities and routes Put Managed Displays a separate panel for managed Orders in S
27. Basic Features Service Bureau Hyperfeed Month Day Globex Day Globex w NN awe foe fo fe oo oaa v E v ws Provemer x s e e Deme 2 7 2 axa Create a RealTick Window with a Symbol in the Symbol Guide You can create a window using the symbols in the Symbol Guide 1 Click and drag a symbol from the Symbol Guide The system displays a circle with a diagonal slash 2 Drag the cursor to the toolbar icon of the window you want to create 3 Drop the symbol The system creates the window Setting System Defaults System defaults in RealTick affect all the RealTick Windows or the behavior of the RealTick framework You can set your own system defaults For example you can select what page will open when you first log on to RealTick Change Colors for Up Ticks and Down Ticks Currently RealTick displays up tick data in green and down tick data in red You can change the colors for all the pages and windows in RealTick by changing the System Defaults setting 1 Click the Control Menu on the left corner of the RealTick title bar 2 Click Set System Defaults The Set Defaults dialog box appears Chapter 4 Basic Features Page 77 On Startup Show Page Manager a f Load First Page Load Recent Page No Default Page Page 78 Set Defaults r Change Indicators Prices 5 E a IV Display Fractional Prices as LCD Up tick a Down tick 5 No points or carets Cancel Genera
28. Chapter 10 Troubleshooting RealTick Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons Description This chapter describes why and how to use certain Real Tick features to track positions and accounts This chapter describes advanced activities such as how to design and execute a script to automate a variety of tasks This chapter provides troubleshooting procedures concerning any problems connecting to or using RealTick This chapter provides information concerning Hottrend OZ Scanner and MarketGauge Conventions in the Manual The following table describes the text styles used in this manual Convention 1 Type the Click Double click Choose Choose from a drop down list Description Numbered text are steps you must follow to perform a certain task Click means to press your left mouse button once Quickly press your left mouse button twice Click an item with your left mouse button Click the arrow located to the right of a drop down list field The system displays the drop down list Click the information from the list and release your mouse button The manual lists buttons fields and menu commands in bold You must click the button type data into the field or choose the menu that appears in bold About This Manual Convention __ Description Italics The manual occasionally lists data you must type in italics This manual is intended to instruct users in how to use Real Tick and its
29. Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons Link Hottrend RealTime Radar to another RealTick Window 1 Click Links on the Hottrend window The Select Window to Link dialog box will appear Select Window to Link Window Type Window Title Market binder MiYSE Hottrend StandardD efault byw Market Minder TAL Chain listing Web Browser Nasdag NMS Hottrend Hottrend Realtime Aa Esmas Select Window to Link Dialog Box 2 Select the window you would like to link 3 Click OK Display a Symbol in the Linked Window o Click the ticker symbol hyperlink The linked window will display the symbol Drag and drop a symbol from the Hottrend Favorite 1 Click a symbol in Hottrend 2 Drag and drop the symbol in a MarketMinder MultiQuote News MarketMaker Turbo Options Order Book Chart or Enlist window The symbol will display View the Day Summary The Day Summary displays all the activity on the RealTime Radar for the day o Click the Day Summary button The window appears Page 325 a NYSE Summary for Realtick Al ES Links Radar Help i Number of Abnormal i 1 AZO 338 114244 09 49 15 26 36 1 2008 B3 151 22801 09 39 12 09 83 1 1010 3 CHS 196 13328 09 40 15 04 ale 15 7 4 ENE 163 10473 09 32 14 19 1 6 125 5 NUE 98 7844 09 50 11 45 207 94 13 6 TEX 81 6561 09 48 11 08 158 13 16 Gi SE 76 5776 11 45 13 00 el 466 242 8 AH 67 4489 09 48 10 54 128 We 123 9 CNE 63 3969 09 54 10 56 265 20 17 10 FBN 61 3721 09 37 1
30. F COTA 1978 Er 65001 ate w E BE oac IOI Client Window Create an Indications Window 1 Click Indications on the Design menu The system displays the IOI Setup dialog box Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Filters Display Options Columns Date 5 1 5 2001 iv Time F Show expired IOI s also Pret Time Upen Iv Buys y only l ica 5 60 Minutes Back Symbol End Time Now O fie 00 hh mm Cancel IOI Setup Dialog Box 2 Enter the date for the indications in the Date field You can enter any past date 3 Check the Time option button The system activates the Time frame 4 Click either the Open option button or the Minutes Back option button in the Begin Time field o Ifyou choose Open the system displays all the information from the opening of the specific date o Ifyou choose Minutes Back the system activates the numeric field to the right You can enter when to start viewing data 5 Click either the Now option button or the hh mm option button in the End Time field o Ifyou choose Now the system displays all the information to the current time o Ifyou choose hh mm the system activates the numeric field to the right You can enter when to stop viewing data 6 To view expired IOI s check the Show expired IOI s also option button 7 To view buy or sell IOI s check the Only option button The system activates the drop down list field to the left 8 C
31. Header Text Numbers AaBbCc 0123456769 IN AsBbCe 0123456789 Display Options Dialog Box 2 Choose a font from the drop down list available in the Font field 3 Choose a font style from the drop down list available in the Font Style field For example you can choose bold or italic 4 Choose a size from the drop down list available in the Size field 5 Click the Set Text Color button to change the color The system displays a standard Windows Color dialog box 6 Select the color and click OK Page 122 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data I The standard Windows Color dialog box will close Click OK on the Display Options dialog box The system updates the MarketMinder window Change the Table Display You can change the grid lines the borders the colors and the highlight feature in the MarketMinder window l 2 Click Display Options on the MarketMinder menu The system displays the Display Options dialog box Click More gt gt to expand the Display Options dialog box Display Options x Font m Extended Colors MS Sans Serif y Regular y 110 OK Auto Select Set Text Color Set Back d Color et Text Color et Background Color PIF Border Color I Show Grid Lines V Highlight Selection V Show Borders V Highlight Updated Cells Selection Color Allow D ic Highlighti Sample A Update Color Cancel Grid Color
32. Island Regional Quote Sources All RECI Book TAL Match Exchange Select Exchanges Quote Sources to Display Dialog Box Page 144 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Include Exclude Market Makers E Market Makers to Include E sclude a Include only these Market Makers Click the Custom option button in the NASDAQ Stock Quotes box The Select button will activate Click Select The Include Exclude Market Makers dialog box will appear alate Cancel Delete All Include Exclude Market Makers Dialog Box 8 9 10 11 Type a Market Maker s in the field Click Add Click the Include only these Market Makers option button Click OK The system closes and redisplays the Ticker window Remove Data from a Specific Market Maker l Click NASDAQ Quote Sources on the Ticker menu The Quote Sources to Display dialog box will appear Click Custom in the NASDAQ Stock Quotes box The Select button will activate Click Select The Include Exclude Market Makers dialog box will appear Click Exclude these Market Makers Click OK The system closes the dialog box and redisplays the Ticker window Page 145 View a Ticker from a Single Source 1 Click NASDAQ Quote Sources on the Ticker menu The Quote Sources to Display dialog box will appear 2 Click Show Selected Sources Only The Quote Sources List activates 3 Select the NA
33. Random Reserve Delta 100 Select Account Order Entry Properties OES Right Click Menu 4 Select the price type from the Price Type field If you choose a Limit order you must specify the price in the Price field 5 Click Buy to buy or click Sell to sell The order is placed BasketMinder Use Basket orders to trade more than one stock at a time Trade baskets of securities as if you were trading a single instrument or an index Setup the Basket Order Entry Window l Click Setup on the MarketMinder menu The Minder Setup dialog box will appear Click the Baskets option button Type the symbols you want to trade in the Selected Symbols field or select a symbol file Click OK A BasketMinder will appear Page 269 Basket Hirder Basket stele bve TAL TEST BONIN DEMO Hai Pail xi a eo Eg ai l Ak We T Eoo T Gomt T 299 soa joaz TH E oso T Packet Quantity Eeecution Backed Tag gg Route TAL x M in Cie es E Hi Tage ft MA Vel Type Fara Ep ET bee a cal naa E Cancel A Orders en AO A A exe Mark Ponien Cima S E Pawnetes lso Basket Dela Coman TolalBastatCost Weight gD q QQ BasketMinder Window 5 Double click each field in the Weight column to activate the field and type the number of shares you would like to trade for each symbol 6 Press Enter The weight 1s added to the symbol Configure a Standard BasketMinder Order In a stand
34. Sales 150 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources except ECNs in MarketMaker 109 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources in MarketMaker 108 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from ECNs only in MarketMaker 109 R RAM 11 Range Channel 195 Rate of Change in Prices RCP 206 Ratio 137 169 Real Tick Control Menu 25 Real Tick Menu Bar 25 Chart Menu 28 Corporate Actions Menu 44 Design Menu 26 Favorites Menu 45 Fixed Page News Menu 33 Forex Menu 35 Indications Menu 44 MarketMakers Menu 38 MarketMinder Menu 36 MultiQuote Menu 40 News Menu 31 Order Entry Menu 42 Page 339 Page Menu 25 Stocks Menu 42 Table Menu 30 TAL Alarms Menu 44 Ticker Menu 31 Time amp Sales Menu 40 Turbo Options Menu 35 Web Browser Menu 43 Window Menu 45 RealTick Pages 52 RealTick Status Bar Name and Domain 49 Server Button 49 Status Lights 49 Time 49 RealTick Toolbar 46 Refresh Rate 12 Relative Strength Index RSI 218 Remove Data from a Specific Market Maker 145 Rename a Page 56 Replace a Symbol in a Chart 169 Reserve Order 243 Resize a Trend Line 182 Resolution 12 Right Mouse Button 21 Root 116 S Save a Column Layout 121 Save a New Page 54 Save an Existing Page 54 Save the MultiQuote Window Layout 125 Scale a Chart 175 176 Screen Display Requirements 12 Color Depth 12 Refresh Rate 12 Resolution 12 Screen Size 12 Video Card 12 Screen Size 12 Scripts Design a Script 316
35. The Setup Studies dialog box appears Select a study 3 Click Parameters The study s Parameters dialog box will appear Price Studies Price studies are studies that values are in the same units as the price of the asset The price studies offered in RealTick are Moving Averages Moving Linear Regression Upper Envelope and Lower Envelope Moving Averages MA A moving average is a smoothing technique used to isolate the trend from short term price fluctuations RealTick displays four types of moving averages simple autoregressive linear weighted and exponential The types differ primarily in how they treat older data Simple moving averages weight each of the terms in the average equally The linear weighted moving average gives more importance to more recent prices Both the simple and the linear weighted moving averages limit the price effect to the number of periods in the average The autoregressive moving average is based on the inputs and outputs in the system Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis The exponential gives more weight to recent prices but allows all data in the window to influence the average Instead of a number of periods the exponential uses a smoothing factor which can have any value between zero and one The larger the smoothing factor the more influenced the average will be by more recent prices If you want to relate the smoothing factor to the periods used in the standard moving average set
36. Type the increment range in the Range field 6 Click OK The price warning is set Creating Hot Keys You can assign keyboard combinations to quickly buy or sell stocks For example a well known Windows Hot Key 1s Ctrl C for copy You can create a function key Ctrl or Alt combination for quick buys sells or cancels Note You can use a function key as a hot key Create a Buy Hot Key Click Func from the Hot Key drop down list and select a function key Hot Fey You can create a Buy Hot Key to quickly purchase a stock Page 287 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties screen appears 2 Click the Actions tab The Actions tab appears Order Entry Properties _ Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 3 Click Create The Edit Order Action dialog box appears v Edit Order Action E Hint To buy at the best Lal bid or offer without a y stereelviter confirmation box T Bento Selected Symbol T lose by Bid Otfer appearing choose BBO as your price type If you choose Limit as your price type a confirmation box will appear to confirm your limit price os L r L A E Aaa Selected EEG r eet E CEA EENEN sta a Poets ma LO best Edit Order Action Dialog Box 4 Click the Action checkbox The Action box will activate 5 Click Buy in the Actions Type drop down list Page 288 Chapter 7 Placing Orders 6 Click the Price Type c
37. Volume Expirations Chapter 7 Placing Orders The volume defines how you want the order to be filled All or Nothing AON All or Nothing round lot market or limit price orders that must be executed in its entirety or not at all Example You place an AON order to buy 100 shares of Microsoft at a particular price If the order cannot be completely filled it will sit in the book until it is eligible to become executed otherwise it will cancel at the end of the trading session Partial This is an order that can be filled partly instead of in its entirety Often times there will be several partial orders until the order is completed entirely Example You place a Partial order to buy 1000 shares of Microsoft at a particular price 100 of the shares are filled The other shares sit in the book until it is eligible to become executed otherwise they will cancel at the end of the trading session Sweep Reserve The ARCA Sweep Reserve executes your marketable order using the reserving quantity and posts the balance using the show amount If multiple market participants are on the inside bid or offer ARCA splits up the reserve quantity and sweeps the inside market simultaneously Non marketable orders display the show quantity Expiration defines the period when an order is valid Day A buy or sell order that expires at the end of regular market hours if it is not executed Page 247 Note Not all trading routes
38. Warning Selecting the incorrect Trade Route can result in the order being rejected or sent to the wrong destination 9 E Hint Trigger the deferred orders in an OrderMinder Right click a managed order and select Activate Page 256 Note If you chose the Mini OES layout select the Volume Type from the OES layout drop down menu Note If you chose the Mini OES layout select the Account Type from the OES layout drop down menu 5 Choose the type of trade you want from the drop down list available in the Order Type field If you choose a Limit Order LMT you must enter a price in the Price field 6 Choose the volume type partial or all or none from the drop down list available in the Vol Type field 7 Choose when you want this order to expire from the drop down list available in the Expiration field 8 Click the Time In Force ellipse button The Time In Force dialog box will appear Cancel C Use default f Specify time in force Early Morning Pre Market Post Market Evening Time In Force Dialog Box 9 Click the Specify Time In Force option button and select the session 10 Click OK 11 Select the trading route from the Route field 12 Choose your account type from the drop down list available in the Acct Type field 13 Click the Sell button The system places the order Place a Deferred Order from the Order Book Deferred orders are orders that sit
39. i ale MICROSOFT CORP Al ES Weekly Leff MSFT MICROSOFT CORP Close 100 Week ofthe Month M J J A 5 O N D J F M A MJ MICROSOFT CORP i Date Open High Low Close VolumeMoney Fl 5 13 2001 69 13 70 14 67 25 68 09 198084600 5 20 2001 68 05 71 90 67 75 70 91 207090500 5 27 2001 70 80 71 75 68 40 70 34 142975900 6 3 2001 70 55 73 75 69 80 73 19 166057400 6 10 2001 72 85 72 85 66 40 68 02 174966000 6 17 2001 67 95 70 61 66 01 68 83 152587300 6 24 2001 67 82 69 82 67 70 69 22 42385900 73791 7 5 ae Weekly Chart BBS __ Prices squotess In a Weekly Chart the time is displayed on the horizontal axis and the price is displayed on the vertical axis It displays data at week intervals for a particular time period Data Period Year OL x RealTir k Untitled 2 a m0 EE Cs if 4 0 MICROSOFT CORP BE Mohthly Lef MSFT MICROSOFT CORP Close 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 MJ SDMJ SDMJ SDMJ SDMJ SDMJ MICROSOFT CORP MMMM Date Open High Low Close VolumeMoney Fl 1211 2000 58 06 60 63 40 25 43 38 1133612500 111 2001 44 13 64 75 42 88 61 06 1002765400 2 1 2001 60 81 65 06 53 88 59 00 770817200 3 1 2001 58 56 61 13 49 75 54 69 947807800 411 2001 54 81 71 10 51 06 67 75 1041341300 5 1 2001 67 66 72 15 67 25 69 18 888863500 fal 6 1 2001 67 82 23 75 66 01 69 94 566629000 1065 w y Er 4 000 ___ Prices sauotess
40. or better 64 MB 128 MB 256 MB Physical Physical Physical or better Hard Drive 2 GB 4 GB or better 4 GB or better Operating Windows 95 Windows NT Windows System 98 or 2000 ME Workstation 4 0 2000 Y2K with Service compliant Pack 4 or greater or Windows 2000 Modem 56 6 Kbps ISDN or Broadband Broadband Or Direct Line Chapter 2 RealTick Installation Page 11 Page 12 Internet Requirements The following table contains the minimum and recommended requirements for your Internet connection Minimum Recommended Connectivity Any A Local Online Backbone Provider Internet Service Provider Provider Service Provider Connection Single ISDN DSL or Dedicated Line Shared Line Cable modem leased line Or Frame Relay Screen Display Requirements The following table lists the minimum and recommended requirements for your computer screen display Minimum Recommended Best Screen Size 15 in 17 in 19 in or better Video Card 512 KB 2 MB 4 MB or better 640 x 480 800 x 600 1024 x 768 Refresh 60 Hz 72 Hz 85 Hz Rate Color 4 bit 16 8 bit 256 colors 16 bit 65 536 Depth colors colors Software The following table lists the software we recommend you purchase for your web browser E mail and for other RealTick features These programs are optional Chapter 2 RealTick Installation Program Use Microsoft Internet It is required you use Microsoft Internet Explorer Explorer for
41. 1 8 52 1 4 52 3 8 52 3 8 52 3 8 52 1 8 52 1 8 52 1 8 The system copies the data 9 Open the Windows application and move your mouse where you want to insert the data 10 Click Paste on the Edit menu of the Windows application or press Ctrl V The system pastes the data 51 3 4 51 3 4 52 52 1 8 52 1 8 51 7 8 51 7 8 51 7 8 52 51 3 4 52 52 1 4 52 1 4 52 1 4 52 52 52 1 8 52 1 8 22400 45800 68700 61300 44400 85500 28900 24700 41700 Page 139 Page 140 Changing the Display of Tables Change the Display of a Table 1 Click Display on the Table menu The system displays the Table Display Options dialog box Columne to Display Ok Cancel Help Advanced Colors Fonts Screen Font 10 pt MS Sans Serif Printer Font 5 pt Arial Table Display Options Dialog box 2 Ifthe table includes multiple symbols choose the appropriate symbol from the drop down list available in the Symbol Settings box 3 To add a column to your table double click the column name in the Columns to Display list A check mark appears 4 To change the color of the column name click the column name in the Columns to Display list and then click the Color arrow buttons lt or gt 5 To change the color of the font on the window or when you print your table click the Advanced Colors button The system displays the Color Setup dialog box 6 Enter any changes and
42. Actions Use Corporate Actions to track stock activity such as dividends stock splits and initial public offerings The Corporate Actions window displays the symbol the date of the action and the description of the action Corporate Actions 06 28 2000 Dividend set to 0 27 07 17 2000 Split with Factor 0 666667 09 27 2000 Dividend set to 0 18 12 27 2000 Dividend set to 0 18 03 28 2001 Dividend set to 0 2 Corporate Actions Window Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 93 Note There are three different dates you can choose Today All available dates or From and to The Today option will search the current day The All available dates option will search from today back through the system s memory and the From and to option will search a specified time period Perform a Corporate Actions Search 1 Click Corporate Actions on the Design menu The Corporate Actions Setup dialog box appears Sta FITE Type of Action lt ALL gt m 4 Upper Case Close Select Dates Today ie From 4 24 2001 to 4 24 2001 C All available dates li eady Server default Corporate Actions Setup Dialog box 2 Type a symbol in the Symbol field 3 Click a Type of Action you would like to search 4 Inthe Select Dates box on the Corporate Actions Setup dialog box click the button for the appropriate date criteria 5 Ifyou select From and to type the time period you would like the system to search Be sure to
43. Add Cancel Delete Delete All Include only these Market Makers Include Exclude Market Makers Dialog Box 4 To include only certain Market Makers click Include only these Market Makers 5 To exclude certain Market Makers click Exclude these Market Makers 6 Type the Market Makers you want to include or exclude in the Market Makers to Include Exclude box 7 Click Add 8 Click OK The system includes or excludes the Market Makers Changing the Display of a MarketMaker Adding and Removing Panels Add or remove different panels to include or exclude market information Just click any of the following options on the MarketMaker menu to include or exclude the information described in the table below Option Description MultiQuote Add or remove the MultiQuote panel where you can enter a new symbol Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 111 Page 112 Option Description Range Bar Add or remove the Range Bar which displays the sizes of the Bid Ask ranges Market Montage Add or remove the Market Montage which displays the total bids asks and sizes of the trades Order Entry Add or remove the Order Entry Screen panel where you can place a trade Ticker Add or remove the Ticker panel which shows the price sizes associated with the symbol you have chosen Change the Color for ECNs 1 Click Display Options on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Displa
44. Add gt button The system displays the name of the study in the Selected Studies field 5 Click the Parameters button to modify the parameters of the selected study i el Short Mame MA Default Location Top Left Select Studies Dialog Box The system displays the Parameters dialog box where you can set additional options for your chart 6 Click OK The system updates the chart in the Chart window Add a Technical Analysis to a Table 1 Click Set Up Studies on the Table menu The system displays the Select Studies dialog box 2 Ifthe table includes multiple symbols choose the appropriate symbol from the drop down list available in the Symbol field 3 Click a study in the Available Studies list Click the Add gt button Page 185 Page 186 Note Some parameter dialog boxes contain a button to access another parameter dialog box for further configuration The system displays the name of the study in the Selected Studies field 5 To change the order of the columns in your Table window choose the study in the Selected Studies field then click either the Move Up or Move Down button 6 Click OK The system updates the Table window Accessing the Parameters Dialog Box With each study you can change the parameters of the study The parameters will change depending the study However how to access the parameters dialog box for each study is the same 1 Click Setup Studies on the Chart menu
45. Adding and Removing Panal 111 Chance the Color fore ONG tes 112 Adda Pice Met de 113 Del te a Pree Tie oosa eo lona ERNE 113 Chance the Color ota Pcs Tier cio ester c crescents E AEA Seam e casi aes 114 MARRETMINDER aladas 114 Create a Standard Mar ke Mind tdt E E 115 Created Chain Minder aa ainia rin 116 Add a Symbol to an Existing MarketMindet cccccceeeseseseseesessssesseeeeeeeeeeens 116 Quickly create a BasketMinder from your POSItIONS ccocccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninnnoss 116 OSM VA CLV CH a rl o e co a le fice Se 117 Conver CUCA a 117 ACCESS Mhe Alens and Alarms ranieri e eee 118 SEO UD SVU A acite cacen ental cete tect eate acide tcecteeed hate arte e Veen 118 Multiple Selections in a MarketMinder cooooccnnnnnnnncnononananononoononon nn noo non erie biati iiai 119 Changing the Display of MarketMinder ooonnnnnnnnnnnnncnocococaoaoaooonn non ono nnnnnnnnnnnns 119 Chance the Column Layla dis 119 Contietre Cold a R O 120 Save ak omn Lay iaieineea a a etae 121 Custom Sore a Market MmMder ri is 121 Additional Settings to Custom Sort your Mindet ccccccesseeseeeeseseeeeseeeeesseeeeas 122 Change the Window Font for MarketMindeT oocccccccccnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnos 122 Chamee the Table Display AAA E E A 123 MPENODO TE aan as 124 Create a Mew MOHO eiii 125 Open a MultiQuote Window Layoult occccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninininoss 125 NEWS scat gal
46. Buttons Y Only show trades placed by this User for shared accounts requires restart Order Entry Properties Dialog Box Type or select the increment value for Price in the Decimal Prices and Fractional Prices spin boxes Enter the amount the increment should increase to 1f you use the arrow keys in the Price field on the Order Book window in the Accelerated Volume field Click OK The system saves all changes and closes the dialog box Set Keypad to Configure the Volume For even faster order execution use the number keypad to set or change the quantity of your order Depending on the volume increment the keypad number will adjust the volume The numbers in effect become a multiplier For example if your volume increment is set to 50 and you press the number 2 on the keypad the volume will change to 100 l Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box appears Select the Miscellaneous tab The system displays the Miscellaneous tab Click the Use Keypad Numbers As Volume Amount Page 281 Order Entry Properties x Order Entry Defaults Actions l Miscellaneous Event Sounds Wamings Confimations Order Colors m Defaults Reserve Amount F Use Price Range Upper ls Lower 5 Execution Delay 5 secs Page 282 Managed Orders 4 Click OK The keypad 1s set Set Reserve Order Defaults l Click Order Entry
47. Click Create on the Actions tab The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear Page 295 Edit Order Action Fa Description Hot Key M Auto Buy 1000 at BBO m JW Action Options NA Bw y TT Short Sell Ofter IV Price Type BBO gt O ose by Eder TF Route Default tf Aol to Selected Symbol M Interact with Active 4 Expiration y O Apply to Selected Account Order View for R Missing Parameters Preference JW Quantity Price Adjustment 1000 y I Use Position E 13 E Adu ot i 00 Best ie D OWA E F fas or al Es Edit Order Action Dialog Box 3 Click the Action check box The Action box will activate 4 Click Interact with Order View 5 Configure hot key 6 Click OK Create an Actionless Hot Key An Order Action that does not cause an order to be placed cancelled or modified is referred to as actionless The attributes of the Order Action are applied to the current Order View and will Note Any attributes be used when you submit an order can be applied in this For example create a hot key to preference orders Type the manner and one Market Maker ID ECN or exchange in the Preference field and Order Action can save it as a hot key When at the Order View press the hot key specify multiple and configure the remaining attributes of the order attributes 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the MarketMaker menu
48. Click the OK button The system closes the Color dialog box You can view the new tier in the Sample frame in the Display Options dialog box Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window Delete a Price Tier l Click Display Options on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Display Options dialog box Choose the tier you want to delete from the drop down list available in the Price Tier Colors field Click the Delete Current Tier button available in the Price Tier Colors frame Page 113 The system removes the name of the tier from the Price Tier Colors frame The system also removes the name of the tier from the Sample frame 4 Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window Change the Color of a Price Tier 1 Click Display Options on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Display Options dialog box 2 Choose the tier you want to change from the drop down list available in the Price Tier Colors field 3 Click the Set Tier Color button The system displays the standard Windows Color dialog box 4 Click the color 5 Click the OK button The system closes the Color dialog box You can view the new color of the tier in the Sample frame in the Display Options dialog box 6 Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window MarketMinder There are several different types of MarketMinders StandardMinder PositionMinder OrderMinder BasketMinder and ChainMinder See chapter 7
49. Copy the current story from the story window to the Windows clipboard Toggle Panes Move among the standard split pane the headline pane and the story pane Hide Scrollbars Remove or restore the scroll bars Next Story Page Move from the current story to the next story Previous Story Move from the current story to the previous story Note By default the previous and next Print Displays the options to print the headline panel or print the story displayed in the lower panel of the active window story is selected by number but you can choose to select it by Set story or headline ea Displays the Print dialog box where you can configure the print settings Headlines Prints the headlines Automatically Send every story you request to the printer Print Stories immediately Add Story to Print Create a group of stories you can either print Scheduler or export to a text file Setup Print Displays the Scheduled Story Scheduler Configuration dialog box where you can add stories to the print list choose a file name for export and set the time for printing or exporting of the chosen stories Font Displays the options to change the headline or story font Page 32 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality Headline Displays the options to change the screen or print font Story Displays the options to change the story screen or print font Screen Displays the Font dialog box w
50. Design Chart Favorites Window Help al Qo MICROSOFT CORP gt 000 Prices QUOTES 10 49 00 Moving Linear Regression Study Page 190 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Upper Envelope Lower Envelope UP DN Several types of envelopes based upon a moving average can be displayed simultaneously The upper and lower envelopes are selected as separate studies The upper envelope or lower envelope parameter dialog box allows you to choose among different types of envelopes and to configure the moving average on which the envelopes are based The moving average itself is not displayed unless selected as a separate study You can choose from Percentage Offset Average Range Bollinger Bands or Range Channel The following picture displays a chart with an upper envelope study RealTick Untitled Al ES 22 1 5 m5 0 4 MES 2 Ba es i E Al E 7 AQ lr 000 Prices QUOTES 11 03 50 Intraday Chart with an Upper Envelope Study Percen ff Percentage offset envelopes are simple offset bands to the moving average itself If you select Offset you can select the percentage to add for upper bands or subtract for lower bands from the moving average Formula The formulae for offset envelopes are DM M SMA Page 191 Where MA is an n period moving average Reference Kaufman Perry The New Commodity Trading Systems
51. Deviation SD 222 Stochastics 212 Stochastics Parameters 216 Study Availability Table 184 Tick Count 226 Upper Envelope Lower Envelope UP DN 191 Variance VAR 220 Volatility VO 208 Volatility Ratio VOR 209 Volume VOL 226 Williams Accumulation Distribution WAD 228 Williams Percentage Range YR 216 Tick Count TCT 226 Ticker 142 Change the Window Color of a Ticker 146 Configuring a Quote Source 143 Display a Ticker 142 Ticker Menu 31 Time amp Sales 147 Index Index Calculate Volume Weighted Average Price 150 Change the Print Color for Times amp Sales 152 Color Scheme 148 Configuring Quote Sources 150 Copy Time amp Sales Data for Another Application 152 Create a Time and Sales Report 148 Edit data in a Time amp Sales Window 151 Time amp Sales Menu 40 View Composite Exchange Data 150 View Data from Selected Exchanges 150 To view data for a specific symbol 163 TOP 241 Tracking Order 244 Trade Frequency 249 Trade with Another Account 275 Trailing Stop 236 Transaction Cost 249 Transaction Size 249 Transferring Data to other Applications 139 Trend Lines 180 Copy a Trend Line 181 Delete a Trend Line 182 Draw a Trend Line 180 Move a Group of Trend Lines 181 Move a Trend Line 181 Resize a Trend Line 182 Troubleshooting 319 Turbo Options 153 Change the Width of a Column in Turbo Options 157 Select an Exchange 154 Sizing Columns 157 Turbo
52. Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Security Type Route Primary Account Listed Stocks Options TALX NONE Futures TALS NONE Default Rules NONE NONE Defaults for Exchange Security Type STOCK Apply Clear Route ARCA y Account NONE y Price Type MKT y Trade Size 1000 l Default Trade Size to Position up to frooo TF Default Discretion Limit fico IV Default Random Reserve Delta 100 Expiration Day v Volume Type Partial y Cancel Help Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 2 Click the Default Random Reserve Delta check box The spin box will activate 3 Type the random reserve amount or use the spin buttons 4 Click OK The default Random Reserve amount is set Place a Random Reserve Order 1 On the OES panel of the MarketMaker click the Reserve Amt check box The Reserve Amt field will activate 2 Type the reserve amount in the Reserve Amt field or use the spin buttons 3 Right click the OES panel and select Random Reserve Delta from the right click menu Page 268 Chapter 7 Placing Orders Note BasketMinder is not available for all users Please contact your Broker Dealer if you have any questions Chapter 7 Placing Orders v Standard Standard 2 Mini 2 Mini Inst Cross Price Type LMT b Route REDIBOOK gt Expiration Day b volume Type Partial gt Account Type Margin b Capacity I Discretion Linii LOW i vv
53. MarketMinder menu The Order Entry Screen will appear 2 Select Market or Limit in the Price Type field 3 Select MOA from the Expiration drop down list Volume Price Stop Price VolType p Order Options gt ho fez fimr Paria v I Bid Offer TE Exempt Route Expiration Account Type Reserve Amt 4 TAREX y ADA Only Margin y a tooo 4 Buy MSFT Sell MSFT Cancel All MSFT Sell Short MSFT Order Entry Screen 4 Configure the remaining part of the order 5 Click Buy to buy or Sell to sell The order is placed Place a Sweep Reserve Order 1 Select Order Entry Properties on the MarketMaker menu 2 Click the Miscellaneous tab 3 Click the Use Arca Sweep Reserve check box 4 Click OK Order Entry Properties x Event Sounds Warnings Confirmations Order Colors Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous m Spin Button Increments Decimal Prices Fractional Prices Price Increment fi fi 246 Accelerated E fi 216 Volume fi 00 Accelerated Volume fi 00 Configure Order Logging T Log Orders to XML a M Use Popup DES Screen IV Use Arca Sweep Reserve I Use Keypad Numbers As Volume Amount F Convert ARCA Managed Orders to Reserve Orders IV Use Alt B S X Hotkeys for Order View Buy Sell Cancel Buttons Y Only show trades placed by this User for shared accounts requires restart Order Entry Properties Dialog Box Page 263 Place an Inside Limi
54. OK The system saves your favorite and closes the Save As dialog box 10 Click Make As Default if you want to set the favorite as a default for all RealTick pages 11 Click OK The system saves the favorite and closes the Edit Favorites dialog box Chapter 4 Basic Features Chapter 4 Basic Features Organize Your Favorites Menu 1 Select Edit Favorites on the Favorites menu The Edit Favorites dialog box appears Edit Favorites Window Type Market Minder Close Favorites Active Stocks Open TAL Chain listing Edit Delete Move Up Move Down Default Make Default Ta Edit Favorites Dialog Box 2 Select a favorite 3 Click Move Up or Move Down to put your favorite in order Delete a Favorite You can permanently delete any favorite you created 1 Click Edit Favorites on the Favorites menu The Edit Favorites dialog box ty Edit Favorites Window T C cc IE b Open Edit Delete Clear Default Default MICROSOFT CORP CORF Edit Favorites Dialog Box 2 Select the window from the Window Type list 3 Click the favorite you want to delete in the Favorites box 4 Click Delete The system deletes the favorite Page 69 Page 70 5 Click OK The system saves all changes and closes the Edit Favorites dialog box Child gt Popup RealTick offers a Child gt Popup command that changes a window to a popup window independe
55. Options Menu 35 View Details in a Turbo Options Window 157 Turn Off a Beeping Alarm 92 U Upper Envelope Lower Envelope UP DN 191 Using Accounts 275 Show Account Balance 275 Trade with Another Account 275 Usual Suspects Scan 326 y Variance VAR 220 Vertical Zooming a Chart 177 Video Card 12 View a Statistic at a Specific Position on a Chart 178 View a Story 95 View a Ticker from a Single Source 146 View Composite Data 144 View Composite Exchange Data 150 View Data from a Single Exchange 109 View Data from a Single Source 107 View Data from a Specific Exchange 143 View Data from a Specific Market Maker 144 View Data from all Exchanges 110 View Data from all Sources MarketMaker 108 View Details of a Specific Indication 102 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources 108 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources except ECNs 109 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from ECNs only 109 View News Stories 127 Page 343 View Next or Previous Page 54 View Stocks 134 View the Statistics in a Chart 177 View Your Account Balance 313 Volatility VO 208 Volatility Ratio VOR 209 Volume 247 AON 247 Partial 247 Volume VOL 226 Volume and Open Interest Studies On Balance Volume OBV 227 Open Interest OI 227 Tick Count 226 Volume VOL 226 Volume Hot Keys 281 W Web Browser 158 Earnings Calendar 161 Earnings Surprises 162 Industry Search 161 Links t
56. Page 340 Executing 318 Search by Keyword News 127 Search for a News Story 95 Search for stories about a symbol 127 Search for Symbols 72 74 Sell from the Order Entry Screen in MarketMaker 255 Server Connection Lights 48 Servers 71 Change the Server for a RealTick Window 72 Monitoring Servers 71 Status Bar 71 Services 12 Set a Startup Page 78 Set an Alarm for an Order Event 282 Set an Alarm for News 129 Set an Alarm for Updates 107 Set Default Servers 80 Set General Order Entry Defaults 279 Set General RealTick Options 80 Set Page Defaults 80 Set Page Hot Keys 79 Set Reserve Order Defaults 282 Set Route from ECN ID 107 Set the Price Display for RealTick 79 Set Warnings to Display after a Specific Action 283 Setting Button Colors 285 Setting Order Entry Defaults for Quick Trading 279 Setting Order Status Colors 286 Setup the Basket Order Entry Window 269 Short 241 Show Account Balance 275 Signal Line SIG 204 Single Item Portfolio Balancing 250 Skew SKW 223 Snap to Date Range 176 Snap to Printer 61 Snap to Window 176 Software 12 Adobe Acrobat Reader 13 Index Index Microsoft Internet Explorer 13 Microsoft Outlook 13 Sounds Directory 19 Speed 12 Spreads 183 Create a Chart Multiplier 183 Staged Order 244 Standard Deviation SD 222 Status Bar 48 71 Lights 48 Status Lights 48 Stochastics 212 Stochastics Parameters 216 Stocks 133 Stocks Menu 42 View Stoc
57. Percent Change This calculation shows the change over time for the value of each symbol The value of each symbol when it first appears in the chart is the reference value The remainder for each v symbol is a percentage of the reference value Ratio This calculation displays the value of one or more symbols Hint Use Ratio and relative to the value of another You must choose the symbol the Differential to compare two Other symbols will be measured against symbols If TOR only have Differential This calculation displays the difference between the one symbol in your table values of two or more symbols You must choose the symbol the see Add a Symbol others will be measured against 1 Click Style on the Table menu Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 137 Page 138 The Chart Type dialog box will appear OF Percent Change Cancel C Ratio Differential dl Help Ratio Dufterential Chart Setup Reference Symbol DELL COMPUTER Reference Column Price Chart Type Dialog Box 2 Select the calculation type 3 If you choose either Ratio or Differential choose a symbol from the drop down list available in the Reference Symbol drop down list 4 Also choose a column from the drop down list available in the Reference Column field 5 Click OK The system changes the price display Using Tables Calculate Volume Weighted Average Price This option is only available for cer
58. Placing Orders 253 Buy from the Order Entry Screen in Order Book 253 Place a Conditional Order from MarketMaker 257 Place a Deferred Order from the Order Book 256 Sell from the Order Entry Screen in MarketMaker 255 Index Index Portfolio Balancing 250 PositionMinder 304 Change the Column Layout 306 Create a Position MarketMinder 305 Select an Account 305 Positions 304 PositionMinder 304 PostNoPref 237 Power Trader Scan 327 Preference 237 Price and Volume Studies 227 Williams Accumulation Distribution WAD 228 Price Range 249 Price Studies 186 Moving Averages MA 186 Price Tier 113 Add a Price Tier 113 Change the Color of a Price Tier 114 Delete a Price Tier 113 Printing 61 Print Screen 61 Printing News 129 Processor 11 Q Quick Double Click Cancel 276 Quote Sources Include Exclude a Market Maker 110 Remove Data from a Specific Market Maker in Ticker 145 Select an Exchange in Turbo Options 154 View a Ticker from a Single Source 146 View Composite Data in Ticker 144 View Composite Exchange Data in Time amp Sales 150 View Data from a Single Exchange in MarketMaker 109 View Data from a Single Source in MarketMaker 107 View Data from a Specific Exchange in Ticker 143 View Data from a Specific Market Maker in Ticker 144 View Data from all Exchanges in MarketMaker 110 View Data from all Sources in MarketMaker 108 View Data from Selected Exchanges in Time amp
59. Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear v Short Sell Offer E Apply ta S oe 2 Click the Actions tab to 5 Bid Buy at Bid Sell Offer Sell at Offer ancel Close Position 7 Quantity The Actions tab will appear hi 3 Click Create The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 289 Edit Order Action Description A Auto Bid 1000 on TALS GTC e Achon Action Type Eee T S opl te Selected Sumbol Appl te Selected Account Bid Offter Options C Up eee Adjust Tb Best Si e Fractional Page 290 4 Click the Action check box The Action box will activate 5 Select Sell from the Action Type drop down list 6 Click the Short Sell Offer check box 7 Click the Price Type check box and select the price type from the Price Type drop down list in the Options box 8 Click the Route check box and select the route from the Route drop down list in the Options box 9 Click the Expiration check box and select the expiration from the Expiration drop down list in the Options box 10 Select the volume of stock you would like to sell 11 Click the Volume Type drop down list to select a type of volume Partial or AON 12 Click the Use Position option to if youd like the hot key to default to your current position size 13 Select a letter to use as part of your hot key in the Ctr
60. Sources option button 3 Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources 1 Click Quote Sources on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box 2 Click the Show All option button under the NASDAQ Stock Quotes frame 3 Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from ECNs only Remove Nasdaq quote sources and view ECN data during pre and post market l Click Quote Sources on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box Click the ECNs Only option button under the NASDAQ Stock Quotes frame Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources except ECNs Exclude ECNs if you would like to view just the market participants who are influencing the price movement le Click Quote Sources on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box Click the Exclude ECNs option button under the NASDAQ Stock Quotes frame Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window View Data from a Single Exchange k Click Quote Sources on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box Click the Select Exchanges button The system displays the Select Regional Exchanges dialog
61. The following indicators combine price and volume Williams Accumulation Distribution Arm s Ease of Movement and Money Flow Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 227 Page 228 Williams Accumulation Distribution WAD Williams Accumulation Distribution Larry Williams P O Box 8162 Ranch Santa Fe CA 92067 is a price momentum indicator that is weighted by volume Formula a C 0 wA D ES to Variable Description C The current period s closing price The current period s opening price The current period s high price The current period s low price The current period s volume Reference Colby Thomas amp Robert Meyers The Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Homewood 1988 Parameters The only adjustable parameter is the period Williams Accum Distr Parameters Sample Size 15 Cancel Help Williams Accumulation Distribution Parameters Box Default Period 15 The following picture displays a chart with a Williams Accumulation Distribution study Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis RealTick Untitled fet ES Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help 2 15 5529 4 0 8 9 2 1 0 00 9 0 5 yy 8H 7 BONINIBSBDEMO OGO Prices QUOTES 15 32 59 Williams Accumulation Distribution Study Arms Ease of Movement EMV Arms Ease of Movement Indicator Richard J Arms Volume Cycles in the Stock Market Market Timing thr
62. Time amp Sales on the RealTick Design menu or click the Time amp Sales button on the RealTick toolbar The system displays the Setup Time and Sales dialog box Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Note You can also create a Time amp Sales window by dragging a symbol from the Symbol Guide or another RealTick window and dropping it on the Time amp Sales toolbar button The system displays a new Time amp Sales with that symbol Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Setup Time And Sales General Symbol IM SFT Date 5 1 642001 Begin Time V Upper Case Symbols Only Open Show Regional Bid Ask fe lo Minutes Back 7 Add New Lines at Top Color Code Prices End time Show Seconds s 16 00 neartan M Show Irregular Trades E Now birra Wolume fo Price Server Default HISTORIC Select Cancel Setup Time And Sales Dialog Box Za 3 10 IT 12 Type the symbol in the Symbol field Type a date in the Date field The Time amp Sales window can only display one day s data at a time Type the start time for the data in the Begin Time frame Click the Open option button to list trades from the time the market opens Type the stop time for the data in the End Time frame Click the Now option button to include the most recent trade data in the Time Sales window Click the Upper Case Symbols Only check box to enter symbols in all upper case regardless of your keyboard setting If your
63. box Page 109 Page 110 Select Regional Exchanges Ea ESE b Boston Stock Exchange CIN c Cincinatti Stock Exchange CSE m Chicago Stock Exchange NYS n New York Stock Exchange INS o Instinet PSE p Pacific Stock Exchange 5 5 0 Mational Assn of Security De Show Composite Data American Stock Exchange Cancel Select Regional Exchanges Dialog Box 3 4 5 Click the Show Selected Exchange Data Only option button Click the name of the exchange from the Exchange list Click the OK button The system redisplays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window View Data from all Exchanges l Click Quote Sources from the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box Click the Select Exchanges button The system displays the Select Regional Exchanges dialog box Click the Show Composite Data option button Click the OK button The system redisplays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window Include Exclude a Market Maker l Click Quote Sources on the MarketMaker menu The Quote Sources to Display box will appear Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 2 Click Custom The Select button will activate 3 Click Select The Include Exclude MarketMakers dialog box will appear Include Exclude Market Makers x Market Makers to Include E sclude
64. candlestick chart click the Candlestick check box To hide all the data about a specific symbol click the Hide All Series check box The symbol will be hidden not removed from the view on the Chart window To display horizontal lines click the Horizontal Lines check box 8 To change the color of the column name click the column name in the Series to Display list 9 Click the arrow buttons lt or gt in the Color field 10 To add grid lines to the chart click the Grid Lines check box 11 To add the last price to the X axis in the chart click the Show Last Price In Axis check box 12 To change the width of the line change the value in the Pen Width field The width must be at least 1 13 To change the color of the font on the window or when you print your chart click the Advanced Colors button The system displays the Color Setup dialog box Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Color Setup x Symbol Series Colors Color Set Screen Colors Lox Printer Colors Cancel Window Colors Color Background Color Y Line Style Color Setup Dialog Box 14 Select a symbol in the symbol field you would like to change its colors Once you select an item in the Series box the Color and Line Style drop down boxes will activate Choose a color and a line style You can also change the background color from the Background Color drop do
65. click the OK button For more information see the Change Colors section 7 To change the font display of the Table window click the Screen Font button The system displays the Font dialog box 8 Enter any changes and click the OK button Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 9 To change the font of the Table window when you print the window click the Printer Font button The system displays the Font dialog box 10 Enter any changes and click the OK button 11 Click OK The system updates the Table window Change a Column in a Table 1 Move your mouse to any of the column label names in the Table window 2 Click the right mouse button The system displays the Column Settings option 3 Click the Column Settings option The system displays the Set Column Attributes dialog box Set Column Attributes El cir a aver Bid Cancel nemas Bid Center Mena Field width e Right No Decimals jo Show Zeros lv Display in Table View Set Column Attributes Dialog Box 4 Choose the column you want to change from the drop down list available in the Column field 5 Change the name of the column for the first row in the Namel field 6 Change the name of the column for the second row in the Name2 field 7 Enter the width of the field in the Field Width field 8 Choose the alignment for the column by clicking the Left Center or Right option buttons 9 Click
66. entry point is where the study begins its calculations expressed as an offset from the beginning of the data Select the Acceleration Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 231 Parabolic TimePrice Setup xl E Cancel First Poort i 1 thru 138 points Defaults Acceleration 0 020 Help 0 078 thru 0 021 Short Parabolic Time Price Setup Dialog Box Value Default Start Study First Point Acceleration 020 The following picture displays a chart with a parabolic study gt ES fe ER S 2 es a 7 4 MICROSOFT CORP OF x Para BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES 15 47 20 Parabolic Study Page 232 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Directional Movement Indicators PDI MDI DX ADX Wilder s Directional Movement Index J W Wilder Jr New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems Trend Research P O Box 128 McLeansville NC 27301 is a filtering momentum that measures movement in the up direction relative to movement in the down direction Four directional movement indicators are available Plus Directional Movement PDI Minus Directional Movement MDI Directional Movement Indicator DX Average Directional Movement ADX Formulae Plus Directional Movement PDM H H p Minus Directional Movement MDM L Lp VEUEN Description Ho o The highest price of the current period The highest price of the previous period
67. gainlose pag DNSQ1 15 pag pch daily pag Townsend Demo pag DNSQ16 30 pag pch trades pag DNSQ31 45 pag pcqtli pag DNS5SQ46 60 pag pcqtL2 pag My Computer TA E Fie name My Network P Save as type Realtick Page Files y Cancel Li Save Page As Dialog Box 2 Type a name for the page in the File name field 3 Click Save The system saves the page and closes the Save Page As dialog box Save an Existing Page You can save a page any time you make a change o Click Save on the Page menu The system saves the page Chapter 4 Basic Features y F Hint You can set RealTick to automatically open Page Manager after you log on Check the Show this dialog on startup field and RealTick will open this dialog box after you log on Chapter 4 Basic Features Drag and Drop a Page You can drag and drop a page into RealTick o Click the page and drop it into RealTick The page will open Using the Page Manager The Page Manager feature provides you a way to organize and manage your pages It is an alternative to the Page Open menu command which just shows you the page files on your computer s hard drive Whenever a page is opened RealTick adds it to the Page Manager if it is not already present Through Page Manager you can delete rename and add pages For example if someone e mails you a page you would like to add to RealTick all you need to do is save it to your disk open Page Manager and cli
68. hotkey letter next to the page 6 Click OK The hotkey is created Moving a Page in the Page Manager Dialog Box You can move a commonly used page up the list of pages in the Page Manager As a result you will not have to scroll through a list of pages to the page you most commonly use You can also move a page down the list 1 Click Page Manager on the Page menu The Page Manager dialog box appears Page Manager Pages defaultOx0 default 024x768 Start Page c j default2048x768 ance default2046x 630e default800x600 Add Pages defaultB00X6000e E K lt Open lt Delete lap Heb lt Rename Move Up Move Down CATALAPAGES detault2048x7680e pag V Show this dialog on startup Page Manager Dialog Box 2 Click the page you want to move Chapter 4 Basic Features TAL Mail Chapter 4 Basic Features 3 Click Move Up or Move Down Continue clicking Move Up or Move Down until the page is in the location you want 5 Click OK The system saves all changes and closes the Page Manager dialog box TAL Mail is RealTick s e mail program that Townsend Analytics Ltd or your broker dealer will use to contact you Open TAL Mail o To open TAL Mail click Show TAL Mail on the Design menu Your mailbox will appear ES TAL Mail Could not connect to pop3 taltrade com File Edit TAL Mail Changing Your TAL Mail Password 1 Click Change Mail Password on the Fil
69. in the order book until triggered Y ou must manually trigger the order yourself before it is sent Chapter 7 Placing Orders Note You can place a Deferred order in Order Book without having to access the Enter Conditional Order dialog box Just click the Deferred check box and click Buy or Sell depending on your trade The order will be placed in the Order Book See Add a Sound Alert to a Conditional Order in this chapter Chapter 7 Placing Orders This set of instructions uses the Order Book window Any of the windows that offer Order Entry have a generic Show Order Entry Screen command and can place a Deferred Order 1 Click Show Order Entry Screen on the Order Book menu The system displays the Order Entry fields 2 Click the Deferred Order check box 3 Click the Buy button if you d like to purchase stock Click the Sell button if you d like to sell stock The Enter Conditional Order dialog box will appear Enter Conditional Order Wata ltem Eonditiom Price Place Order li DELL Last Price gt 3312 Cad Esprration line 16 00 Sumba Time Trigger Activation me 16 00 Symbol DELL DELL COMPUTER CORP Volume Price Stop Price 1000 22 12 m 22 12 Route Expires Size Type o ME O gt Trigger by User Deferred Order Request confirmation when conditional orders are triggered Enter Conditional Order Dialog Box 4 Inthe Order to Execute box cli
70. intervals to include in the average as well as the parameters used to create K D and D Slow Stochastic Parameters ZE interval OK ZD interval Cancel 20 Slow interval Help iiia lik 20 Avg interval Stochastic Parameters Box Formula D Average MA D Slow for period z Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 215 Reference Eng William The Technical Analysis of Stocks Options and Futures Probus 1988 Value Description K interval D interval D Avg interval interval Stochastics Parameters Parameters are set for stochastics through the Stochastic Parameters dialog box The dialog box is identical for each stochastic because the measures are derivatives of the level above You need to enter parameters for the levels above but not for those below Defaults K 5 intervals D 5 intervals D Slow 5 intervals D Slow Average 3 intervals Williams Percentage Range R Williams Percentage Range measures the position of the current period s close to the range of prices over a time period The number is expressed in percentage terms It is the similar to Lane s Stochastic except it uses the low rather than the high in the numerator Percent R can take values between zero and 100 RSI Parameters Period E al E Help Smooth Ups and Downs RSI Parameters Dialog Box Formula R H C H L 100 Page 216 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical
71. launch RealTick you are presented within a login dialog box where you enter your user name domain and password The system notifies RealTick who you are and what servers data and features of RealTick you are authorized to use Your RealTick may connect to quote servers for quotes and charts news servers for news and trade servers for placing orders and receiving execution reports RealTick communicates with each of these servers in real time to give you the most accurate and up to date information available Technical Analysis RealTick Add ons RealTick Online Help Context Sensitive Help RealTick 7 6 includes Context Sensitive Help Click a Help button on any dialog box in Real Tick and a help screen will appear explaining each attribute of the dialog box Also included in the Help screens are links to further information relative to the dialog box Technical Support Y ou can either contact the vendor that you purchased RealTick from or contact the Townsend Analytics Ltd Technical Support team through the RealTick web site www realtick com From the web site you can e mail the technical support team or you can call Townsend Analytics Ltd Technical Support at 1 800 997 9630 About This Manual Page 5 Chapter 1 Introduction Welcome to RealTick Welcome to RealTick the industry standard in online trading from Townsend Analytics Ltd RealTick integrates real time quote displays technical a
72. market place orders and research companies If you own stock you can use RealTick to manage your intraday portfolio For example let s pretend you re interested in purchasing Microsoft Step 1 You want to know how Microsoft stock has reacted in the market for the last 5 years You can view the history of Microsoft s prices with a chart By creating a Monthly chart for the last 5 years you can view the information at a glance RealTick Untitled Op x Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help a ala 7 rr MICROSOFT CORP Mal x Monthly Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP Bar 1996 199 1998 1999 2000 2001 120 100 80 f 60 al H ti 40 phth ANFMANFMANFMANFMAN F M 000 Prices QUOTES 14 01 07 Chart Window Chapter 1 Introduction Page 7 Step 2 You want the industry profile for Microsoft including when the company was started and the current CEO You can gather this information using Market Guide Market Guide is a corporation that gathers details about publicly traded companies such as the history of the company the company s cash flow revenue and growth rates It provides you with 5 years of fundamental history of a company RealTick Untitled Al ES Page Design Browser Favorites Window Help 0 oa M5 a 1 0 ES 5 market Guide Stock Report MarketGuide Financial Reports r Stock Report Int l Bu
73. of charts will give you price information for the duration of a particular time period and at a specific time during that time period 1 Click Table on the RealTick Design menu The Table Setup dialog box will appear Page 135 y F Hint Click the More gt gt button The system expands the Table Setup dialog box and displays the Symbol File field Page 136 Table Setup EJ Symbols Data Selection MSFT Data Period Time amp Sales ES Date 5A 672001 D ays li Intraday Bar Interval is Minutes Start bare ablipern Exclude data before foo 00 Exclude data after 00 00 De Show Irregular Trades Delete Chart Title MICROSOFT CORP OF Default HISTORIC EEN Server More gt gt Table Setup Dialog Box Type the symbol in the Symbols field and click the Add button Choose the type of table from the drop down list available in the Data Period field 4 Enter a time frame for the information in the table Enter the end date in the Date field and enter the beginning date in the Days Weeks or Months field The system searches for data within the time frame 5 Ifyou create an Intraday table enter the minute time interval for the table in the Intraday Bar Interval field The system updates the information at each interval 6 Choose the time frame for your table o Fora table that contains data starting from the market s open check the Start Bars at Op
74. of using the software and or documentation and accepts full responsibility for any investment decisions or stock transactions made by the user using the software and or documentation Townsend Analytics shall have no liability for any loss or expense whatsoever relating to the accuracy of the information furnished herein or for the use thereof or for omissions therein The user agrees to hold Townsend Analytics harmless from and against any such losses or expenses arising from provision or use of the software and or documentation regardless of cause or form of action whether in contract tort strict liability statutory liability or otherwise 2002 Townsend Analytics Ltd All rights reserved RealTick RealTrade and TA SRV are registered trademarks and NewsSrv TradeSrv PermSrv and RealTrade are trademarks of Townsend Analytics Ltd Microsoft Windows NT 95 98 and 2000 names and logos are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation All other product names and logos are either trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners This manual was last revised December 5 2002 Page ii Contents Contents ABOUT THIS MANUAL lt a ee 1 SCCHONS TINTS MANU ad l Conventions inthe Manual torier eiai ticas 2 RECOMMENDED READING sccccesscccsececseccecuscccuscceecseeucceescseecseesseeusceeeceeesenenss 3 GETTING ADDITIONAL HELP FOR REALTICK ooocccnnncccnnnnccnnonocnnnonaccnnnnocononacccnnnacono
75. perform an action for example CTRL A 15 Click OK The hot key is created Create a Cancel Orders Symbol Hot Key Create Hot Keys to quickly cancel orders by symbol or by account 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear 2 Click the Actions tab The Actions tab will appear 3 Click Create The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear 4 Click the Action check box The Action box will activate 5 Select Cancel Orders Symbol from the Action Type box 6 Selecta letter to use as part of your hot key in the Ctrl field in the Hot Key box This will be the combination of keys you press to quickly perform the action for example CTRL A 7 Click OK Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders The hot key is created Create a Close Position Symbol Hot Key l 10 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Click the Actions tab The Actions tab will appear Click Create The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear Click the Action check box Select Close Position Symbol from the Action Type drop down list Click the Price Type drop down list in the Options box to select a price type Click the Route drop down list in the Options box to select a route Click the Expiration drop down list in the Options box to select an expiration date Select a letter to us
76. symbol uses any lower case characters make sure this field 1s not checked Click the Show Regional Bid Ask check box to view the regional bid and ask amounts for the symbol Click the Add New Lines at Top check box to display the most recent trade data on the top of the list Uncheck the Add New Lines at Top box to display the trade data in chronological order Click the Color Code Prices check box to display the Real Tick color codes for the prices Page 149 Page 150 13 14 15 To display the seconds in the Time column click the Show Seconds field To view only the trades that are of a specific volume or higher type the beginning volume in the Minimum Volume field Click OK The system displays the Time amp Sales window Configuring Quote Sources View Data from Selected Exchanges l 2 3 Click Rgnl Exchanges on the Time amp Sales menu Click the Show Selected Exchange Data Only option button Click the exchange you want from the list Hold the CTRL key down to choose any other exchanges you want from the list Click OK The system updates the Time amp Sales window View Composite Exchange Data le Click Rgnl Exchanges on the Time amp Sales menu The system displays the Select Regional Exchanges dialog box Click the Show Composite Data option button Click OK The system updates the Time amp Sales window Using Time amp Sales Calculate Volume Weighted Average Pric
77. the difference between two exponential moving averages a long term and a short term moving average It is usually used in conjunction with a signal line which is a short term exponential moving average of the MACD indicator Formula MACD EMA EMA EMA 1 and EMA 9 are exponential moving averages at period t with different smoothing factors Parameters The parameters are the respective smoothing factors and the price series The default smoothing factor value for the first moving average is 15 and the default smoothing factor value for the second moving average is 07 The default values are a Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis smoothing factor of 07 approximately equal to 26 periods for the second moving average and 15 for the first 12 periods The SLSF Signal line smoothing factor choice is grayed in the MACD parameters box MACD Parameters Field To Avg smoothing Factors First EMA 015 Second EMA jor Cancel o 200 Help Volume Signal liime MACD Parameters Box The following table lists the default values for the Moving Average Convergence Divergence parameters VELT Default EMA SF EMA SF The following picture displays a chart with a moving average convergence divergence study Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 203 Page 204 RealTick Untitled A ES Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help 706 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00
78. the same trade 11 Click OK The system saves all changes and closes the dialog box Setting Button Colors 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear 2 Click the Order Colors tab The Order Colors tab will appear Order Entry Properties x Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Event Sounds Warings Confirmations Order Colors Order Status Live Order Status Complete Buy Bought MEN Sell Sold Sell Short HE Sold Short MN Set Default Colors F Use Button Colors Order Entry Buttons Cancel Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 3 Click the Use Button Colors check box The Buy Sell and Sell Short button will activate with their colors Order Entry Buttons Buy Default Button Colors Page 285 Click Buy Sell or Sell Short to open the Color dialog box and select a different default color Click OK The default color will change Setting Order Status Colors l Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Click Order Colors on the Order Entry Properties dialog box Click Buy Sell or Sell Short in the Order Status Live box to open the Color dialog box and select a different default color 07 27 2001 10 41 40 07f1 06cd 001eBuy 1000 MSFT at 47 19 on TALX Live Default Live Order Color Cl
79. time This way the 2 000 shares will not be disclosed to the market at one time Random Reserve Random Reserve orders vary the display size on a Reserve order For example a reserve book order with a display quantity of 2000 shares and a random reserve value of 200 sends orders from 1800 to 2200 shares Page 243 Page 244 Staged Order Sometimes referred to as an Order ticket a Staged order 1s an order that authorizes further trading for a particular symbol up to the quantity specified in the Staged order The Staged order also provides cumulative statistics on all the fills that are associated with it When a user is configured to use this feature no orders may be placed unless they correspond to a live Staged order in terms of symbol buy sell and quantity A Staged order may also have a price restriction placed on it Staged orders are intended for an environment where decisions on what and how much to buy or sell are handled separately from the trade entry itself Staged orders provide the following features o Authorization of all orders entered by the trader to eliminate errors in size or buy sell side o Aggregate statistics show you at a glance the state of the Staged orders so you do not have to sort through all the trade detail Note The Staged order system can be integrated with other Order Management Systems Please contact your System Administrator for more details Tracking Order With a tracking ord
80. type displays the price series You can chart several symbols using both axes with this calculation Percent Change This calculation shows the change over time for the value of each symbol The value of each symbol when it first appears in the chart 1s the reference value The remainder for each symbol is a percentage of the reference value Ratio This calculation displays the value of one or more symbols relative to the value of another You must choose the symbol the other symbols will be measured against Differential This calculation displays the difference between the values of two or more symbols You must choose the symbol the others will be measured against 1 Click Style on the Chart menu The system displays the Chart Type dialog box Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 169 MICROSOFT CORP Close M Chart Type Dialog Box 2 Click the option button of the calculation style from the Chart Type frame If you chose either Ratio or Differential choose a symbol from the drop down list available in the Reference Symbol field Choose a column from the drop down list available in the Reference Column field Click OK The system updates the Chart window RealTick Untitled MICROSOFT CORP Intraday 12 00 14 00 10 00 w Percent Chart Type Page 170 12 00 14 00 Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 6 25 6 26 RealTick Untitled aaa aaa 17 a ajaja S
81. use the proper format MM DD YYYY 6 Click Search The server will search for the action o Ifthe server does not contain a record of any actions matching your search parameters you will see the message No matching records found Ready o If your search found information click Close to close the Corporate Actions Setup dialog box and view the information Fixed Page News Page 94 The Fixed Page News window offers news stories such as the most active stocks gainers and losers and the historical news headlines from the News Server s database with the current story in the story window The headline panel of a Fixed Page News window contains a nested series of folder and paper icons with various news sources news subjects and actual fixed page news stories called a headline tree The structure and content of the headline tree is defined according to the standard stories distributed by your news sources Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data RealTick Untitled Al ES Page Design Fixed Page News Favorites Window Help P gt Stock Alerts P gt New York Stock Exchange NYSE Gainers NYSE Losers NYSE Most Actives NYSE 52 Week Highs NYSE 52 Week Lows NYSE High Alerts NYSE Low Alerts NYSE Volume Alerts American Stock Exchange gt NASDAQ Stock Exchange 7 Platt s News 000 Prices QUOTES l Fixed Page News Window View a Story 1 Click Fixed Paged News on the RealTick Design menu The Fixed Paged News w
82. vt as oa 63 PE AAA A de etc tall 63 PAVOR E ee ote arte T teeta ee eta oat ane 63 Usine Realdlick SFP AVOVILCS a a a tase 64 Opia Favor de cds ed octal an cd cat di anne ls 66 Create a Window Using the Chain Symbol LiSfS oococccccnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonoss 66 Usina VOUT OWN FAVORES ica 66 A DIN OL le soiree cance Cotes sae uc gorion Austen Manon mh uu E E euiaMenaat ate 67 Change a Pavone arar isis load 67 Oreanize Your Favorites Mena ts laa lea lle dla elo ed da 69 Delete ALAVESA AE A A telah rad esse 69 CED POPE a ee yee eee E E ere ene ere ere eee 70 Move a Window Outside Of RealTick satiate cena A NORE 70 Move a Window Back to RealTlcCk ooooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononoonononoroorrno nono non nnnonnnnonononononoos 70 LINKING WINDOWS rail 70 Page iv Contents ETERNO ds ein oat a due in na 70 DER VERS tilo dodo dos 71 MONTOS VES ds io 71 Change the Server fora RealTick WIN Witt it G2 LOAD AND SEARCH FOR SYMBOLS ccccccccccccccessssssssssseencaccccceeeeeeeesssessetesseeaaaaaeees T2 boada SymbolEile nda atan 12 Searc MIO gt MIOOIS es iS a da sea setos ceca duet Stead 73 SYMBOL GUIDE noc eetanean T R 74 Searc LOR OV MID OLS gehts eS il de Bl as 74 Ss A T aesh elie ene 13 MORA Odd AUS e a e ne a2 76 Create a Real Tick Window with a Symbol in the Symbol Guide ccccccccncncncncncno 77 SETTING Y IEM DEA UL Sata 71 Change Colors for Up Ticks and Down TlCKS cccccccccncccccncccnoco
83. window title bar Canceling Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders You can cancel orders when they are Live Partially Filled and Pending Page 275 A View Order 0795 06cd 000a 00 Cancel Now Cancel Order Setup F4 Select Account Order Entry Properties Put Managed Orders in Separate Panel Show Account Balance F Show Order Entry Screen FR Show Order Price Summary Copy To Clipboard OrderBook Font Reset Columns Page 276 There are three ways to cancel a pending order from the Order Book window Cancel Now Cancel Order and Quick Double Click Cancels The Cancel Now and Cancel Order features can both be found by a right click over a pending order Cancel Now cancels the pending order immediately while Cancel Order opens the Cancel Order dialog box The third method of order cancellation is the Quick Double Click Cancels If enabled you can cancel any pending order by double clicking the order in the upper panel of the Order Book window This feature is enabled if you have Confirm All Trades enabled in the Options tab of the Order Entry Properties screen Please understand if you enable Confirm All Trades in the Warnings and Confirmations tab of the Order Entry Properties screen RealTick will confirm or reconfirm if you use Cancel Order your cancellations as well as all orders Quick Double Click Cancel You can easily cancel an order by just double clicking the order in the Orde
84. you can add or remove a technical study Display Displays the Chart Display Options dialog box where you can change the font color or layout of the chart Scaling Displays the Chart Scaling dialog box where you can alter the scale of both the horizontal and vertical axis of the chart Style Displays the Chart Type dialog box where you can change the chart s calculation type Choose between Normal Ratio Differential Page 28 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality For Percent Change Attributes Click Attributes for quick access to options to scale a chart and to change the display Auto Scale Click Auto Scale to scale the chart so the visible data uses all of the available screen space Snap to Window Click Snap to Screen to scale the chart so all the visible data uses the entire screen space Display Price Display a specific point s price information Tracking Window where you can write a note Calculate VWAP Displays the Calculate VWAP dialog box where you can calculate the Volume Weighted Average Price for a specified time range Commit Changes Save data changes Only available for LAN customers you can change the display font change the printer font Enlarge a section of a chart Crosshair Tool View the data of one specific point on a Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 29 Menu Command Functionality IO CA Access the favorites Add to Favorites Displays
85. you would like to edit List of Favorites Chart MarketMinder MarketMaker MultiQuote Stocks TurboOptions Web Browser Menu Command Functionality Tile Arrange the windows on the page vertically side by side in columns Tile Horizontally Arrange the windows on a page horizontally one on top of the other Cascade Arrange the windows on the page It will stack windows one on top of another Arrange Icons Align the window icons along the bottom of the RealTick screen Close All Close all the windows open on the Real Tick page Save Defaults Saves the font and color settings of your active window for all new windows of the same type List of Windows List of the open windows Menu Command Functionality Help Menu Help Contents Open the on line help Symbol Guide Displays the Symbol Search dialog box where you can search for a ticker symbol or a Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 45 Page 46 Menu Command Functionality company s name Display the RealTick home page Page About RealTick Open the Version dialog box containing the RealTick Module versions RealTick Toolbar You can quickly create any RealTick window by using the RealTick toolbar Some RealTick windows also have their own toolbar buttons For example if you create a Chart window additional Chart icons also known as the Function menu are added to the toolbar The RealTick toolbar is dockable You can configure the toolbar ver
86. 0 37 471 76 89 il CCR 64 3400 10 32 14 13 161 19 5 12 BID 54 2916 14 33 15 26 TH 28 169 ss EOE 85 2477 09 38 13 40 271 9 95 Hottrend Day Summary Window See Hottrend Day Summary in RealTick for additional help Hottrend Smart Alerts Oz Scanner Page 326 Hottrend Smart Alerts enables RealTick customers to configure and receive stock alerts derived from Hottrend detection of abnormal activity Access Hottrend Smart Alerts o Select Hottrend Smart Alerts from the Web Browser sub menu of the Favorites menu Hottrend Smart Alerts will appear Setup an Alert o Type a symbol in the Enter Symbol field The Oz Scanner is a technical filter that sorts stocks by different sets of criteria There are nine different scanners Usual Suspects Scan Display stocks that are increasing in price and that may potentially trade higher than their average daily volume The Usual Suspect Scan will provide you with the stock on day one of its increase Knock Down Scan Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons Display stocks that are decreasing in price and that may potentially trade higher than their average daily volume Use the Knock Down Scan to sell short Power Trader Scan Display stocks that are increasing in price and that may potentially trade higher than their average daily volume a similar but stricter scan than Usual Suspects New Kid on the Block Scan Display stocks that are increasing in
87. 17 90 MICROSOFT CORP Intraday CHANGE Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 6 25 6 26 i 10 00 12 00 14 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 E Ki T Absolute Chart Type Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Quickly Change the Chart Interval You can change the chart interval with new macro keystrokes Change the chart from an intraday to a daily weekly or monthly Click the chart 2 Press the period key on your keyboard and then press I D W or M for Intraday Daily Weekly or Monthly respectively 3 For Day Weekly or Monthly charts you can specify the number of days weeks or months by typing the number after you press D W or M For example for a 30 day Day chart type D30 4 Foran Intraday chart type the minute interval after you type I For example for a 30 minute Intraday chart type 130 The chart updates MICROSOFT CORP Oj x D20 Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min Bar 2114 2 15 63 ee 62 h ttt yi alae ptt A HH rtd Hf H M 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 Chart Macro Keystrokes Changing the Display of a Chart Configure your chart to display different information or information differently This feature helps you view data more clearly in a chart Change the Display of a Chart 1 Click Display on the Chart menu The system displays t
88. 180 Cancel M Request From Server M Get Root Default M Save as Root Default f Calculation Parameters Dialog Box 2 Click either Use Real time Volatility or the Use Fixed Volatility option button If you use the real time volatility the system will calculate the value If you want to fix the volatility you can enter the value If you click Use Fixed Volatility the system activates the Calls and Puts field Type the value in these fields Choose the calculation type by clicking the Equity Future or Choose the calculation model from the drop down list in the If you want to refresh the Turbo Options window with data from the server click the Request From Server option If you want to view the root default click the Get Root If you want to save the root default click the Save as Root 4 Financial fields gt Model field 6 button 7 Default option button 8 Default option button 9 Click OK Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Quickly Change the Fixed Volatility Percent Adjust the fixed volatility percent o Right click the Vlty column and select the percent you would like to change the fixed volatility 2 1 0 5 0 5 1 and 2 Reset Primary Tickers Use this menu option to return to the primary ticker If there are duplicate options with the same expiration and strike price RealTick will display an next to the symbol Click the symbol
89. 313 3 Select a different account from the account drop down list to view another account s balance Page 314 Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances Chapter 9 Using Advanced Features This chapter discusses advanced features in RealTick Commit Changes You can edit data in both a Chart and a Table window If there is a price that is incorrect on a Chart or in a Table you can edit it and send it to the TA SRV so that it is corrected in the database Edit amp Save Data in a Chart The save option is available only for LAN customers who own their own TA_SRV machines 1 Double click the Chart screen The system displays the Edit Chart screen MICROSOFT CORF Open High 2 Double click the data you want to change For example you nb 25 64 EEE can change the price or volume value 5b44b4 57 56 5 8 5B 15 16 The system displays a small edit text field Bb So be 7 0 56 7 16 5613 16 3 Enter the new value and press the Enter key from your 5611 716 563 4 keyboard To cancel press the Esc key a6 3 4 opie 4 Close the Edit Chart screen by clicking the Close button in the upper right corner of the screen The system displays the new values in your chart Note The new values you enter appear in the chart for as long as Note To save the changes you keep the window open The changes will not be permanent you have to use the Commit unless you send them to the TA SRV If you send your changes to Changes The s
90. 4 Ea The cursor changes to a double arrow 2 Click and hold the left mouse button down while moving right or left to expand or contract the column The system adjusts the column width Right Mouse Button You can use the right button on your mouse to quickly access commands also listed in the menu bar For example instead of clicking Setup from the Chart menu on the menu bar to access the Setup window you can click your right mouse button on the Chart window The system will display the Chart menu commands You can choose Setup from this list to display the Setup window Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 21 Setup F4 Add Replace Symbol F6 Setup Studies F9 Display Ctl x Scaling Style Attributes gt Commit Changes Alt c Change Colors Ctrl c Screen Fort Ctrl f Printer Font Alt f Print Ctrl p Info Tool Select Tool Trend Tool Zoom Tool Crosshair Tool Right Mouse Button Menu for the Chart Window You can access the menu commands much faster by right clicking a window than by clicking the Menu bar For some RealTick windows there are certain commands only available on the Menu bar and other commands only available on the right mouse button menu For example you can monitor a specific quote by choosing Monitor from the right mouse button menu in MarketMaker The monitor feature is only available through the right mouse button menu On some RealTi
91. 5 Symbols Lists 66 Turbo Options 65 Web Browser 65 Favorites Directory 18 Favorites Menu 45 Files Installed 17 Data Directory 18 Favorites Directory 18 Help Directory 18 Pages Directory 18 Parm Directory 18 Sounds Directory 19 Fixed 176 Fixed Endpoints 176 Fixed Page Fixed Page News Menu 33 Fixed Page News 94 Change the View of the Fixed Page News Window 96 Copy News Data for Another Application 96 View a News Story 95 Index Index View a Story 95 Forex 97 Add a Currency 99 Create a Forex Window 97 Forex Menu 35 Move Around in Forex 99 Function Hot Keys 287 Futures 73 G Gapper Scan 327 Go To News 129 Group Symbols 118 GTC 248 H Hard Drive 11 Hardware Requirements 11 Hard Drive 11 Modem 11 Operating System 11 Processor 11 RAM 11 System Requirements 11 Help Directory 18 Hide the Chart Title Legend 175 Hot Key Action Bar 299 Hot Keys Actionless Hot Keys 296 Change Order Action Hot Key 297 Clone a Hot Key 298 Create a Bump Hot Key 297 Create a Bid Hot Key 290 Create a Buy Hot Key 287 Create a Cancel Orders Account Hot Key 293 Create a Cancel Orders Symbol Hot Key 292 Create a Close Position Account Hot Key 294 Create a Close Position Symbol Hot Key 293 Create a Page Hotkey 58 Create a Sell Hot Key 289 Create an Offer Hot Key 291 Creating Hot Keys 287 Delete a Hot Key 299 Edit a Hot Key 298 Interact with Orde
92. 52 weeks year If it displays data for the past 52 weeks the data will end with the day before the current day It can display the highs and lows of securities today and or the high and low of securities of the past 52 weeks It can also display securities within a specified price range for either the current day and or for the past 52 weeks You can use TAL Alarms to notify yourself when something occurs in the market Much like an alarm clock you can set alarms to alert you when a certain stock reaches or drops to a certain price or when a certain security s last price net change bid offer high low volume new high or new low falls below falls to rises to or rises above a value you specify TAL Alarms Aa E sew High tor TWE 18 New Low for PTZ 3 New Low for THO 45 dew High tor WIND G53 Mew High for S 421 sew Low for 4B GO Mew High for vs 427 Jew Low for PET O New Low for HESL GF3 dew High tor WIND G52 Mew Low for Cyy Gy dew High tor FRC 7 New Low for SFF 2 dew Low for ABN GF New Low for MEDI G10 dew High tor WIND 51 New High for FE 19 Sew High for THF Z 7 Mew High for MTB 16 lew Low for PIAM GES New Low for EPR 43 lew High for AER 44 Mew High for TLE 425 slew Low for Rw T E New Low tor AK G2 TAL Alarms Window The TAL Alarms window features numerous colors Each color has a different meaning This is the default setting Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Color Desc
93. 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Value Defaults CIMA CN Ran hannel Range channels are channels based on the difference between the highest high and the lowest low for a given period A percentage of the range is then added and subtracted to a simple moving average Formula UP MA oH L DM MA 3H LI VEUEN Description The highest high and L is the lowest low for period n An x period moving average Parameters The period used for calculating the range the percentage of the range to include and the moving average period is adjustable Envelope Parameters Envelope Type Percentage Offset fico on Average Range 200 anges Bollinger Band 200 Std dewiations f Range Channel 50 00 Period E Ok Cancel Help Envelope Parameters Box This table lists the Range Channel and Moving Average parameter defaults Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 195 Value Default Range Period MA Period Series Oscillators Oscillators represent different ways of measuring change in prices rather than measurements of prices themselves RealTick offers eleven oscillators for use in charts and tables Momentum Oscillator Acceleration Moving Average Oscillator Moving Average Momentum Moving Average Convergence Divergence Signal Line MACD Oscillator Rate of Change in Prices Volatility Volatility Ratio and Commodity Channel Index M
94. 7 Once you have completed your script click Save As The Save As dialog box will appear 8 Type the name of the script in the File Name field and click Save The script 1s saved 9 Click Close amp Execute Page 317 The script is created The command appears in the Status bar Script Next Command is OpenPage default2048x7680e at 01 00 Status Bar Executing 1 Click Execute Script on the Page menu The Open dialog box will appear Open 2 x Look in E PARM e E E openpage scr test scr waitfor scr rome ESS al Files of type Script Files y Cancel My Network P MT Open as read only Vi Open Dialog Box 2 Click the Script File you would like to open and click Open The script is executed Page 318 Chapter 9 Using Advanced Features Chapter 10 Troubleshooting This chapter discusses the most common problems RealTick users experience and the possible causes and solutions to these problems For further help contact Townsend Analytics Ltd Technical Support at 1 800 997 9630 or visit our website at www realtick com Connectivity Problems Many problems Internet users experience are due to their Internet connection Several of these problems include inability to log on to RealTick slow or incorrect data updates in the Chart and MarketMaker windows and losing connection to the servers Note The status lights on the status bar will go from green to yellow to red when there is
95. A UC Re it sil este end at ieee cass ead teas cant as icuat es hanes capiag ees eettesh 50 Change Your Password da dlloe ss Cont 51 AA LS ERS RCE ROOT So ERY Rea eee 52 EARL ON 53 Opena Pateoro irae ian cate as oles adh oa ted bu a ve es adhe rea 2s oe Son a 53 View Nextor Previous Palo iodo 54 SVO A NOW A o E tae Cantina adek lobes entice mae tanta 54 Save A Bw FS HOT ae eee ee re 54 Dracand Drop a Para sl rss ca decian dere docs Ai rasa 55 Usno MePa E MANIL EF nre EA So 55 Open the Page Manager Dialog BOX scnis lio 55 NA O O S6 ANA A ees et tee tae tl a eee Mee ete 56 Dele e AA Pe PP A Di Created a A A 58 Moving a Page in the Page Manager Dialog BOX 0oooooocnccoooooooooooooonnnononononnnnnnonnnnnnnnos 58 TAEMA daa 59 Open TAL Mil ario 59 Chaneinmo Your TAL Mail Password siii 59 Add a Sound Alert to TAL Mia ici Aon tee tic 60 Add a Mail Alert in the Status BaT ooononnnnnninununnnnannnnnanononoororrr nono ono nono nono nono EEEa 60 Usa a A oe hee een eh cae eee ead Meee cee ieee ete ee cieas Recess 60 Close TAL Mala ld illa card 60 Delete Eana il Messe yerba ade bd 60 Print E Mail Messade it ti la 61 INTI ei etesccdios 61 rant the eal ick Paria is 61 Print Real Lick Windows ti elias a accelerate aa a aaa e 61 Print One Real Fick WI Weinstein coil 62 Print th Windows DESK cease Seite ees cee ned Mee Renee ee Mecano nes 62 Savea Real lick Picture as Graphic Fil ss c6 oleate ier seats ext leaentcouseeans 62 Pia WOW orcas
96. AGO Remove COMAS id dida das 153 TURBOOO TON dad 153 Create a Turbo proms Wind Wiidsisotds ea 154 Selecta ECON rat 154 BAUL AA A OT A 155 SEL MMES RAE aE a e 155 Chance Calculation Parameters ai a rs ll A AEA 156 Quickly Change the Fixed Volatility Percent ooooooococcccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononononoss 157 Reset Primary Teko oc 157 View Details in a TurboOptions WiINdOW ooococcooooooononononn cnn nono nnnnnnn nono nono non no nnnnnnnnnos 157 AA 157 Change the Width of a Column in TurboOptions oooccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoninenininoss 157 WEBBROWSER ia 158 Opena Web Browser Window sie cesses hee ess ots iecpcecee sees Seeechc ce ecu eee 158 Navigatein a Web Browser W Ind W usina ad dl 159 LKS TOW OD SILOS ssp 159 Opera EBkoa O 159 Zacks Brokerage Research enter i 2 2 a ee ee 160 Baring Cad as 161 ASAS O o ds RS 161 EU A tanseuePiinsatiu 162 Mari e E AA A A AO 163 To View Data for a Specific Symbol ooooooonnnonnnnnooooooonnnonnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnonononononononoos 163 CHAPTER 6 CHARTS amp TECHNICAL ANALYSIS o cccccccnnooccccnncccnincccccnnccnnicccccnnnos 164 USING CHARLES ao ated Sate ATR EO E 164 rai a aa Na 167 Add a Symbol to an Existing Chatt ernieren ea aaka aia iaaa ieni cant n 168 Replace a Symbol ima Chartres dle a dolo cule lr cala cela 169 Change the Type or Chata la edil 169 Quickly Change the Chart Intervalos 171 Changing the Display of a Chart oooooooonoccccccccanaoonnnnnnnnnnn
97. APTER 8 TRACKING POSITIONS AND ACCOUNT BALANCES 00 304 POSITION MINDER tt cdas oie 304 Create a Position MANGER A A ita 305 SEEE Ai ACCOUN iii 305 Change the Column bay Outed ti 306 ORDER IVIIND ER cai e a 307 Crealo an Order MIMO ica 307 Multiple Selections in an QrderMindersas nens a non no nono nono nono nono nnnnnnos 308 View the Order Transaction Sumimary 12 lt 22 2s2 cescwzsessscsccecdeeiesdcastidactntsdeasendeendeels 308 Link a MarketMinder to an OrderMindet ccccceeseseeseeesseeeeseeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeseas 310 MIT CECE ULV IEEE cases cates ct tee tan hone atl ae Bia Se chee es ce hace loa Sed eda 310 Display Tie kered Ot de ts ist tc as et ec sates eal Sect teach Solna ee ede Peace teat Skies 310 IVETE PIO U OTe a 311 Configure the MultiQuote Window to View Your Positions oooooccccnncnnonononnnos 312 Configure the MultiQuote Window to View Your Account Balance 312 EP rea P EE AAAA 312 Page xii Contents ORDER POO Ke APEE e de aati e el ed de de 313 View Your Account Balance id 313 CHAPTER 9 USING ADVANCED FEATURES ccsccssccssccccsccccccscccsccccssccesceeeee 315 COMMIT CHANGES A tas ard alas U eae 315 Edit amp Save Data ina Chata time 315 Edit save Data ina Table E E EEE 316 O 316 DCS ONIN A Mia hian au Gate nis ea ard cla a a akan 316 PERA nC ee ee nn ee ae Oe O ene eee oe ee 316 A te aaa Nea scat usa tain tapas esata cee shea E E E A ENE E
98. Analysis Variable Description The closing price for period n The lowest price over period n a The highest price over period n The period length Reference Kaufman Perry The New Commodity Trading Systems amp Methods John Wiley 1988 Parameters The period that is number of time intervals to include in the calculation of the range 1s a user defined parameter RSI Parameters Period E SEG a Help Smooth Ups and Downs RSI Parameters Dialog Box Default Period 5 RealTick Untitled Al x Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help Intraday Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 10 11 10 12 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 000 Prices QUOTES 09 32 25 R Study Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 217 Relative Strength Index RSI The Relative Strength Index developed by J Welles Wilder New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems Trend Research Greensboro NC 1978 is an overbought oversold indicator expressed on a scale of 0 to 100 It is the ratio of the average up closes for a certain number of time intervals divided by the sum of the average up closes and the average down closes for the same period This ratio is multiplied by 100 Formula RSI 100 RS 1 RS Where RS the ratio of the average of n period gains divided by the absolute value of the n period losses Reference Kaufman Perry The New Commodity Trading System
99. Average Momentum MAM Moving average momentum is a momentum based on the difference between two values of the same moving average rather than two prices Formula MAM MA a MA a _ VEUEN Description The number of periods in the values of the moving averages The length of the momentum Reference Kaufman P J The New Commodity Trading Systems and Methods John Wiley amp Sons New York 1987 Parameters The momentum period the number of periods between the two moving averages is an adjustable parameter The number of periods used in calculating the moving averages can be changed as well as the price series The following table lists the default values for the Moving Average Momentum Mor 47g Momentum Parameters Seres Veen Volurne Period E Cancel Momentum Period 5 Help Moving Avgerage Momentum Parameters Box Value Default Momentum 5 Period Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 201 Page 202 The following picture displays a chart with a moving average momentum study RealTick Untitled Al ES Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help 12 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 a 000 Prices QUOTES Moving Average Momentum Study Moving Average Convergence Divergence MACD The MACD indicator Appel Gerald The Moving Average Convergence Divergence Trading Method Signalert Corp 150 Great Neck Rd Great Neck NY 11021 is
100. E TS 318 CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING ccccsscccssccscccsccccssccccsccccccscsccscccssccescceeees 319 CONNECTIVITE PROBLEMS ui 319 Pertorm a Lal Trade Pine TES A A ad 319 Perform an Internet Connectivity Tetuan a a 320 Pertormia Trace Route Testo 321 DATA OUTAGES AND DATA INTEGRA din 322 CHAPTER 11 REALTICK ADD ONS ion E a dad 323 HOTIRA D da ica 323 Display Honre IC a hrs td elites 323 Access Hottrend through the MarketMinder Favorlte coccccccccnccnnnnnnnnnononnnnninnnoss 323 Link Hottrend RealTime Radar to another RealTick WindoW cccooocccccnnnccccncnnnnns 325 Display a Symbol in the Linked Window ccccccccccnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 325 Drag and drop a symbol from the Hottrend Favorite oooooooccconcnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoss 325 View the Day SUMAN A A tiedd ears eeed em anaes 325 HOTTREND SMART ALERTS dial 326 Access Hottrend Smart Alt isis 326 SOS ULE ANC y OPORTO POCO E E EE a 326 DAS CANNES Noa 326 ESTAR A each ake ate ca esate Cake isa ate a aren 326 KROCK TIO WIS CON aaa Gc is aS hla es o 326 POW CR Trader SCOT orishas iS ia 527 New RIO OF the DIOCK SCON orraa iain vay ese een eats td Gok ate 327 AT ET S E E A T E N ET 327 BOLOM SNETI SCO e EEE ad 327 NE a 1 NE E A S E E T AEA E S27 TOE VCCI S CO ets 327 O I COCKS SC OM wares ES NA SO aaa aes 327 ACCESS AT OZ SCAN A aes ean E ce OE 328 MARE TOSO Ellis rue 329 ACCESS VIA TREO AU a PY SY ere pate i 329 BARRA RIS
101. K FACTOR it iia 330 Access Barra Risk FACIOT is 330 Display Barra Risk Factors for a Stock aisre E E 330 Contents Page xiii GLOSSAR Yren a ide 311 VAD SOIC T onesdae de ee aseea esata nas eee eee 311 ASPs Nia iad ee cla te ha eee Ges a at tel Nee Olea a ohetet tis 311 AOF INOMCAAOIN Ji iia dt 311 ANNOIN OM sais O dl lO 311 Arms ASCO IONES A AA 311 Basket OVAT AAA A E NO Ilo AS 311 TS OSE Did Or Or DB IS 311 O 311 BOING TONGS lia 312 BV OK CHILD Et illa 312 DUV hassel ire itil 0 II sien O 312 A a o O agen adted aotel a uientadd ot 312 Cancel Orador de 312 Candles T e ECNO S ea a aaa 312 COMMO A ec ee ee et eo 100 312 CONDITIONAL OF ACT esain A Ra ee 150 312 CUNT ONC A il ait ae an eee ee 313 A o ee ee 313 A E een ee Ne re Oe RT re ee ete Tee ee oyna et 313 DOIN E APPO PO nn A eases ese E E A E 313 DD SOV cases E 313 A O O 313 DIVA nes E E 313 TR E enn te en eee ee oe me CT eee ee Te ec 313 A AO 313 DEPTO MARE E si sar 314 a AAA o II 314 DNS CEC ON IVA dei 314 PIRC ONAIN LLC AS A e OUO 314 o A A nal tects oie RE 314 DOU oireena E T EEN eae ae 314 DOWNER Carta tt 314 EON A O S15 TINO TOC asa R ee a ay A Sia sede a sealers eee a sete ee 315 A A Cis rcaatemeh das cehat 315 Pe CS 0 A A Medes E en ata A A 315 GOOG FH CONC eases Taea ete e dd e 315 CAC OO ee RO TE Ee ees mee ee Cee eT 315 INTE CSCIC A A TAE tidad 315 Vi AA Eee eM Re E EE ee RED 315 UV CS VCD tec Se ciate tinct dotada 315 TAU PUIG Of AAA Sealant cnt Som Det e
102. Lan TA tie fuk Sam Tot Vol 1 574 200 i Clean Open 64 BL ha Low Earn 170 Highs 57 156 Lis 57 PAE Aa aiar Money Flew J7 2045 Wie AP Goer ooo Process RATE SE RealTick Page Displaying Data for Microsoft Page 52 Chapter 4 Basic Features F Hint If the page you want to open is saved in a different location than the Pages directory choose the location from the Look in field Chapter 4 Basic Features Bead Dich dhe ee A 0 Ss A A e one ll E ea re N o el E gt pr Ril freda Let SHOR Had ee tan Feil OOO 1004 1 EII Fica HUOTESE ji RealTick Page Displaying Data for IBM Create a Page You can create numerous pages for all your trading needs o Click New on the Page menu A blank page appears with the word Untitled in the title bar Open a Page You can open any page you created 1 Click Open on the Page menu The Open Page dialog box appears Open Page El x Look in PAGES c Es default0x0 pag DNSQ61 75 pag pcotservers pag default1024x768 pag Institution pag Professional pag default1024x7680e paq lvl quotes01 20 pag sbhdaily20 pag default2048x768 pag lvl1quotes21 40 pag sbhdaily200 pag default2048x7680e pag lvliquotes41 60 pag sbhticks pag default800X600 pag lvl1quotes61 75 pag talchain actives pag default800X6000e paq option option pag talchain gainlose pag DNSQ1 15 pag pch daily pag Townsend Demo pag DNSQ16 30 pag pch trades p
103. List the futures symbols for the commodity root you have entered Hint You can change the server that provides Futures Night Search for night session futures symbols data to the Symbol 3 Type the full or partial company name symbol commodity root Guide window by or future you are searching for in the Pattern field Check Upper clicking the Select button Case if you want to search for upper case symbols only in the Symbols Search T For Note Use Wildcards to help with the search See the next section example if you would for further details like to search for an options root change the server to options 4 Check Expand Roots if you want to search for both daytime and nighttime symbols This field is available only if you choose Commodity Roots from the Search Type field 5 Choose the type of security to search for from the Security Type field This field is available only if you choose Name or Ticker Symbol from the Search Type field 6 Select an Exchange For example search for all symbols listed on the New York Stock Exchange 7 Click Search The system displays a list of search results Symbology This symbology is specific to RealTick Use these symbols when performing a symbol search with the Symbol Guide Type of Symbol Index Preceded by and followed by usually not always X Chain Index Preceded by and followed by CH Options Preceded by or Futures Preceded by and foll
104. Managed Orders m Price warnings Waning ye i Absolute 1 Percentage Range m Trade Size Limit Warn if Trade Size is greater than fo Other Options M Confirm All Trades IV Confirm Conditional Order Executions T Acknowledge Canceled Orders Acknowledge Staged Orders TP Long Short Crossover Waring Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 4 Click OK Confirm All Trades is activated Chapter 7 Placing Orders Setting Order Entry Defaults for Quick Trading The Order Entry Properties command opens the Order Entry Properties dialog box The six tabs of this dialog box Actions Options Managed Orders Routing Event Sounds and Warnings Confirmations enable you to create and edit Order Actions also known as Hot Keys configure order defaults determine your price and volume increments configure reserve order defaults determine the default routing for various types of securities set sounds to play when trading events occur and set the warning parameters of RealTick The options you choose in this dialog box will affect all of the order entry enabled RealTick windows Set General Order Entry Defaults You can create general default for the Order Entry fields of the Order Entry screen in MarketMaker and MarketMinder windows For example you can set one exchange as a default for all orders 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the MarketMaker or MarketMinder menu The
105. Monthly Chart Page 166 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis y F Hint You can also create a chart by dragging a symbol from the Symbol Guide or another RealTick window and dropping it on the Chart toolbar button The system displays a new Chart window with that symbol m Data Selection Data Period Daily y Chapter 6 Charts 8 Technical Analysis In a Monthly chart the time is displayed on the horizontal axis and the price is displayed on the vertical axis It displays the data at month intervals for a particular time period Create a Chart You can create a Chart to display data daily weekly or monthly These types of charts will give you price information for the duration of a particular time period You can also create a Chart to display data for a season This is most useful for commodities to compare a certain season between two different commodities or to compare two different seasons for one commodity Other types of Charts focus mostly on price including Trades Bids Asks or Bids and Asks Lastly you can create a Chart that focuses on both Time amp Sales You can also compare tick and volume bars more accurately by defining the number of trades per bar instead of just comparing bars based on time 1 Click Chart on the Design menu The Chart Setup dialog box appears Chart Setup Ea Data Selection Data Period IntraD ay Date 8 1 2001 HDays s Intraday Bar Interval
106. Open y Cancel Browse Run Dialog Box 2 Type command or cmd in the Open field 3 Click OK The DOS prompt will appear 6 CA WINNT System32 cmd exe Ci gt tracert beacon taltrade com Tracing route to htmltraderl taltrade com 198 267 146 267 over a maximum of 38 hops 1 36 411 36 1 T3 a static6 adsl direct link net daBdla arcds101 edge directlink net 207 239 163 16 Serial12 1 GW7 DFW ALTER NET 157 136 133 225 6 so 3 6 2R2 DFW ALTER NET 152 63 99 254 19 at 2 1 6 TR2 DFW 9 ALTER NET 152 63 99 70 128 at 5 1 TR2 CHI2 ALTER NET 152 63 1 145 196 ATM6 8 2R2 CHI6 ALTER NET 152 63 65 97 196 ATM GW6 CHI6 ALTER NET 146 188 269 173 2 3 4 5 6 ie 8 taltrade gw3 customer alter net 157 130 102 166 ms S s 208 154 78 146 ms 268 154 78 163 ms S s htmltraderi taltrade com 198 267 146 267 Trace complete G N gt DOS Prompt 4 Type tracert beacon taltrade com at the C gt prompt o Several lines will return displaying three times per line Each line is arouter If one router is consistently displaying high ping times or timed outs contact Townsend Analytics Ltd Technical Support Page 321 If there are not high ping times or timed outs some possible problems may include your modem or Ethernet card poor connection to Internet bad and loose or tangled cable or IRQ conflict In this case contact a hardware expert before replacing any hardware equipment
107. Order Book menu The system displays the Order Entry fields WP finlerfiuck hor BOREAIRASEDEMO radio ie TAL TEST ENIH EN gt Time Acilon Taken Result Rem Acton Taken Resuli MSFT A IS Margn TO Selca Pt Conte Mi SLT f id Parha J e Lippsicabe Sesha T Pono Paion ARCA T Deben d Bum TALS Dar Order Book with Order Entry Fields 2 Type the stock you want to purchase in the Stock field 3 Choose the type of trade you want from the drop down list available in the Price type field If you choose a Limit Order LMT you must enter a price in the Price field 4 Type the amount of trade you want to buy in the Volume field 5 Choose the volume type partial or all or none from the drop down list available in the Quantity box 6 Right click the Buy button and select when you want the order to expire You can choose IOC GTC or Day 7 Choose the type of payment from the drop down list in the Account Type field You can choose either Cash or Margin Note If the command button says Sell right click the command button and select Buy 8 Click Buy The system displays the Select Trade Route dialog box SSS 9 Choose the exchange from the drop down list available in the Trade Route field Chapter 7 Placing Orders 10 Click OK The system places the order Sell from the Order Entry Screen in MarketMaker This set of instructions uses the MarketMaker window A
108. Order Entry Properties dialog box appears with the Order Entry Defaults tab open Order Entry Properties Wiarnings Lonfirmatians Order Colors Managed Orders Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Event Sounds Security Type Route Primary Account OTE Stocks Listed Stacks NONE MONE Options NONE NONE Futures MONE MONE Default Rules MONE Defaults for ExchangeSecunty Type NAS STOCK Apply Clear Route fta py Account uso yl Price Type MET d Trade Size hoo 4 Default Trade Size to Position up to hooo Expiration Day m Volume Type jaon y cos Order Entry Properties Dialog Box Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 279 Page 280 10 11 EZ Choose the security you would like to set defaults for Click the Route drop down list to select the route The Select Route dialog box will no longer appear for the user because this default is set Click the Expiration drop down list to select an expiration value Select the Account drop down list to select the account The Select Account dialog box will no longer appear for the user because this default is set Select the Price Type drop down list to select the price type for orders Click the Volume Type drop down list to select the volume type for orders Click the Trade Size drop down list to select the trade size for orders If you want the trade volume to default to the position size check the Default Trade s
109. Oz NYSE 91 2 Weeks Sc FF 04 05 A ow L MEWEID N 2 NYSE New Kid Scan ATRORA BOTFSHR SEWYSERP SUSPECT NOCKON EER 5 TJWEERS L WEID G PATADA APER O 2 NYSE Power Trader Sc 2 NYSE Gaper Scan Oo E a a 2 Mazdaq NMS BottomF Ss a a p 4 64 5 Be E m an a ES 4 Ll a z Nasdag NMS Sky Scra z Nasdaq WMS Usual Su z Nasdag HMS Knock D z Nasdag NMS 101 72 z Nasdag NMS 9 12 We z Nasdag WMS New Kid 2 Nasdag NMS Power Tr Oz Nazdao NMS Ganer Sc 0 as gt q oF O oo m e ES oo a TAL Chain Listing Window 2 Select a Scanner and drag and drop it into a MarketMinder The Scanner symbols will appear RealTick ozscanner Page Design MarketMinder Favorites Window Help Symba I SUSPECT N o 5754 4 134 S1OWEEKS N OMC 8565 1 26 SIWEEKSA 66 96 P 211 ABI PWRTRDR GAPER N Symbol Last Change AMGN IMNX 28 31 269 A E TES 3677 13 73 Symbol Last _ Change AXP NES AH 3305 31680 1 11 4 LJ 0z NYSE Sky Sd Symbol Last Change KKD nan Symbol Last Change Volur Symbol Last_ Change AHAA un NVN n O E E JBHT__ 21680 4 241 4584 BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES 11 24 05 Oz Scanners Page 328 Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons For more information regarding Oz Scanner please visit www tonyoz com MarketGauge MarketGauge is a visua
110. Page menu The program prints all the data for each RealTick window on Separate pages Favorites are preconfigured windows saved in RealTick that are available for quick access RealTick contains favorites of the most commonly used windows Page 63 Page 64 Using RealTick s Favorites RealTick comes with pre configured favorites for five windows Chart MarketMinder Stocks TurboOptions and Web Browser Favorites Add To Favorites Edit Favorites Market Minder d 1 Live Orders Chart t 2 Order Details MarketMakers t 3 Open Positions Stacks 4 TAL Chain Symbol List TurboGptions 5 Chain Display Defaults Web Browser t TAL Market Guide Snapshot 7 Market Statistics 5 Index Component Chains Pre Loaded Real Tick Favorites The following table describes each pre configured Real Tick favorite Favorite Description Moving Avg on Create a Chart displaying moving Volume and Money averages on volume and the money flow Flow Line Graph of Close Create an Intraday Candlestick Chart with Volume with price tracking and a volume display CandleStick with Create an Intraday Candlestick Chart MACD and SP with the S amp P Index and a MACD study MarketMinder Live Orders Create a MarketMinder displaying only live orders Order Details Create a MarketMinder displaying live orders including the status of the order Open Positions Create a MarketMinder displaying only positions TAL C
111. Properties on the Order Book menu The system displays the Order Entry Properties dialog box Click the Managed Orders tab The system displays the Managed Orders tab Type the amount for reserve order in the Reserve Amount field Check the Use Price Range option button if you want to set a range for reserve orders The system activates the Upper and Lower fields Type the value for the upper range in the Upper field and the lower range in the Lower field Set the Execution Delay to the amount of time you want the system to wait before sending out the next order when using the Reserve Order feature Click OK The system saves all changes and closes the dialog box Set an Alarm for an Order Event You can set the Order Book to sound an alarm after a specific event occurs For example you can set the Order Book window to sound an alarm after you sold your stock l Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The system displays the Order Entry Properties dialog box Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders Order Entry Properties Fa Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Event Sounds Warnings Confirmations Order Colors Event Sound Placed Order None Order Partialed None Order Filled None Placed Cancel None Order Canceled None Placed Close Order None Close Order Completed None Close Order Canceled Nonel 7 Sound None y Browse Test
112. RealTick the industry standard in Online Trading Using TAL Mail Using News Alerts Using Charts Using Tables Using the Ticker Using News Using Fixed Page News Using Forex Using Turbo Options Using MarketMinder Using MarketMakers Using Time amp Sales Using MultiQuote Using Order Book Using Stocks Using the Web Browser Using Corporate Actions gt Using TAL Alarms and Alerts Using Indications RealTick integrates real time quote displays technical analysis and direct access trading merging information and utility to give you infinite trading insight Therefore you can take fast action on market opportunities as they happen Who Uses RealTick RealTick is a robust application meeting the needs of many different types of traders all over the world including Individual Traders Broker Dealers and Institutional customers With the flexibility of RealTick for example an Institution can notify another institution of a large order they re considering placing a Broker Dealer can keep track of a customer s account and an Individual trader can trade with RealTick through his her Broker Dealer How Does RealTick Work RealTick is a highly configurable tool that requires access to servers data and features Your administrator assigns these to you hen you
113. SDAQ Quote Sources Press CTRL and click a Quote Source to select multiple quote sources 4 Click the Show All ECNs Only or Exclude ECNs option button If you choose Show All the system displays the data from both ECN and Exchanges If you choose ECNs Only the system displays the data from ECNs only If you choose Exclude ECNs the system displays the data from exchanges only 5 Choose an exchange for regional quote sources 6 Click the Select Exchanges button The system displays the Select Regional Exchanges dialog box 7 Choose either Show Composite Data for all exchanges or Show Selected Exchange Data Only for specific exchanges 8 Click the OK button when finished 9 Click the OK button on the Quote Sources to Display dialog box The system closes the dialog box and redisplays the Ticker window Changing the Display of a Ticker Change the Window Color of a Ticker 1 Click Colors on the Ticker menu or from the right click popup menu The Ticker Color Selection dialog box will appear Page 146 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Ticker Color Selection El Background z Sanie Text x Text Down Tick Cancel HighLight AL Iregular Ticker Color Selection Dialog Box 2 Click the drop down arrows and select the Background Text Up Tick Down Tick and Irregular Tick colors 3 Click OK The system updates the Ticker window Time amp Sales The Time amp Sales window display
114. Standard MarketMinder 115 Create a Table 135 Create a Time and Sales Report 148 Create a Turbo Options Window 154 Create an Alarm 85 Create an Alert 89 Page 333 Create an Offer Hot Key 291 Create an OrderMinder 307 Creating Hot Keys 287 Cross Order 245 Currencies 99 Add a Currency 99 Custom Sort a MarketMinder 121 Customize Order Parameters 272 D D Averaged Da 215 D Fast D 213 D Slow Ds 215 Data Directory 18 Data Outages and Data Integrity 322 Day 247 Day 248 Day Summary 325 Delete a Favorite 69 Delete a Hot Key 299 Delete a Page 57 Delete a Price Tier 113 Delete a Trend Line 182 Delete an Alert 92 Design a Script 316 Design Menu 26 Differential 137 169 Directional Movement Indicators PDI MDI DX ADX 233 Discretionary 238 Display a Ticker 142 Display Hottrend 323 Display of a Window 81 Domain Name 50 Download Installation from RealTick com 13 Draw a Trend Line 180 Drop Down Lists 24 E Earnings Calendar 161 Earnings Surprises 162 Edit amp Save Data in a Chart 315 Page 334 Edit amp Save Data in a Table 316 Edit a Hot Key 298 Edit data in a Time amp Sales Window 151 Enlarge a Chart Region 177 Executing 318 Expirations 247 Day 247 Day 248 GTC 248 IOC 248 Now 248 F Favorites 63 Add to Favorites 67 Change a Favorite 67 Chart 64 Delete a Favorite 69 MarketMinder 64 Open a Favorite 66 Stocks 6
115. Surprises Earnings Calendar al IBM uses advanced information technology to provide customer solutions The company operates primarily in a single industry using several segments that create value by offering a variety of solutions that include either singularly orin some combination technologies systems products services software and financing Organizationally the company s major operations comprise three hardware product segments Technology Personal Systems and Enterprise Systems a Global Services segment a Software segment a Global Financing segment and an Enterprise Investments segment Numbers of Brokers Recommending 04 22 01 ote nm Lad Earnings Estimates and Actuals x A ws a r oe MA on Zacks Brokerage Research Center 1 Enter the symbol in the New Search field 2 Click Go The system updates the Zacks Brokerage Research Center window Note You can also drag and drop a symbol from another RealTick window 3 Choose the type of report you want to view from the drop down list available in the upper left corner You can choose five different reports Option Description stock s volume highs and lows Consensus This report contains the Estimates recommendations of brokers in the industry This report is the default Annual Income This report contains the details of Statement the company s income for the previous year Annual Balance This report contains t
116. TRY DEFAULTS FOR QUICK TRADING cc csseeccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 280 pet General Order Patty Detalla 280 Chance the Spin Button Defaults s rrsdnirenia a a 282 Bet Keypad to Contiscure the Om ad 283 pet Reserve Order Dd 283 Setn Alarm Or an Order Even dat dt dt O 284 Set Warnings to Display after a Specific CtION occccccccccnnncnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnannns 285 SELON Button Colas tl dl le 286 Setting Order Status Colors 0 ida 287 SETTING ORDER ALERTO aet eya ENE aan 288 Add a Sound Alert to a Conditional Ord ooooncnncnnocacananonaonaaananannnoororo non nnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnos 288 Sera PCS Warin O o e N 288 CREATING HOT KEYS ula tai 289 Crea a BUON do 289 Create dell OK la led ado ia 291 Create a BiG HOCKEY a 292 Crate Am Oiler TOL een 293 Create a Cancel Orders Symbol Hot Key ooooccccccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononoss 294 Create a Close Position Symbol Hot Key cccccccccccccnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnononononoss 294 Create a Cancel Orders Account Hot Key oreren a AAE a 295 Create a Close Position Account Hot Key oooooocccccccccncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonons 296 a o A OE cenetea losers tis 297 Create an Actionless HO KEY A ias 298 Create a Chanse Order Action Hot Keyes cera o a cl e ll a 299 Create a Bump as 299 Sine a Ly GEA ae RINE oman ee ene Tee aay einen ne oneee ee 300 AAA ETT eN 300 Pelelea HOEKE emer tne een ne narra eae 301 Create the Hot Key Acton am acces A R 301 CH
117. Technical Analysis to a Chart See Technical Analysis Annotations See Annotations Auto Scale 176 Change a Series in a Chart 174 Change the Display of a Chart 171 Change the Type of Chart 169 Chart Menu 28 Create a Chart 167 Daily 165 Differential 169 Enlarge a Chart Region 177 Fixed 176 Fixed Endpoints 176 Hide the Chart Title Legend 175 Intraday 164 Intraday Chart Hot Keys 168 Link Left and Right Axes 176 Logarithmic Scale 176 Min Max Scaling 175 Monthly 167 Percent Change 169 Ratio 169 Replace a Symbol in a Chart 169 Restore a Chart to Original Size 177 Scale a Chart 175 Seasonal 167 Snap to Date Range 176 Snap to Window 176 Spreads 183 Trend Lines See Trend Lines Vertical Zooming a Chart 177 View the Statistics in a Chart 177 Weekly Chart 166 Chart Multiplier 183 Chart 183 Child Popup 70 Clone a Hot Key 298 Close a News Alert 133 Index Index Color Depth 12 Column Widths 20 Columns Add Columns to the IOI Client Window 103 Add Columns to the News Window 128 Change a Column in a Table 141 Change the Column Layout in MarketMinder 119 Change the Width of a Column 21 Change the Width of a Column in Turbo Options 157 Column Widths 20 Configure Column Layout in MarketMinder 120 Custom Sort a MarketMinder 121 Save a Column Layout in MarketMinder 121 Sizing Columns in Turbo Options 157 Commit Changes 315 Edit amp Save Data in a Chart 315 Edit a
118. Townsend Analytics Ltd itects of real ime financial software REALTICK BY TOWNSEND ANALYTICS LTD User Manual Version 7 6 Townsend Analytics Ltd 100 South Wacker Drive Suite 2040 Chicago Illinois 60606 4004 USA 800 827 0141 main office 800 997 9630 tech support This RealTick User Manual and the software described in it are copyrighted with all rights reserved Under the copyright laws neither the documentation nor the software may be copied photocopied reproduced translated or reduced to any electronic medium or machine readable form in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Townsend Analytics Ltd The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice No title or ownership of intellectual property rights in and to the software and or documentation or any copy translation compilation or other derivative works are transferred to the end user or any third party hereunder The software and documentation are provided as is and without any express or implied warranties including without limitation any warranties as to accuracy functionality performance or merchantability Townsend Analytics makes no representation watranty or covenant concerning the accuracy completeness sequence timeliness or availability of the software and or documentation or any other information or the likelihood of profitable trading using the software and or documentation The user assumes the entire risk
119. Type Reserve Amt Short TS Evert TAREX y Margin y v 1000 a Pref ARCA Buy PHTE Sell PHTE Cancel All PHTE T Conditional Order Order Entry Panel 3 Click the Reserve Amt check box The Volume field will change to the Trade Size field 4 Type the total amount you would like to buy or sell in the Reserve Amt field or use the spin buttons 5 Type the trading amount in the Show field or use the arrows 6 Select the type of payment from the Account Type drop down field 7 Click Buy for track bid or click Sell for track offer The order is placed Place a Cross Order Cross orders are available in Real Tick s MarketMaker and IOI windows 1 From the Standard OES layout in a MarketMaker select a Price Type 2 Select an account type from the Account Type drop down list 3 Select Cross from the MarketMaker OES drop down list The Cross OES layout will appear Symbol Expiration Acct Type MMM MMM Day y Marain y Volume Price 101 300 fi 00 15 H LMT y buy 900 MMM AT 100 15 BY MANYIARCAX Vol Type Partial Cross o By Cancel All Order Entry Screen 4 Ifthe Price field is activated select the price 5 Select the volume in the Volume spin box 6 Select the route from the Route drop down box 7 Click Cross Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders The order is placed Place a Market or Limit Order Auction Order 1 Click Show Order Entry Screen on the
120. Y Total Profit Y PL Total Y Order Details E Pice Field E Convert Gorency Prev Price Alignment Musato Fandita l ls Left C Center Right Move Up Move Dn 10010 C_PL Column Layout Dialog Box 4 Click More The system expands the Column Layout screen 5 Click the name of the field from the Available Fields list Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances OrderMinder Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances 6 Change the data in the Server Table and Sub Type fields to see different fields 7 Click the field name you want to display and click Add The system adds the data to the Selected fields list 8 Click OK The system displays the new field in the PositionMinder The OrderMinder displays your orders for the current trading day Create an OrderMinder 1 Click MarketMinder on the Design menu The Minder Setup screen appears 2 Click the Orders option button The Orders tab appears Minder Setup E Minder Type C Standard Chain C Positions Baskets ie Orders Symbol Chain Symbol Chait y SESE E Fat Symbols Orders Miscellaneous IM Standard Orders T Live T Completed T Deleted Cancel Order Display Summary Standard Detail T Completed T Deleted Vol Type Expiration Po pp Preference DOpposite Party Price Type m Order Tag Show Eosed Positions in Position Minder M
121. a The simple mean of prices over the period t n to t RealTick allows you to calculate an autoregressive skew AR Skew t 1 Wei ght Skew t 0W eight JAR Skew t 1 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 223 Skew t is the simple skew at time t for n periods If the Weight is zero the formula reduces to the simple skew above Parameters The skew parameter box allows you to change the sample size the number of periods used in calculating the skew and to enter an autoregressive weight in percentage terms Skew Parameters e De Sample Size Cancel E Weigh fo Help Skew Parameters Box The following table lists the Skew parameter defaults Value Default The following picture displays a chart with a skew study CATE naco 29 88 92 Tr 17a Intraday Lef MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min S 7 05 7 06 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 a 000 Prices SQUOTES l ae Skew Study Page 224 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Kurtosis KUR Kurtosis is displayed on the third bottom panel Kurtosis can be positive or negative Peaked distributions show positive kurtosis and flat topped distributions show negative kurtosis Formula t KUR F P 3 1 1 Where Pa is the simple mean of prices over the period n We subtract 3 to make Kurtosis symmetric around 0 Real Tick allows you to calculate an autoregressive kurtosis AR KURT
122. a range of related derivatives symbols Page 116 4 Click OK to enter your symbols into the MarketMinder quote window The StandardMinder window appears Create a ChainMinder Use a ChainMinder to create other RealTick windows 1 Click MarketMinder on the Design menu The Minder Setup dialog box appears Select the chain type from the Chain Type drop down list Type the root in the Root field Select the session in the Session drop down list Click OK oe ANS The ChainMinder window appears with a symbol chain Note Click the favorite Market Statistics under MarketMinder on the Favorites menu to quickly display a ChainMinder Add a Symbol to an Existing MarketMinder You can add more symbols to a StandardMinder or a PositionMinder 1 Double click a field in the Symbol column The field will activate 2 Type the symbol 3 Press Enter The symbol is added to the Minder Quickly create a BasketMinder from your Positions 1 Right click a BasketMinder The Minder function menu appears Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Note If you don t have the convert currency option but would like to contact your RealTick Vendor Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Setup F4 Quick Setup load Symbols Save Symbols Links Column Layout Choices gt Display Options F6 Custom Sort Show Ticker Select Account Order Entry Properties Show O
123. a server connection loss See Chapter 3 for more information concerning the status lights If you are experiencing any of these problems run a ping test Perform a TalTrade Ping Test Test your RealTick connectivity 1 Select Run on the Start menu The Run dialog box will appear Run ELE Type the name of a program Folder document or F Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open z Cancel Browse Run Dialog Box 2 Type command or cmd in the Open field 3 Click OK The DOS prompt will appear Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Page 319 Page 320 ex CA WINNT System32 cmd exe Microsoft Windows 2666 Version 5 00 2195 lt C Copyright 1985 2666 Microsoft Corp C gt ping beacon taltrade com Pinging htmltraderl taltrade com 198 207 140 207 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 198 267 146 267 bytes 32 time lt iBms TTL 126 Reply from 198 267 146 207 bytes 32 time lt iBms TTL 126 Reply from 198 267 146 207 bytes 32 time lt iBms TTL 126 Reply from 198 267 146 207 bytes 32 time lt i ms TTL 126 Ping statistics for 198 207 146 207 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost z loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Gms G N DOS Prompt Dialog Box 4 Type ping beacon taltrade com at the C gt prompt You will receive four replies The test results are the length of time it takes to receive the four replies o Ifthe times a
124. able such as contract size and multiplier for US Equity Options only Displays the Select Account dialog box where you can choose a new trading account Click Show Order View to display the Order Entry fields Click Show Regional View to display a MarketMaker panel Displays the Order Entry Properties dialog box where you can set system wide defaults for the order entry system including default quantities and routes Displays the favorites Displays the Save Favorite dialog box where you can save a TurboOptions layout Saved TurboOptions layouts Functionality MarketMinder Menu Setup Quick Setup Load Symbols Displays the Minder Setup dialog box where you can modify a MarketMinder window Displays the Quick Futures Setup dialog box where you can select a commodity Displays the Load Symbols dialog box where you can choose a symbol file list of symbols to replace the list of symbols previously loaded in the MarketMinder window Save Symbols Displays the Save Symbols dialog box Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality where you can create a new symbol file from the list of symbols in the MarketMinder Displays the Select Window to Link dialog box where you can link other windows to the MarketMinder Column Layout Displays column layout options Choices Configure Column Displays the Column Layout dialog box Layout where you can choose columns Load Column Disp
125. ack Bid or a Track Offer ii dios 262 Place d Cross Order sur E a E A Ral eu aa 263 Place a Market or Limit Order Auction Order oocccnnnccnnnnnccnnonicnnunoconuniconaniccnaniconnns 264 PAGE an S Ween Reserve Orde ache acetal at aca a a e a 264 Place an SS AUS 265 Place a Passive Discretionary Ord gts 265 Select a Discretion Limit Rare id a eh a a ltl 266 Place a Basic Percina Oirdercnnroroee 267 KANG OME RESCIVE Order rr ono 268 Set the Random RESErV e sowie carina whit Oe RA ees 268 Place a Random Reserve OldeT oocccnnoccnnnnccnnnnccnnnnccnnnnocononocononoconanocononoconanoccnaniccnnns 269 BASKOM ITU OE ae a a a td o tee O 270 Setup the Basket Order Entry W mdow ii 270 Configure a Standard BasketMinder Order ooccccncncncncccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnn 271 Advanced Nasdaq Configurations ieee dette eect Mca staal dette ancasentaneestacavtanelen 272 Advanced Listed Configuration oocccccccncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninenininos 273 Customize Order Parameters aaa 274 Basket Quantity Ex eCu liom ccs ied teehee eee cule ai E eka 274 bart IVA RKC EXPOSI a E 275 MISTING NOC OUINT Si o 276 SHOW ACCOUNT AP TE 276 Trade Wilh AMO ME ACCOUNT aceite di Rias 276 CANCELING ORDERS irie da A A ia ZEN Quick Doublet liek C ancla dad veias 277 Cancel Usine Cancel NOW ii A mrad a aL 278 Contents Page xi Cancel Usine Cancel Or er eier sa he Mae een et eal a 278 Contra Aladdin db 279 SETTING ORDER EN
126. ag DNSQ31 45 pag peqtli pag DNSQ46 60 pag pcatl2 pag My Computer Yao CE File name default0x0 Files of type Realtick Page Files y Cancel My Network Fos Ae Open Page Dialog Box 2 Choose the page you want to open Page 53 9 F Hint You can also toggle between pages using the plus and minus keys on your number keypad Note RealTick saves all pages to the TAL Pages directory unless you specify another location You can choose a different location from the Save in field Page 54 3 Click Open The system displays the page View Next or Previous Page To toggle between different pages use the Next or Previous Page feature in RealTick o To view the last page you displayed click Previous Page on the Page menu o To view the next page click Next Page on the Page menu Save a New Page After you have added data to a page see chapters 5 6 and 7 you can save the page 1 Click Save As on the Page menu The Save Page As dialog box appears Save Page s El x Save in PAGES e ae default0x0 pag DNSQ61 75 pag pegtservers pag default1024x768 pag Institution pag Professional pag default1024x7680e pag lvliquotes01 20 pag sbhdaily20 pag default2048x768 pag lvl quotes21 40 pag sbhdaily200 pag default2048x7680e pag lvl1quotes41 60 pag sbhticks pag default800X600 paq lvl1quotes61 75 pag talchain actives pag default800X6000e paq option option pag talchain
127. aia sla tied see 320 A Sd ia cto cca 321 Relativeren h ea eee dica 321 Contents Page xv ROUTE A SN idas 321 SCONO a a e edo fa Do bo O 321 A a a e o UE ee 321 A E E A E dateag Dae E E aun E 321 O T 32 A ang ite lta tse an cnc NS esi ale e 322 A A renee err eee 322 A 322 ETE E cares tress T E cnene mien ret aaty eeaaaaruh tens Gente eotcads Oonapases 322 NANA DENIA aR eee eet ate ate ee ere nee nt en Rr 322 OCASO EE T T 322 TO a O 322 O UNA A oe Tee ea eat enna O eta eer eee 323 SOPLI C OTI OE A A A CRT RT etn Oe 323 SLOP MOTOS q ANA AN A O a 323 Y A A A AS 323 A A A Mike aaile tle De tetas sd ces 323 O ke ath cad cartes hi asec sal A A AI a alae te te ia claad e 323 UO aa Stat tase acerca ee ssa eee anes T 323 A O aese agement OE N 324 A O ate ct cee E 324 AA a a 324 TT a EE AEAEE E E E PEE E EE E EE E AEA TE E 324 TOR e E A E E E E A ee at eee eee 324 TAA AOIN I EA AE E A AAA O T E E T 324 TEARS ESO E E ie E E AA E Mead eee 324 TNS dean Le 324 A A On ney eI 324 Il Tet ocean Selb ak E E Sate he oh eect Nel ghee E Sate ee enact eagle eae Sate heel 325 AE E EAEN T AE EEE A MIO Oe A E E E A E J23 VOL A A 325 FO A TN 325 AA yee ete ee ares eta mena eet ee aed etal ee Santee nee 325 Meana ita ds rita td apta EA T 323 Williams Accumulation DistributiON cccccccncnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanananannnns 325 Wiliams Percentage RANTE iseis it EE EE E T 323 CONTENTS E a MI INDEX ua dla 18 Page xvi Contents About This Ma
128. ailable in the Alerts for Selected Symbol box You can place alerts on the Last Price Net Change Bid Offer High or Low values of a symbol For example if you want to monitor a bid for a particular symbol choose Bid 12 Choose the action for the alert from the second drop down list available in the Alerts for Selected Symbol box You can place an alert when a value falls below falls to rises above or rises to a specific amount For example if you want to monitor a symbol to see if it falls to a specific amount choose Falls To 13 Type the amount that will start the alert in the numeric field available in the Alerts for Selected Symbol box 14 Click Add Change The system lists the alert configuration in the Alerts for Selected Symbol field 15 Select the Sound check box to sound an alarm 16 Choose the sound from the drop down list available in the Sound field Note Test the sound by clicking Test Sound 17 Select the Show all Alerts check box to display all the alerts you configured on the TAL Alerts window 18 Select the Show Acknowledged Alerts check box to display only the alerts you turned off 19 Click OK The system redisplays the TAL Alerts window 20 Click Close The alert is set Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 91 Page 92 Delete an Alert l If you have a TAL Alarms window open choose Display Alerts on the Alarms menu If you do not have a TAL Alarms window open choose Displ
129. al Order 242 Cross Order 245 Discretionary 238 Market Order 234 MID 239 Offer 240 Pegging Orders 245 PostNoPref 237 Preference 237 Reserve Order 243 Short 241 Staged Order 244 Stop Limit Order 236 TOP 241 Tracking Order 244 Trailing Stop 236 OrderMinder 307 Link a MarketMinder to an OrderMinder 310 Multiple Selections in an OrderMinder 308 Oscillators 196 Momentum Oscillator MOM 196 Oz Scamner 326 Page 338 10 Weeks Scan 327 9 Y Weeks Scan 327 Access an Oz Scanner 328 Bottom Fisher Scan 327 Gapper Scan 327 Knock Down Scan 326 New Kid on the Block Scan 327 Power Trader Scan 327 Sky Scraper Screen 327 Usual Suspects Scan 326 P Page Manager 55 Add a New Page 56 Create a Page Hotkey 58 Delete a Page 57 Open the Page Manager Dialog Box 55 Rename a Page 56 Page Menu 25 Pages Create a Page 53 Open a Page 53 Save a New Page 54 Save an Existing Page 54 View Next or Previous Page 54 Pages Directory 18 Parabolic Price Time Study 231 Parameters Dialog Box 186 Parm Directory 18 Partial 247 Pegging Orders 245 Percent Change 137 169 Percentage Offset 191 Perform a TalTrade Ping Test 319 Perform a TraceRoute Test 321 Perform an Internet Connectivity Test 320 Permissions 10 Pivot Lines 182 Adding Pivot Lines 183 Place a Conditional Order from MarketMaker 257 Place a Deferred Order from the Order Book 256 Place a Reserve Order 260
130. alTick contains links to five web sites that provide industry details Hold the mouse over the Web Browser toolbar button do not click and the web browser links will appear You can research symbols view recommendations of brokers look through an earnings calendar see the industry s top surprises and view stock and ratio reports Favorites Window Help Add To Favorites Edit Favorites Chart Market Minder MarketMakers Stocks Turbo Options FT Fr FTF FT F Web Browser a 1 Zacks Brokerage Research Center 2 Earnings Calendar 3 Industry Search 4 Earnings Surprises 5 Market Guide 5 TAL TraceRoute Web Browser Links You can choose one of the following web links Open a Link 1 Move your mouse to the Web Browser Toolbar button 2 DO NOT CLICK THE BUTTON The system displays the five links 3 Click the link to the site you would like to open The system will open the browser and display the site Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 159 Zacks Brokerage Research Center Zacks Brokerage Research Center This page contains details about a company You can view the recommendations of brokers the annual income balance sheets and the company profile El zacks Brokerage Research Center ZBRC Townsend eee SYMBOL Consensus Estimates i mG Last 114 4499969 Net 2 45 Open 113 4000015 Hi 114 75 Low 112 4000015 Vol 3935600 Industry COMP MAINFRAME Earnings
131. alog box will appear Create a hot key See the Create Hot Key section in Chapter 7 of the RealTick manual Once the hot key is created select it in the Select Account dialog box and click OK The hot key is assigned to the button on the Action bar Page 303 Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances This chapter discusses several different windows you can use to track your positions and account balance You can track your positions and your account balance using MarketMinder MultiQuote and Order Book PositionMinder The PositionMinder tracks all the open positions in an account It can also track any closed positions you have for the day You can add columns and configure the display as with any MarketMinder RealTick Untitled Al ES Page Design MarketMinder Favorites Window Help Note You cannot set up the PositionMinder before your first trade You must have at least one open position to create a PositionMinder Totals oO 5832 98 tf gt 000 Prices QUOTES PositionMinder Window Page 304 Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances Note If you have more than one account the Select Account screen will appear after you click OK Choose an account and the PostionMinder will open with that account s positions Note Once you have selected a new account the PositionMinder will automatically update Create a PositionMinder 1 Click MarketMinder
132. ancel Route Yolume Type Expiration Short Sells TF No Odd Lots Select NASDAQ Order Parameters 2 Click Use Basket Order Parameters if you d like to use the Basket Order parameters or click Customize Order Parameters if you d like to configure Nasdaq orders separately 3 Select the type of trade you want from the drop down list available in the Price Type field 4 If you d like to buy or sell at the bid offer price select BBO The Offset in out field will activate 5 Select or type a value in the Offset field 6 Select the volume type partial from the drop down list available in the Volume Type field 7 Select the Trading Route 8 Select when you want this order to expire from the drop down list available in the Expiration field 9 If you d like to sell short click Short Sells If this button is checked all sells will be marked as short sells 10 Click OK The Nasdaq BasketMinder parameters are customized Page 271 Price Type Offset ir out TONE 0 Page 272 Advanced Listed Configuration With Listed stocks you can use the Basket Order parameters or you can customize Listed orders separately Use this procedure for more control over the Listed Stock 1 Click Configure in the Listed Orders box The Select Listed Order Parameters box will appear Select Listed Order Parameters ES C Use Basket Order Parameters Customize Order Parameters Order Parameters Weight Pric
133. and displays the Stocks window Page 134 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Table 9 Hint You can also create a table by dragging a symbol from the Symbol Guide or another RealTick window and dropping it on the Table toolbar button The system will create a new table with the symbol Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Change the Tab Font in a Stocks Window 1 Click Select Tab Font on the Stocks menu The Font dialog box will appear 2 Select a type of font 3 Click OK The tabs in the Stocks window display the new tab font The Table window displays its data numerically in rows and columns versus in a graph like Charts However just like Charts Tables can display 1ts data for a specific time period such as Intraday Daily Weekly or Monthly Volume open interest and exchange information can also be displayed along with technical studies ES MICROSOFT CORP Reallick Townsend Analytics Ltd MES ACROSOFT COR j ge Volume 559100 La pao 3SISSS2SE 222 EE22284 Chart and Table Windows Tables contain the same data as Charts However it s in numeric format Users choose to use Tables to follow a certain symbols trend in the market and to study that trend with a particular technical study However Technical Analysis is used mostly in Charts Create a Table There are several different types of Tables you can create Tables can display data daily weekly and monthly These type
134. and or contact your Internet Service Provider to check your Internet connection Data Outages and Data Integrity Two common data integrity issues include a bad tick in a Chart or a stuck MarketMaker A bad tick hampers the scaling of a Chart and a stuck MarketMaker makes it difficult to trade Note A stuck MarketMaker is a quote bid or ask that keeps coming up in the MarketMaker window as the best even if the market has moved away from that price Page 322 If you are a LAN customer you must contact your system administrator to correct this problem If you are not a LAN customer and access your data from TAL contact Townsend Analytics Ltd Technical Support Questions you should ask yourself before calling Technical Support o Is there a stop on trading for a period o Isthe exchange closed o Is the symbol spelled correctly o Is ita future and is the contract expired o Is your system clock displaying the correct time Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons This chapter discusses third party applications that are integrated into RealTick such as Hottrend Oz Scanner and MarketGauge Hottrend This Web Browser favorite displays detailed information on the top 30 Hottrend stocks The Radar will display from 0 30 stocks depending on overall market activity and the extent to which each individual stock is exceeding its normal trading parameters abnormal It is recalcu
135. ard BasketMinder all the symbols are configured with the same order parameters 1 Select the type of trade you want from the drop down list available in the Price Type field 2 Select the volume type from the drop down list available in the Volume Type field 3 Select the Trading Route from the Route field 4 Select when you want this order to expire from the drop down list available in the Expiration field 5 If you d like to buy or sell at the bid offer price select Price Type EEN Bid Offer from the Price Type drop down list Offset 00 The Offset field will activate 6 Type or select the Offset value 7 If you d like to sell short click Short Sells If this button is checked all sales will be marked as short sells 8 If you d like the lots to be rounded to the nearest hundred shares click the No Odd Lots check box This will enable the Round Down check box Page 270 Chapter 7 Placing Orders Price Type TONN Chapter 7 Placing Orders 00 Offset n out Ea 9 If you d like to always round the lots down click Round Down Advanced Nasdaq Configuration With Nasdaq stocks you can use the Basket Order parameters or you can customize Nasdaq orders separately Use this procedure for more control over Nasdaq orders 1 Click Configure in the Nasdaq Orders box The Select NASDAQ Order Parameters box will appear s E ln Parameters Customize Order Parameters Weight Price Price Type Aar Price C
136. arns Seah ry Soe Det aoe 316 immediate or Cancel IO ista asas 316 Page xiv Contents TUT TOS IS orun r alada aint is 316 DAN IN oe cide Dasa ue lea GN o Ae mend tease 316 A Ne HR ceed Be ctess Nigh ots aN Seda Sat atac nel he Hn a 316 VE TED OCT ascii HR ds ns du dd 316 E A A T 316 TSEC sree TEES A E A E E E a A A 316 MACIOS GION i n o ta Sa cake tind 316 RO 317 A taeda tory Cmte acca E AARO 317 MIRROR Cone 317 Menta 317 Mba 317 MOM 317 MONI a AAA A AAA A A ne canada 317 MONTI AVAL A a 317 MOMENTOS CL QION da A a a 317 MOVIE AVOKATE a aa 318 Moving Average Convergence Diversion oooooonnncccncccononononnnnnonnnnnnnnnananannnnnnns 318 MOVING Average Oscillators areeni a a a ta 318 MOVING LAN CGF Keresin a 318 DSO a E 318 NEW LOPE OC BEACH Di E E a aa 318 A O O a ean eRe 318 o A E 318 DEDICA casa Sanne Sect see ade T Boao 318 Online Trad nT AA Re PERE ee On A en Td 319 OD CM TICS tic aaa A A iaa 319 OPL O ee ee ee RC Oe A eee 319 A E eons T oka aah she nord 319 PSC ON ONS stad isso tats E Nata chante eMac aat NOs mene uaitied 319 Para Done TIC Me aaa bis cta loba lack abia ala Sele lar 319 A Seth clair ea Seta oes aa ct ola a Ga etait A A atest ore 319 TOT COTE SE aiae a dt oan Sea T iat ola aha Seta ore 319 POS OTE aaa adoro ana 320 Fost NOP referen Esiri sE oa 320 Fre TONCO A 320 h E R E A O O A AE A tang 320 E seca det eased O E T 320 QUOTE o EE A 320 Ra teof Chanae NN n E E T 320 ROU errei a A sdclae hind laa stie
137. asic Features Select Window to Link xl Window Type Window Title Chart MICROSOFT CORP fae Market Minder Minder StandandD efault byw Market akers Dell Computer Corporation Cancel Select Window to Link Dialog Box 2 Click the window s you would like to link To choose multiple windows with the mouse hold down the CTRL key 3 Click OK The windows are linked Monitoring Servers The status bar at the bottom of the RealTick window displays the time the default price server and your user name and domain It also contains the status window which displays the function of a toolbar button Name amp Domain Server Connection Default Server rm a BONINIESEDEMO 000 Prices FQUOTES 111 23 30 Status Bar The Prices Button which displays the default price server allows you to change servers The server status lights show the status of your server connection In order from left to right the lights represent your connections to the price server TA_SRV the news server and the order server Hold your mouse pointer over a light to see a popup window with summary information about the relevant server A green light indicates a working connection Yellow indicates a possible problem Red means the connection has been lost and gray means the service 1s not in use Click any server status light to call up the Server Status Monitor screen Page 71 Server Status Monitor ES Server Status Mews tNEWS 4 Liv
138. ated Create an Offer Hot Key You can create an Offer Hot Key to quickly place an Offer l Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Click the Actions tab The Actions tab appears Click Create The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear Click the Action check box The Action box will activate Select Offer from the Action Type drop down list Click Short Sell Offer in the Action box if you d like to offer short Page 291 Edit Order Action Description A lw Auto Cancel All Orders Symbe Action Action Type Cancel l Apple to Selected Symbol C Apply to Selected Account Page 292 7 Click the Route check box and select the route from the Route drop down list in the Options box 8 Click the Expiration check box and select the expiration from the Expiration drop down list in the Options box 9 Select the volume of the stock you would like to offer 10 Click the Volume Type drop down list to select the volume type Partial or AON 11 Click the Use Position option if you d like the hot key to default to your current position size 12 Click the Best Up or Down option button in the Bid Offer Options box 13 If you selected Up or Down select an amount in the Adjustment field 14 Select a letter to use as part of your hot key in the Ctrl field in the Hot Key box This will be the combination of keys you press to quickly
139. ay Alerts on the Page menu The system displays the TAL Alerts dialog box Click the alert you want to delete from the list of alerts Click Delete button Click Close The system deletes the alert Turn Off a Beeping Alarm When an alarm sounds the system displays the TAL Alerts window If you do not see the TAL Alerts window you can open 1t 1 If you do not have a TAL Alarms window opened choose Display Alerts from the Page menu The TAL Alarms window opens Click Display Alerts on the Alarms menu The TAL Alerts dialog box opens Click the alert that contains a No in the Acknowledged field Click Acknowledge The system stops the alarm Click Close The window closes Drag and drop a symbol from Tal Alerts l sn Click a symbol in the TAL Alerts window Drag and drop the symbol into a MarketMinder MultiQuote News MarketMaker TurboOptions Order Book Chart or Enlist window Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data TAL Alerts Ox Acknowledged Acknowledge MSFT Last Price Falls To 57 79 MSFT Last Price Rises To 63 87 _Acknowledge Al Delete Delete All Configure Close MICROSOFT CORP Al ES Intraday Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min Bar 2 13 2 14 2 15 me Hha Hitt HT 11 l i Wi HEH o pal 1144 H ih i oo H 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 TAL Alerts Drag amp Drop The symbol displays Corporate
140. bol Guide With RealTick s symbol guide you can search for an unknown symbol You can search by symbol name company name or type of symbol Search for Symbols You can search for a symbol based on numerous criteria The more specific your criteria the fewer the search results 1 Click Symbol Guide on the Help menu The Symbol Guide dialog box appears 22 Symbol Search x Pattern I Search Type Name y SADR INTERNATIONAL MARKET INDEX CALLYVOLI ISE Call Volume CALUYOLAND Index Call Vol ICx CH Internet Commerce IC IIx CH InterActive Week Internet 11 INTERGCTIVE WEEK INTERNET IDX HIPE X INDUSTRIAL SECT EST CASH AMT gt rd NSS IKIDMIICTMIAI COT RIC T ACO 141 Search Options MV Upper Case Security Type lt ALL gt y Expand Boots Exchange fal tsi Symbol Search Server Defaut QUOTES Select Symbol Search Dialog Box 2 Choose the type of search from the drop down list in the Search Type field You can choose from six different search types Search Type Description Name Search by name or the partial name of a Ticker Symbol Search for all symbols that match the pattern you have typed Page 74 Chapter 4 Basic Features Commodity Roots Search for a future based on the product or commodity name Root Search Return all symbols associated with the specified root This search type can be used for futures options and symbol chains y Futures
141. ce Code and Page number will appear in the Selected field 6 Repeat steps 3 4 and 5 for every story you would like to add to the group 7 Click Move Up or Move Down to organize the order of the stories 8 Click Page Break After Each Story if you d like each story to print on it s own page 9 Type the hours and minutes in the Start Printing at field of when you would like to print the group Note RealTick must be running at this time in order for these stories to print 10 Click OK The system saves the group configuration and schedules the printing Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Configure and Send a Story Group to a File Note RealTick must be running at this time in order for these stories to be sent to the file 1 Click Setup Print Schedule on the News menu The Scheduled Story Configuration dialog box appears 2 Click New to add Group 2 or to create a new group Group 1 1s already available by default The new group number will appear in the Story Groups field 3 Type the source code of the story in the Source field 4 Type the page number of the story in the Page field 5 Click Add The Source Code and Page number will appear in the Selected field 6 Repeat steps 3 4 and 5 for every story you would like to add to the group 7 Click Move Up or Move Down to organize the order of the stories 8 Click Print to File to send the Group to a file instead of t
142. ces QUOTES 13 45 24 Edit Field Page 151 Hint To move around in the Time amp Sales window use the Page Up and Page Down keys on your keyboard F Hint To replace a symbol click Add Replace Symbol on the Time amp Sales menu Enter the new symbol in the New Symbol field Click OK Page 152 Note To cancel press the Ese key Note To cancel press the Esc key Type the new value and press the Enter key from your keyboard The system updates the Time amp Sales window with the new value ccc Copy Time amp Sales Data for Another Application l Click Copy to the ClipBoard on the Time amp Sales menu The system copies the window Open the program you want to use Press CTRL V The system pastes the Time amp Sales data Configuring the Display of Time amp Sales Change the Print Color for Times amp Sales l Click Change Colors on the Time amp Sales menu The system displays the Color Setup dialog box Click the Printer Colors option button Choose the background color you want from the drop down list available in the Background Color field The default color is white Click the column you want to change from the list available in the Series field Choose the color for the column from the drop down list available in the Color field Choose the line style for the column from the drop down list available in the Line Style field Repeat steps 5 and 6 for ea
143. ces RFMD 4Q lt 64 gt Standard Pacific Corp Confere Winchester Systems Delivers Ru Winchester Systems Delivers Ru Philips posts 98 percent drop Kaiser Group Holdings Announce Statement by Common Cause Pres The Sun News Myrtle Beach Pixelworks PXLW report lt 87 gt u Timken To Cut 1 566 Jobs lt Ke Asdar Clarifies Its Position W 16 39 C 1071938 Uno Reports Second Quarter Res Tt 4 ATINA MA 2 Two Panels Tom Green says his new film Freddie Got Fingered doesn t in a NEW YORK Apr 17 2661 lt The Canadian Press via COMTEX gt T doesn t intend to offend He s OK with his audience being confused and surprised and grossed out and shocked even Bi In his new movie Freddy Got Fingered the 29 year old come aspiring animator who eviscerates a dead deer and frolics i manually pleasures two other Cliving gt animals bites an umb after delivering a baby whacks his wheelchair bound girlfr a bamboo stick that s her idea of foreplay and lies about Torn gt molesting his younger brother Freddy hence the tii thinks religious racial and ethnic humour are nffensiue an Green who co wrote his directorial debut with childhood fria a Story Screen News Window News Headlines The headline panel of a news window contains a scrolling list of news headlines The title bar of the headline window shows the number of headlines displayed in the window and the search criteria used to choose th
144. ch series whose color and line style you want to change Click OK The system displays the changes only when you print the Time amp Sales window Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Add or Remove Columns 1 Select Display on the Time amp Sales menu The Display Options dialog box appears Symbol Settings 22 Columns to Display OK DELL y i Cancel Advanced Colors Fonts Screen Font 10 pt MS Sans Serif Printer Font 8 pt Arial Display Options Dialog Box 2 Check or uncheck the columns to display 3 Click OK TurboOptions Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data The TurboOptions window 1s a flexible easy to read option quote window It s divided into two halves one for Calls and the other for Puts Each column of data will appear on both sides of this Calls Puts divide Turbo Options FIFTH THIRD BANCORP M Calle Puts High change Last Last Change High Close Close 52 20 55 51 55 FITO 15 0 o 25 00 0 1 00 on o 3 30 on o 9 50 on 0 1 51 og 0 o 0 0 o 0 o o 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 o 4 2 TurboOptions Window Page 153 Page 154 Create a TurboOptions Window 1 Click TurboOptions on the RealTick Design menu or click the TurboOptions toolbar button The Setup TurboOptions dialog box will open Option Underlier Root Display Options Root Session Initial No of Strikes G MSFT lV Upper Case Day Session l Number ot Months 4 J Da
145. change Pegging Orders Pegging orders follow the NBBO or a target value You can set the price to match the NBBO or you can offset to trail or lead the NBBO or your target value There are several different types of pegging orders Basic Pegging Reverse Pegging Mid Pegging Pegging with a Discretion Component Pegging with a Discretion Limit Pegging with Limits and Pegging with an Offset Page 245 Page 246 Basic Pegging buys at the bid and sells at the offer When buying you will join the best bid When selling you will join the best offer The peg offset is subtracted from the best bid and added to the best offer e Reverse Pegging buys at the best offer and sells at the best bid You may also add a Peg value to the order This Peg value is added to the best offer on buy orders and subtracted from the best bid on sell orders Mid Pegging ensures that your bid or offer is halfway between the current NBBO You may also add a Peg value to the order Pegging with a Discretion Component allows you to add a discretionary offset to your pegged order It participates on the bid side while simultaneously taking certain offers when buying If selling you will join the offer and hit bids within the discretion amount e Pegging with a Discretion Limit Size allows you to add a discretion limit size to a pegged order Pegging with Limits allows you to add a limit top or a limit bottom Chapter 7 Placing Orders
146. ck Add Pages The Page Manager is also useful in LAN environments where users may want to share pages from a network drive in addition to each user s personal pages on his own machine Open the Page Manager Dialog Box o Click Page Manager on the Page menu The Page Manager dialog box appears Pages E K default 024x768 Start Page c i default2048x768 ance default2048x7680e default8D0 lt 600 Add Pages default800X6000e lt Open lt Delete iah Heb lt Rename Move Up Move Down CATALAPAGEStdefaultO0x0 pag Show this dialog on startup Page Manager Dialog Box Page 55 Note To add a page someone sends you in e mail save the page in the Pages directory Look in SQ PAGES Page 56 24 My Documents a My Computer Es 3 Floppy 4 3 Local Disk C 3 Tal Add a New Page You can add more pages to your RealTick program Use this feature if someone sends you a page you want saved to your RealTick 1 Click Page Manager on the Page menu The Page Manager dialog box appears 2 Click Add Pages The Select Pages to Add dialog box appears Select Pages To Add EE Look in lt PAGES e 0 El defaultOxD pag DNSQ61 75 paq pcgtservers pag default1024x768 pag Institution pag Professional pag default1024x7680e pag lvliquotes01 20 pag sbhdaily20 pag default2048x768 pag lvl quotes21 40 pag sbhdaily200 pag default2048x7680e pag lvl quotes41 60 pag sbhticks pag de
147. ck Buy if you are purchasing the stock or Sell if you are selling the stock 5 Click Place Order The system will place the Deferred order in the Order Book Place a Conditional Order from MarketMaker RealTick enables you to place an order that will automatically be sent to the exchange ONLY after specific conditions you set have been met in the market For example you can set the condition to sell your shares of Microsoft once the price reaches a specific amount The exchanges do not receive your order until your conditions have been met However if you close RealTick or experience a power outage the conditional order is erased Asa Page 257 result if RealTick is closed the conditional order will not be placed even when the conditions have been met This set of instructions uses the MarketMaker window Any of the windows that offer Order Entry have a generic Show Order Entry Screen command and can place a Conditional Order l Order Options Bid Offer Short 7 Exempt Select Order Entry Screen from the Show Windows sub menu on the MarketMaker menu The system displays Order Entry screen Select the OES layout Standard Standard 2 Mini Mini 2 or Full Click the MarketMaker of the price you want to buy or sell The price appears in the Price field Click the Conditional Order check box in the Order Options frame Click the Buy button if you are purchasing the stock or click the Sell button if y
148. ck Show News Alerts on the RealTick Design menu 2 Click Configure and enter the desired search parameters in the Criteria section The system displays the Configure News Alerts dialog box Configure News Alerts Criteria Keywords Categories Symbols NEWSFLASH ECH n Server ZA gai Symbol File Seleri Use Sound b seconds 0 indicates no timeout Configure News Alerts Dialog Box 3 Enter keywords categories or the symbol in the text fields in the Keywords Categories and Symbols frame Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 4 Click Add 5 Click OK The system displays the news alert Close a News Alert o Click the Hide button all headlines currently in the window Hide will remain no Configure settings will be changed i o Double click the control box all headings currently in the window and all Configure settings will be cleared Note When you use the Windows control box to close a News Alerts window you will clear out all the keywords you have previously entered or any other changes you made in the Configure dialog box The next time you want to set an alert you will have to re enter keywords and change any other settings that you wish to customize In contrast the Hide button instructs RealTick to keep collecting News headlines adding them to the ones already in the News Alerts window Stocks The Stocks window is a composite window containing other RealTick windows Its
149. ck box is unchecked Pen Width I Advanced Colors q Cli ck OK The Chart window will appear without the Legend Viewing Data in a Chart Scale a Chart 1 Click Scaling on the Chart menu The system displays the Chart Scaling dialog box Vertical Horizontal OK Panel Top Ti Axis jLeft Y Fixed 7 H AS oK C Min Max Scaling E To window Cancel Fre pene Hi 59 0000 Fixed Endpoints o Help a Snap To Date Range o Hep Logarithmic Scale Start 3 21 200 End 3 27 20 Link Left and Right Axes Keep Vertical Scale Fixed When Symbol Changes Chart Scaling Dialog Box 2 Ifthe chart contains multiple panels choose the appropriate axis from the drop down list available in the Panel field 3 Ifthe chart contains multiple axes choose the appropriate panel from the drop down list available in the Axis field 4 Choose the scaling option for the Vertical axis Option Description Min Max Adjust the vertical scale to accommodate the entire Scaling page values in the chosen part of the Chart Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 175 Fixed Manually scale the vertical axis Choose the High Endpoints and Low values that you want to focus on when scaling Link Left and Link the left and right vertical axes Right Axes Scale the chart based on logarithmic scale Scale Choose the scaling option for the Horizontal axis Description Specify pixels per data point In
150. ck windows when you click your right mouse button on a different area of the window you access a different menu For example when you click your right mouse button on the MarketMontage area of the MarketMaker window you access a different menu than if you click on the MultiQuote section of the window Page 22 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick RealTick Untitled Oy x Page Design MarketMaker Favorites Window Help 70 28 T 109 4000 Ot 13 43 Ask 70 27 Vol 22654200 Ask 4 Spread 01 Setup Display Options F5 Quote Sources v Exclude m Name Bid v Show Irregular Trades F11 Alert on Updates F10 Show Windows b Select Account Order Entry Properties Next MarketMaker Child to Popup Favorites i BONINI SBDEMO See Prices QUOTES 12 43 19 MarketMontage Right Mouse Button Menu RealTick Untitled A E Page Design MarketMaker Favorites Window Help 59 37 147 100 Ot 14 32 Ask 59 40 Yol 2 Open Layout Ask 1 Spread Links Background Color Default Font Select Account Print Preview Print Popup gt Child Favorites DBONIN SBDEMO GOOG Prices QUOTES 13 32 49 MultiQuote Right Mouse Button Menu Page 23 Page 24 Drop Down Lists You choose data for many fields from drop down lists A drop down list contains a down ar
151. crease or decrease the number of pixels with the control arrows available in the Pixel Data Point field Snap to Scale the graph to fit the entire Chart window Window Snap to Date Scale the window horizontally so that only data Range from a specific time frame appears in the Chart window 6 To set the scaling as the standard for the chart check the Keep Vertical Scale Fixed When Symbol Changes option button When you change the symbol the scaling will remain unchanged 7 Click OK The system updates the Chart window Options to Scale a Chart The following table describes menu options you can use to scale the data in a chart Option Description Auto Scale Scale the price axis so all the information is displayed with the greatest possible detail Snap to Scale the chart so all the data appears in the chart Window window without a horizontal scroll bar Quick Scale a Chart 1 Press Ctrl and click the chart 2 Move up or down and left or right using the mouse Page 176 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Note If you hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse across the chart the price and study values change as you move to different time intervals Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis The chart will scale accordingly Move Around in a Chart 1 Press Shift and click the chart 2 Move up or down and left or right using the mouse The chart will move Vertical Zoomi
152. d Symbol f Apply to Selected Account W Expiration GTE Edit Order Action Dialog Box 4 Click the Action check box 5 Select Close Position Account from the Action Type drop down list 6 Click the Price Type drop down list in the Options box to select a type of price 7 Click the Route drop down list in the Options box to select an exchange 8 Click the Expiration drop down list in the Options box to select an expiration date Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders 9 Select a letter to use as part of your hot key in the Ctrl field in the Hot Key box This will be the combination of keys you press to quickly perform this action for example CTRL A 10 Click OK The hot key is created Interact with Order View With this feature you can partially define an order hot key Interact with Order View requires an action buy sell cancel etc for the hot key but the remaining attributes of the order are taken from the active order view The most common use of this feature is for creating route specific buy sell Hot Keys that will use the limit price in the order view 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the MarketMaker menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Order Entry Properties Fal Warnings Confirmations Order Colors Managed Orders Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Event Sounds Delete Copy Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 2
153. displays the Select Account screen Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances Select Account Available Accounts 3207NT 480D 3201 2345 420 T NT ABCD 32012345 oo 320 TNT BCDE 3201 2346 320 TNT BCDE 3201 2346 Cancel Note Once you ve selected a new account the MultiQuote layout will automatically update Select Account Dialog Box 2 Double click an account in the Available Accounts list field The system displays the chosen account in the MultiQuote screen title bar Order Book The Order Book screen displays detailed information about each transaction connected with every order placed from any window in RealTick You can view your account balance from the Order Book RealTick Untitled Iof x Page Design Order Book Favorites Window Help Available Excess Equity 9 180 417 61 Realized Profit Loss 00 Date Time OrderiD__ Action Taken Result gt peered eee saat En Margin gt I SelectNet Fret T Conditional artial Y I Sell Short Post No Pref on ARCA IV Uppercase BUY TALS DAY BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES 16 30 30 Order Book Screen View Your Account Balance 1 Click Order Book on the Design menu The Order Book window will appear 2 Click Show Account Balance on the Order Book menu The account will show along with its balance and profit or loss Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances Page
154. e You can calculate the volume weighted average price for a symbol during a specific time frame l Click Calculate VWAP on the Time amp Sales menu The system displays the Calculate VWAP dialog box Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Calculate YWAP Start Time Stop Date Stop Time Close 5716 200 12 00 Volume Weighted Avg Price Calculate VWWAP Dialog Box 2 Type the start date you want to use for the average in the Start Date field 3 Type the start time you want to use for the average in the Start Time field 4 Type the stop date you want to use for the average in the Stop Date field 5 Type the stop time you want to use for the average in the Stop Time field 6 Click the Calculate button The system calculates the volume average price Edit data in a Time Sales Window 1 Double click the data you want to change For example you can change a time price or volume value The system displays the Edit field RealTick Untitled y ae 10 x Page Design Time amp Sales Favorites Window Help Price Volume Type 5 16 2001 BestAsk 5 16 2001 Best Bid 5 16 2001 BestAsk 5 16 2001 Best Bid 5 16 2001 Best Ask 5 16 2001 Trade 5 16 2001 Trade 5 16 2001 Trade 5 16 2001 Best Bid 5 16 2001 BestAsk 5 16 2001 Best Bid 5 16 2001 Best Ask 5 16 2001 14 45 69 69 Trade 5 16 2001 14 45 Best Bid 6 16 2001 14 45 Best Ask BONINI SBDEMO Ooo Pri
155. e 2 Click Delete on the Edit menu The message is deleted Chapter 4 Basic Features Printing y F Hint Best Fit maintains the proportions of the window you are printing Snap to Printer fills the entire page area changing the proportions of the windows and its contents d F Hint You can scale a window to print on one sheet of paper Chapter 4 Basic Features Print E Mail Message 1 To print an E mail message double click the message you would like to print The message will open 2 Click Print on the File menu You can print a page a window on a page or a screen shot of the entire computer screen including all of RealTick and other open applications RealTick s Print Screen feature can be used to print the visible contents of any window in RealTick In addition to this many windows have their own native printing logic which allows you to print data that is not currently visible on the screen Print the RealTick Page 1 Click Print Screen on the Page menu The Print Screen Configuration dialog box appears Print Screen Configuration Ea m Window to Print Printer Scaling C Windows Desktop Best Fit peik Al G SmptoPinte Como gt ick Cli Printer Realtick Client Only mo m C Active Study Fle C screen bmp Print Screen Configuration Dialog Box 2 Click RealTick All from the Window to Print area 3 Choose your scaling option from the Printe
156. e Prices fOPTIONS Live Prices TA_SAW Live Hecate Prices 63 75 60 750 Live Messages Server Status Monitor Screen If you do not see the status bar check your Set Defaults screen The Show Status Bar function may be turned off Change the Server for a RealTick Window With most of the windows in RealTick you can change the server v they collect their data from When you change the server from a RealTick window it affects only that window F Hint On some Setup You can change the server from most of the window s Setup windows the Server Screen button is titled Select l ie aS 1 Click the Server button on the window s Setup screen The Select Server screen will appear Select the server 3 Click OK The server is selected Load and Search for Symbols There are several RealTick windows where you can load a symbol file or search for symbols Load a Symbol File Note Some setup dialog 1 Inthe Symbol File box click Select boxes will not have the The Load Symbols dialog box will appear command Select but rather Symbol File or Load Page 72 Chapter 4 Basic Features Note Some setup dialog boxes will not have the drop down list Type but rather Security Security BLL gt z j Future Optio Govt Bond Note Some setup dialog boxes will have a Search drop down list where you can select the type of pattern you will be searching Search Pattern Searc Futures O
157. e Earning Surprises window will appear Market Guide Market Guide This page displays two types of reports stock reports and ratio reports The stock report contains data such as a summary about the company behind the stock the growth rates and the cash flow The ratio report contains data such as dividends financial strength and efficiency of the company Ey Market Guide Stock Report MarketGuide Financial Reports l Ed Stock Report Int l Business Machines yu gt Summary NYSE IBM oF C Sector Technology C Key Ratios amp Industry Computer Hardware The Benchmark for Quality Financ Statistics Stock Growth Rates sevens IBM provides customer solutions through the use of Int l Business Mac Earnings Per advanced information technology These solutions One New Orchard F Share include technologies systems products services Armonk NY 10504 software and financing For the 3 months ended 3 31 00 Phone 914 499 19 Selected Income total revenues rose 9 to 22 04B Net income applic to Fax 914 765 6021 statement Items Common rose 15 to 1 75B Revenues reflect an SF Selected Bal increase in Global Services microelectronics OEM See eee Shark storage and mobile personal computer sales Net Sector Technolog Sheet Items xila i a E el Market Guide Stock Report To View Data for a Specific Symbol 1 To access this page move your mouse on the web browser toolbar button DO NOT CLICK ON THE BUTTON Sel
158. e MarketMaker Regional Setup dialog box where you can configure Level II data to display Time amp Sales Displays the Setup Time and Sales dialog box where you can select a symbol to display its time and price information MultiQuote Displays the Open dialog box where you can select a layout to display different sets of fundamental data price data and account margin information Order Book Displays the Order Book window where Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 27 Menu Command Functionality Pedo O Stocks Displays the Stocks Setup dialog box where you can configure several different RealTick windows in one composite window Web Browser Displays the Browser Setup dialog box where you can view sites on the World Wide Web Corporate Actions Displays the Corporate Actions Setup dialog box where you can configure a search to track a company s activity such as dividends stock splits and initial public offerings TAL Alarms Displays the Alarms Setup dialog box where you can configure a notification for when a certain event occurs Indications Displays the IOI Setup window where you can configure filters to view indications Menu Command Functionality Chart Menu Setup Displays the Chart Setup dialog box where you can modify a chart window Add Replace Displays the New Symbol dialog box where Symbol you can add or replace a symbol to the chart Setup Studies Displays the Select Studies dialog box where
159. e Order Display box if you would like to display the order summary Click the Standard Detail option button in the Order Display box if you would like to display standard order details Click the Live check box 1f you would like to display live ticketed orders Click the Completed check box if you would like to display completed ticketed orders Click the Deleted check box if you would like to display deleted ticketed orders The following filters are optional 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 MultiQuote Type the symbol in the Symbol field of the ticketed order s you would like to display Type the volume type in the Volume Type field Type the price type in the Price Type field Type the route in the Route field Type the expiration in the Expiration field Type the order tag in the Order Tag field Type the Market Maker ID ECN or exchange in the Preference Opposite Party Click OK A TicketMinder displays with the ticketed orders MultiQuote is shipped with several different layouts you can use to track your positions and account balance These include the Account Info layouts Account detail mqt and Account INFO TOP MQT Note The Account detail mqt and the Account INFO TOP MQT layouts both display your account balance in the Available Equity field Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances Page 311 Note If you have multiple accounts when you click MultiQuote on the Desig
160. e Price Type Au Price Cancel fi 00 Listed fo A MKT gt Route Volume Type Expiration Shor Sells No Odd Lots Partial y Day l Pref M Round Down Selected Listed Order Parameters 2 Click Use Basket Order Parameters if you d like to use the Basket Order parameters or click Customize Order Parameters if you d like to configure Listed orders separately 3 Select the type of trade you want from the drop down list available in the Price Type field 4 If you d like to buy or sell at the bid offer price select BBO The Offset in out field will activate 5 Select or type a value in the Offset field 6 Select a volume type partial from the drop down list available in the Volume Type field 7 Select the Trading Route 8 Select when you want this order to expire from the drop down list available in the Expiration field 9 If you d like to sell short click Short Sells If this button is checked all sells will be marked as short sells 10 Click OK The Listed BasketMinder parameters are customized Customize Order Parameters You can configure symbols separately in a BasketMinder Chapter 7 Placing Orders 1 Right click the Details field of a symbol you would like to configure its order parameters A pop up menu will appear 2 Click Configure Order Freeze UnFreeze Execution Freeze All UnFreeze All Configure Order The Select Symbol Name Order Parameters box wil
161. e as part of your hot key in the Ctrl field in the Hot Key box This will be the combination of keys you press to quickly perform this action for example CTRL A You can also choose to use the Alt key in combination with letters and numbers Click OK The hot key is created Create a Cancel Orders Account Hot Key l Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Click the Actions tab The Actions tab will appear Click Create The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear Page 293 Page 294 4 Click the Action check box 5 Select Cancel Orders Account from the Action Type drop down list 6 Selecta letter to use as part of your hot key in the Ctrl field in the Hot Key box This will be the combination of keys you press to quickly perform the action for example CTRL A 7 Click OK The hot key is created Create a Close Position Account Hot Key 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear 2 Click the Actions tab The Actions tab will appear 3 Click Create The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear Edit Order Action Description Hot Kep lv Auto Close All Positions in Account Market on TAL GTC Cto E Options iY Price Type MKT Y Route TALS e Action Action Type Close Position S Shor sele Close by Bid O ffer Apply to Selecte
162. e called Indication of Interest These messages enable institutions to notify each other when they are considering placing a large order Some larger institutions may want to notify other institutions when they are going to buy or sell a large quantity of stock before they place the order The Indications window requires special permissions from the industry sending the message Townsend Analytics Ltd cannot give permissions for the Indications option without the consent of participating industries The RealTick application contains an Indications Client window This window enables users to view and search for indication messages sent to their institution 63510 Cher Dow Time Description Sts ara a 4 53 Sel 5000 E PO en 14 Le Eng SSI Lrt eit poo 4 55 Sel TOMO COTL at 3 83 30000 by GSC Lrt eee 000 4 58 Sell 50000 GAL 1100344 kry Beco Lev yes 2000 4 55 Buy SUMI AGC at MO by GSO Lr Yes 2000 4 55 Buy 200000 FRE al i bey GSA Lr ES 000 4 55 Buy 00000 ALT ai 2 37 dir yf GS Lrt veo 2000 4 55 Buy 50000 SELS al 61 476 En GSCI Lrt eee DO 4 58 Sell 100000 TM al 69 5 8 by GSC Lr Ferra piy 4 55 Buy 5000 GALN a1 10 by SO a Lew ae Sc 4 58 Buy TO00 MET at 23551 pd GSC Lrg 125 2000 9 59 Sell 100I AM al 35 by GSC w Liua ES 2000 4 58 Sell 250000 TEX al 18 58 b ys CI Lee Wea cu 39 30 Sell 100000 HAMA al 5 3 A 7a by GSCI Lee aese gi 4 58 Buy 100000 FTBUN et 25 by OS Lrg z F qatar fer Typa Mirica Day Moon co IE ar imt
163. e eee ee ote head ole oreo em ee A 126 IN CWS OESTE Oa a 126 Miew NewS SLOMOS PP E EE 127 O 127 Search for stories about a Symbol ooonnnnnnnnininonocononononnnininininnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanannnnannnnannns 127 Page vi Contents Search Dy Key A A de ee aa 127 CHONSING the DIS PIO NCW S 128 Add Columns tothe News WIndows iras dto eaves bid 128 INAV ale ING WS cerati ori 128 CODISE ING W522 sarees A see tee ehce 129 Setan Alarm JOP IN CWS ii 129 VA A A O ito tian ita anne recA bame laced selitatg 129 Print SUOMI Se UO MME CA MI dl O ca 129 Configure and Print a Story CTO e 129 Configure and Send a Story Group to a File coccccccccnnnncnnocnnononononononicininininnno 131 Add a Story to the Scheduled Print Jobs ooccccccncnnnnnoncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnninonnss 131 INE Vo ALTR T wah cote Gm aa ese eet 132 Create a NewS lei ir ii haa tussle ip 132 Close NEWS Alert tve 133 STOCKS A AT 133 MIONW OLOCO dada 134 Change the Tab Font in a Stocks Window ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 135 TABLE ree eee eer err te rere err ere ee ree ee re ee er ee ree 135 Create a Table Ea 135 Adda DO siener E T EO AE O O T 137 Chance the Type Ob Table sisi 8 veer dadas 137 SS i e os 138 Calculate Volume Weighted Average Price ooocccccccnnncncncnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnininnnos 138 Transferring Data to other Applicati0ODNS ccocccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
164. e menu of the TAL Mail window The TAL Mail Change Password box will appear Type your current password in the Current Password field Type your new password in the New Password field Type it again in the Re enter New Password field Click OK The password is changed os 3 Page 59 Page 60 Add a Sound Alert to TAL Mail 1 Click Sound Alert Properties on the File menu of the TAL Mail window Click the Use Sound when receiving new mail check box Click the ellipse button Select a wav file Click Open Click Test Click OK The alarm is set Co ae i Add a Mail Alert in the Status Bar RealTick will display a letter icon in your RealTick status bar to notify you when you receive an e mail through TAL Mail o Select Alert in Status bar on the TAL Mail File menu The alert is set Open E mail Message When you receive a new message your mailbox will automatically appear to display the message only if RealTick is open and regardless of any other program you may be using at the time you receive the message You can review these messages as often as you like 1 In your mailbox double click the message The message will open 2 After you re finished reading the message click the Close button on the Title bar to close the message Close TAL Mail o To close TAL Mail click the Close button on the Title bar Delete E mail Message 1 In your mailbox click the message you would like to delet
165. ect the Market Guide option The system displays the web site 2 Drag and drop a symbol from another RealTick window to the Market Guide 3 Click the section of the report you want to view from the list in the left frame of the page The system displays the information in the right frame of the page Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 163 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis This chapter discusses Charts and Technical Analysis Using Charts Using Charts you can create a graph to easily view market data Charts display the upward and downward trends in the market in a picture format Unlike some of the other windows in RealTick Charts allow you to view lengthier time periods of data easier As a result you can compare a stock s historical value over time The following window displays the market trend for Microsoft during the years 1998 and 1999 RealTick Untitled Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help TOEF NE MSFT 1998 MSFT 1999 Daily Left MSFT 1998 Close Left MSFT 1999 Close BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES Seasonal Chart Window You can view data in historical and or real time depending on the data criteria The data criteria include time intervals Intraday Daily Weekly Monthly Seasonal and Time and Sales The data criteria also include price criteria Bids Only Asks Only and Bids amp Asks The following Intraday chart displays data at 15 minute inte
166. ed Naer AA A ere eee Pe ee 245 Trackin OV LCP ANA A eee TL sail Vaal Sa 245 CHOSS ERAS A AS bs 246 Te LI ai adden aaa tenes 246 POO ONO Ord S AA 246 MO A S 248 Allor NOTING ADN id dia 248 TOOT CL A o ER nO A A 248 MECO RESET VE a de neal icoetivaed 248 EXA ON OS 248 Page x Contents TOG OE OOOO RO SEO bie A dese ad elvis ren leuste aie 249 GOOG ONT Cancelada Il sa cia Gis Sia ada Ba sa ca cs Sie a Minature Dad 249 Inmediato Cancel LOC sais tetas iesctint ihe o eset Det 249 NO AR chess a O RO II II aeiateeee 249 Marker Order Auction MOA A e a Sane Dis 250 A A A 250 REALTICK WINDOWS WITH ORDER ENTRY coccooccccnnncccnnnnccnnnnnonnnonoconnnnnccnonaccnnnnanons 251 DEA EMITEN ACUDE o a a 0 231 Order BOOK usan taa oa ii cias DS MKC AN CF rn total caiitsio DIZ IO E CNI SS ssc tals A A E RN RN 253 P TOON O EET TA at ae ee ees waa E ea 254 LOCKS Ge ned pants ands sateen cura TEE A A O E E EE NTE ae O E O EE 254 PLACING ORDI RS ut 254 Buy from the Order Entry Screen in Order BOOK ooooccccccncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonoss 254 Sell from the Order Entry Screen in MarketMaker ccccccsssssssssssssssssssessssseseens 256 Place a Deferred Order from the Order BOOKk ooccccncccnnnnccnnnnccnnnnoconuniconuniconaniconons 257 Place a Conditional Order from MarketMaker ccoooccnnnnccnnnncncnnnnoconuniconuniccnaniconnns 258 Esad Condit ond Ord Ob ie ao ete Sled 260 Place a Reserve Order a is 261 Place a Tr
167. eferenced Sort Tiers by Size e Round Size to Hundred Inside Market Double Click 4 Exclude Closed Settings apply to all windows Sound Alert on Updates Beep zj Test Cancel MarketMaker Regional Setup Dialog Box 11 Check the names of the columns you want on the MarketMaker window in the Columns to Display field 12 Check any additional settings you want to add from the Miscellaneous Settings field Miscellaneous Settings Description Show Orders in Level 2 Display your live orders in the Level 2 panel as My Order Exclude Preferenced Exclude all preferenced Market Makers Inside Market Double Click Double click inside the MarketMaker window to access OES Show Volume in Lots Display the bid ask sizes in lots Sort Tiers by Size Sort bids and asks with the same price by volume with the largest bids and asks at each price level at the top Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Set Route from ECN ID Double click a quote in the Level 2 panel and the route will display in the Route field Exclude Closed Exclude closed quotes 13 Choose the properties for the ticker from the Ticker Properties field Ticker Properties Description New Line on Top Display the latest tick on the top of the Ticker as opposed to the bottom Buy Sell Coloring Use RealTick s color coding for the prices Show Irregular Trades View irregular trades 14 Click OK The system displays your MarketMaker wi
168. eighted average price for a specified price range Change Colors Displays the Color Setup dialog box where you can change the display color Screen Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can choose a display font Printer Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can choose a font for print Print Displays the Print dialog box where you can print the Time amp Sales window Copy to ClipBoard Copy data from the Time amp Sales window to the Windows Clipboard Child gt Popup Move the Time amp Sales outside of RealTick or from one page to another Popup gt Child Return the Time amp Sales window to a RealTick page Menu Command Functionality MultiQuote Menu Setup Displays the MultiQuote Setup dialog box where you can modify the MultiQuote window Open Layout Displays the Open dialog box where you can Page 40 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality choose a layout to open Save Layout Save any changes to a layout Save Layout As Displays the Save As dialog box where you can rename an existing layout Edit Mode This option is not available Links Displays the Select Window to Link dialog box where you can link the MultiQuote window to another window in RealTick Set Properties Displays the Properties dialog box where you can enter a description a title your name and additional comments about a particular MultiQuote window Toggle Toggle between different backgrounds
169. em News Stories Most headlines refer to a news story or a statistical report Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data y E Hint You can enter multiple Source criteria Type in the sources directly separated by commas Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data View News Stories 1 Click News on the Real Tick Design menu The Quick Search Criteria dialog box will open Keyword No Days Back 2 Cancel Source F Advanced Categories Category i Symbol Page Request First Stoy Maz Headlines 100 Quick Search Criteria Dialog Box 2 Enter the desired selection criteria or accept the defaults to return all news stories for the current day 3 Click OK The News window opens Open a Story o Double click the headline in the upper panel of the News window Search for stories about a symbol o Drag the symbol from another Real Tick window or from the symbol search window and drop the symbol onto the News toolbar button The News window will appear Search by Keyword 1 Click Find Headline on the News menu The Find dialog box will appear Find E Find what Direction Cancel Match case ls Up Down Find Dialog Box 2 Type the keyword into the Find What field for example Mexico Page 127 3 Click Up in the Direction section to search from the bottom up 4 Click Down in the Direction section from the top down 5 Click OK The system wil
170. en field o Fora table that excludes any data before a specific time check the Exclude data before field The system enables the time field to the right Enter the beginning time for your table o Fora table that excludes any data after a specific time check the Exclude data after field The time field to the right activates Enter the end time for the table o Fora table that displays data during pre and post market hours click Show Irregular Trades 7 Enter a title for the table in the Chart Title field Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 8 Click the Show Volume option button to display the volume values on your table Note The following steps are available for the tables Trades Time amp Sales and Trades amp Quotes 9 Click the Show Exchange option button to display the exchanges on your table 10 Click the Exch Contributor option button to display the exchange contributions on your table This field is available only if you choose to show the exchange When you choose the Exch Contributor option the table will not display the exchange handler s name 11 Click OK The system displays your table in the Table window Add a Symbol 1 Click Add Replace Symbol on the Table menu The New Symbol dialog box will appear 2 Type a symbol in the New Symbol field 3 Click the Add option button 4 Click OK The symbol is added to the Table Change the Type of Table Absolute This style displays the price series
171. en used in a formula Create a Chart Multiplier 1 Click Setup on the Chart menu The Chart Setup dialog box will appear Type the equation in the Symbols field 3 Click Add Click OK The chart will graph the multiplier Note Charts supports the ticker symbols in the formula Always precede the formula with an equals sign Technical Analysis Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Technical analysis studies can be added to a chart or a table window However charts are used mostly with Technical Analysis RealTick offers a wide variety of price studies oscillators stochastics moments volume and open interest studies price and volume studies and directional movement indicators This section contains detailed information about each study Formulae and references are provided where relevant along with the default parameters for each study You can adjust the parameters on most studies The type of chart intraday daily time and sales and type of symbol stock future index determine what studies are available Page 183 Page 184 Study Availability Table The following table lists the availability of various studies by chart or table type Study Type Moving Averages Envelopes amp Bands Oscillators Statistical Moments Monthly Average Other Volume amp Price Volume Study Tick Intraday Daily Simple Exp Linear Y Y Y Autoreg Percent Offset Y Y Y Average Range Y Y Y To
172. eparate orders such as Conditional orders and Panel Deferred orders Show Account Displays the account balance Balance Show Order Entry Displays the order entry fields Screen Show Order Price Displays fills aggregated at each price level Summary Copy to Clipboard Copy data from the OrderBook window to the Windows Clipboard Menu Command Functionality Stocks Menu Setup Displays the Stocks Setup dialog box where you can modify the Stocks window Scrolls forward through the tabs Previous Window Scrolls backwards through the tabs Select Tab Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the style size and color of the text Page 42 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality on the window tabs Configure Tabs Displays the Configure Tabs dialog box where you can add or remove tabs to the Stocks window Displays the Open dialog box where you can open a specific type of Stocks window Save Tab Layout Displays the Save As dialog box where you Open Tab Layouts can save the Stocks window Configure Active Displays the Setup dialog box for the Tab particular window where you can configure the tab currently opened where you can choose a new account Menu Command Functionality where you can modify the Web Browser Status Bar Toggle the status bar on and off Access Browser favorites Child to Popup Click Child gt Popup to move Web Browser outside of RealTick or from o
173. er the order goes to major ECNs where it 1s either filled by one ECN split up amongst several ECNs in order to be filled or canceled Example You place an order to buy Microsoft at a particular price You set the expiration to NOW so either ARCA ISLD REDI or INCA will fill the order Chapter 7 Placing Orders Suitability Chapter 7 Placing Orders Market Order Auction MOA ArcaEx supports both market and limit order auctions All users who have access to the ArcaEx route can participate in the Auction Both are single priced Dutch auctions that match buy and sell orders at the price that maximizes the amount of tradeable stock The Limit Order Auction is held at 8 00 AM EST when limit orders are matched at the Indicative Match Price the price at which the maximum volume of orders is executable at auction time Unexecuted limit orders become eligible for the opening session immediately upon conclusion of the Limit Order Auction Users may begin entering market and limit orders for the Market Order Auction at 8 00 AM EST The Market Order Auction takes place at 9 30 AM EST and serves as a bridge between the opening session Executions resulting from the Market Order Auction are reported at the conclusion of the auction and the core trading session then commences E Minder StandardDefault byw Symbol HistClose Imbalance Session Match Volume Imbalance Volume Last BIKO a MarketMinder Column Layout
174. er you buy at the bid and sell at the offer on the NBBO so it changes as the market moves Each tracking order uses a trade size and a reserve size The trade size represents the number of shares eligible to be filled at each price level The order Chapter 7 Placing Orders Clean cross without interaction with standing orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders is live until the reserve quantity is filled These orders are never routed outside of ArcaEx and are only valid for the Core session Cross Order A Cross order is a two sided order with instructions to match a buyer and a seller at a specified price the cross price Cross orders are filled internally on ArcaEx Because of ArcaEx s price time priority Cross orders may interact with standing orders on the ArcaEx Book For example if an ETP holder wants to cross 1 000 shares of ABC at 10 15 a Cross order can be submitted to ArcaEx at 10 15 If there is a bid in the ARCA Book for ABC at 10 15 for 500 shares ArcaEx will include the 500 share Book order in the cross The ETP holder will sell 500 shares of ABC against the Book order and cross the remaining 500 shares If the cross price is inside the bid ask spread the ETP holder will execute a clean cross without interacting with the Book Inside Limit Inside Limit orders follow just the NBBO and will not fill at the next tier until all quotes at the NBBO are exhausted Inside Limit is available on the combined ARCA REDI Ex
175. es will appear or click the button to configure TAL Alarms Indications Move the mouse over the toolbar button ox without clicking and the Indications favorites will appear or click the button to configure an Indications window RealTick Status Bar The RealTick status bar is displayed on the bottom of the Real Tick program window With this bar you can view your name and domain server connection status and time RealTick connects to different servers via the Internet for quote and order data When you are connected to the servers the system displays three green lights in the status bar LLI Prices QUOTES 09 06 45 RealTick Status Bar The first light is for the Price Server connection the middle light is for the News Server and the light on the right is for the Trade Server connection Page 48 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick When you lose connections to any of the servers the system displays a red light on the status bar for the server 400 Prices FQUOTESE 09 06 45 RealTick Status Bar displaying a connection error A yellow light indicates a potential problem with a server such as data queuing or no response from a server No light indicates there is no feed or data available The following table describes the information displayed on the RealTick status bar Feature Description Name and Domain The Name and Domain displays your login name and domain Status Lights The Status Light
176. esign Toolbar buttons Function Toolbar Hides toolbar buttons specific to a window such as Charts Hides the status bar Change Password Displays the Change Password dialog box where you can change your login password Display Alerts Displays the TAL Alerts dialog box where you can configure a price alert Menu Command Functionality Show TAL Mail Displays the TAL Mail window where you can view your mail Page 26 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality Show News Alert Displays the News Alerts window where you can configure news alerts Chart Displays the Chart Setup dialog box where you can configure the data to display in a graph Table Displays the Table Setup dialog box where you can configure the data to display in a table Ticker Displays the Setup Ticker dialog box where you can configure the real time price and volume information to display News Displays the Quick Search Criteria dialog box where you can configure the news headlines and stories to display Fixed Page News Click Fixed Page News to read daily updated news stories Forex Displays the Currency Menu dialog box where you can configure currency cash prices to view TurboOptions Displays the Setup Turbo Options dialog box where you can configure option data to display MarketMinder Displays the Minder Setup dialog box where you can configure virtually any type of quote information to display MarketMakers Displays th
177. ete The symbols are deleted Changing the Display of MarketMinder Change the Column Layout l Click Load Column Layout on the MarketMinder menu A standard Windows Open Layout dialog box will appear listing the available layouts Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 119 Note Please contact Technical Support to find out more information concerning the Column Layout Choices FID Field Identification Code Page 120 Open Layout fed x Look in y PARM 0ce sa Account Info Live Orders byw aa issues bvw Account Info Open Positions byw a Market Guide Snapshot bvw a Account Info Order Details byw fa Options_Basic byw a Account Info Position Details byw la order history byw sa Account Info Positions byw a positionsdefault byw laa commoditieslist byw a StandardDefault byw File name StandardD efaul Files of type Column Layout Files bww y Cancel Zi Open Layout Dialog Box 2 Click a layout 3 Click Open Y our MarketMinder window will display the new layout Configure Column Layout Create a column layout 1 Click Configure Column Layout on the Column Layout Choices submenu of the MarketMinder menu The Column Layout dialog box appears 2 Click the More gt gt button The dialog box expands Layout Options Available Fields OK Cancel Arange Horizontally Vertically Column Group
178. f the momentum are positive and acceleration 1s positive prices are Chapter 6 Charts 8 Technical Analysis Page 197 increasing and the difference is increasing For small changes in prices this means that rate of change in prices is increasing for example price increases are accelerating Formula ACC MOM MOM Variable Description MOM t The value of an n period momentum for the current period The value of momentum for x periods ago Reference Kaufman Perry The New Commodity Trading Systems amp Methods John Wiley amp Sons New York 1987 Parameters Both the underlying momentum calculations and the number of periods between the two momentum estimates can be changed in the acceleration parameter box The price series 1s also selected in the acceleration parameter box Acceleration Parameters Series Momentum i Wolume Period E Cancel Acceleration Period 5 Help Acceleration Parameters Box The following table lists the Acceleration and Moving Average parameter defaults Value Default Acceleration 5 Period Momentum 5 Period The following picture displays a chart with an acceleration study Page 198 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis RealTick Untitled g x Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help mamama te 2171 4 A Intraday Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 7 05 7 06 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 1000 Prices QUOTES
179. fault800x600 pag lvliquotes61 75 pag talchain actives pag defaulte00xX6000e pag option option pag talchain gainlose pag DNSQ1 15 paq pch daily pag Townsend Demo pag DNSQ16 30 pag pch trades pag DNSQ31 45 paq pcatl1 pag DNSQ46 60 paq pcatl2 pag My Network PL Files of type Realtick Page Files y Cancel Select Pages To Add Dialog Box 3 Enter the location of the page in the Look in field 4 Click the drop down list and double click the drive and directory of the page 5 Click the name of the page when it appears in the Select Pages to Add dialog box 6 Click Open The Page Manager window appears with the name of the page added to your list 7 To view the page click the name of the page and click Open The system displays the page Rename a Page You can also rename a page without changing any other information on the page 1 Click Page Manager on the Page menu The Page Manager dialog box appears Chapter 4 Basic Features Warning When you delete a page it is permanently removed from your computer not just from RealTick Chapter 4 Basic Features 2 Click the name of the page you want to rename 3 Click Rename The Rename Page File dialog box appears Rename Page File x Old Title DELL New Filename Select Hotkey i Rename l Cancel Rename Page File Dialog Box 4 Type the new name for the page in the New Filename field 5 Click Rename The pr
180. features It 1s not intended to teach users how to trade Any references to particular stock symbols or corporations appear by way of example only and do not represent an endorsement of Townsend Analytics Recommended Reading There are numerous books and web sites available to teach you about the stock market and how to trade The following table lists reference material you may want to review Name of Reference Author The Neatest Little Guide to Stock Jason Kelly Market Investing How To Take Money from Wall Tony Oz Street Learn to Profit in Bull and Bear Markets Electronic Day Trader Marc Freidfertig Successful Strategies for On Line Trading The Four Biggest Mistakes In Jay Kaeppel Option Trading Getting Started In Futures Todd Lofton Getting Started In Stocks Alvin D Hall Getting Additional Help for RealTick You can get additional help for RealTick through the online help files through the www realtick com web site and by calling the Townsend Analytics Ltd technical support team About This Manual Page 3 Manual The rtuserman pdf file is located on the RealTick web site at www realtick com You can print additional copies of this manual or quickly review a section of the manual You must have Adobe Acrobat Reader to view the document Acrobat Exchange Real Tick pdf E pe Ese Document ew Tooke ndo e ale x mja m jaja cajsjajr cleo ael omm aj algal y RealTich 3 El Cop
181. fferent layouts for the MultiQuote offer a wide range of sets of information including fundamental data price data and account margin information The layout of the MultiQuote window determines what information is included in the display Fundamental layouts include information such as profit earnings ratio Standard amp Poor s rank revenue and earnings per share Simpler quote layouts include price information like the 52 week high and low volume earnings and bid and ask prices You can choose among many different layouts Page 124 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 9 F Hint Drag and drop a new symbol in MultiQuote to replace a symbol Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data RealTick Untitled Page Design MultiQuote Favorites Window Help Microsoft Corporation General Information Earnings Share Equity Net 5 Year Growth 42 416 0 1 699 Share Income P E Ratio 37 67 0 0 0 0 Institutional 0 Beta 1 603 CUSIP 594918104 years ago 0 0 0 3 years ago 0 0 0 0 4years ago 0 0 0 S amp P stars Balance Sheet Balance Sheet 0 00 CurrentAssets 37769 000 Current 9740 000 Longtermdebt 000 Common 0 y Z 4 BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES 10 16 28 MultiQuote Window Last 12 mo S amp P rank Nextyear 0 S amp P 500 gt 1 1 Pershare 0 Avg Volume 36 Interim Fiscal year Period Create a new MultiQuote 1 Click MultiQuote on the Design menu The Open dialog box will appear Open Look in
182. figuration dialog box appears Choose what to print from the Windows to Print area 3 Choose your scaling option from the Printer Scaling area Check the Output to File field The program activates the File field 5 Type the name and location for the bitmap in the File field or choose the location by clicking the File button 6 Click OK on the Print Screen Configuration Dialog box Page 62 Chapter 4 Basic Features PrintFile 57 Sending MICROSOFT CORP to print spooler Favorites Chapter 4 Basic Features RealTick prints the window and saves the bitmap picture Print a Window You can print ALL the data in a window by using the Print Selection option 1 Click the window you want to print 2 Click Print on the Page menu The standard Windows Print dialog box appears Print 21 xi Printer Name WEXCHANGE20th_Floor_Development_F Properties Status Ready Type HP LaserJet 4050 Series PS Where 20th_Floor_Development_Printer Comment TF Print to file Print range Copies C All Number of copies fi H Pages fam poo fg fo B e paaa QUA ki emea Print Dialog Box 3 Click Selection from the Print range area 4 Click OK The system prints the data from the RealTick window Print All the Windows You can print all the windows on the RealTick page separately The Print All option will print all the data in each window on separate pages o Click Print All on the
183. firm Conditional Order Executions V Acknowledge Canceled Orders IV Acknowledge Staged Orders V Long Short Crossover Waming Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 4 Click either the Absolute or Percentage option button for the range value The system will send the warning when the price value is past the range of the market value 5 Check the Warn if Trade Size is greater than field if you want to warn against trades of a certain volume Enter the value in the numeric field 6 Check the Confirm All Trades field if you want the system to display a confirmation dialog box after you place a trade 7 Check the Confirm Conditional Order Executions field if you want the system to display a confirmation dialog box after you place a conditional order trade 8 Check the Acknowledge Canceled Orders field if you want the system to display a confirmation dialog box after you cancel an order 9 Check the Acknowledge Staged Order field if you want the system to display a confirmation box after you place a staged order 10 Check the Long Short Crossover Warning field if you want the system to display a confirmation dialog box after a trade 1s Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders placed that crosses over zero position For example if you are long 1000 shares of XYZ and you place a trade to short sell 2000 shares of XYZ the system will warn you since you are covering your current position and going short with
184. for more information concerning a BasketMinder and chapter 8 for more information concerning a Note See chapter 7 for PositionMinder information concerning The StandardMinder displays any symbol s numeric or price data OrderMinder in a table You can choose to display many different data fields BasketMinder and including Last Price Dir Last Net Change and Total Volume trading with The OrderMinder displays your live completed canceled or MarketMinder See deleted and completed managed orders for the current trading day chapter 8 for You can also sell from the MarketMinder For more information concerning MarketMinder and trading please see chapter 7 information concerning PositionMinder The ChainMinder displays symbol lists Page 114 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data y t Hint You can also load symbols or search for symbols See chapter 4 for information concerning loading and searching for symbols Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Minder StandardDefault byw StandardMinder Window Create a Standard MarketMinder 1 Click MarketMinder on the RealTick Design menu The system displays the Minder Setup dialog box Minder Setup Minder Setup Dialog Box 2 Type the symbol or symbols you want to monitor in the Selected Symbols field 3 Click Add The system adds the symbol s to the Selected Symbols list Page 115 Note A root is a currency commodity or stock that is common to
185. g Market Data 7 Click the Test button to test the sound of the alarm 8 Click OK The alarm is set TAL Alerts Use TAL Alerts to create an alarm You can access TAL Alerts from the Alarms menu Page menu and from MarketMinder TAL Alerts X Status Acknowledged Time q tea _Acknomtedge Al Delete ACKAoWwIed Ge Delete All Close TAL Alerts Window Open TAL Alerts o To open TAL Alerts click Display Alerts on the Page menu The TAL Alerts window will open Create an Alert 1 Ifyou have a TAL Alarms window open choose Display Alerts on the Alarms menu If you do not have a TAL Alarms window open choose Display Alerts on the Page menu The TAL Alerts window will open 2 Click Configure The TAL Alerts Configuration dialog box will open Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 89 TAL Alerts Configuration Fa Symbols Alerts for Selected Symbol T Add vi Falls Below Cancel Delete Delete Al Play Sound on Alert Load SLF File V Sound Beep Test sound Generate Upper and Lower Alerts Alerts Display V Upper Range 5 ai Show All Alerts Iv lieder range 5d x V Show Acknowledged Alerts Apply to Selected Symbols Price Server IV Link Upper and Lower Ranges defaut Select Server TAL Alerts Configuration Dialog Box Note See Chapter 4 3 Type the symbol you want to monitor in the S
186. gram in the second panel Volume VOL The number of contracts traded is available for daily charts Total volume is presented as a histogram in the second panel For tick charts trade volume is shown for intraday and daily charts the total volume in the interval bar is shown Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Open Interest Ol Open interest is also available for daily charts Open Interest is displayed as a histogram on the second panel Open Interest can be overlaid on total volume Select Open Interest before Total Volume On Balance Volume OBV On balance volume Granville Joseph E A New Strategy of Daily Stock Market Timing for Maximum Profit Prentice Hall 1976 is a simple accumulation process Ifa period closes up its volume is added to a total If a period closes down its volume is subtracted from a total Since on balance volume is an accumulation it is sensitive to the days included in the measure There are no adjustable parameters for the measure On Balance Volume is presented as a graph in the third panel Formula DBV Y da ey C Cy VEUEN Description The current period s closing price The previous period s closing price The absolute value of the difference between the two closing prices The current period s volume Reference Colby Thomas and Robert Meyers The Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Dow Jones Irwin Illinois 1988 Price and Volume Studies
187. hain Symbol Create a MarketMinder displaying a list List of all the symbol files available in RealTick Chain Display Create a MarketMinder displaying all of Chapter 4 Basic Features Favorite Description the NASDAQ percent gainers TAL Market Guide Create a MarketMinder displaying 26 Snapshot columns of price volume and other numeric information Market Statistics Create a MarketMinder displaying a list of all the symbol files available in RealTick including the last price available for the symbol file Index Component Create a MarketMinder displaying a list Chains of all the index symbol files available in RealTick MarketMakers Small MarketMaker Create a mini MarketMaker MultiQuote MarketIndices Create a MultiQuote with Market Indices Stocks Account Info Create a Stocks window containing two OrderMinders two PositionMinders and a Multiquote window displaying live orders positions and account balances Research Create a Stocks window displaying a Daily Intraday Market and Monthly chart and News TurboOptions Options Watch List Create a MarketMinder window displaying detailed information about options including strike and bid prices Option Chain Create a MarketMinder window displaying all the option symbol files available in RealTick Web Browser Zack s Brokerage Create a Web Browser with Zack s web Research Center site displaying a company s profile consensus estimates annual inco
188. hair to a plus sign 3 Click the line with the left mouse button Hold down the left mouse button and drag the trend line to its new location The size and slope will remain unchanged Move a Group of Trend Lines 1 Click Select Tool on the Chart menu The cursor changes to a target crosshair 2 Move the mouse to the middle of the first trend line Do not select an end point The cursor changes from a target crosshair to a plus sign 3 Click the line with the left mouse button while holding down the Ctrl key Continue holding the Ctrl key while selecting the other lines 4 Still holding down the Ctrl key and the left mouse button drag the group of trend lines to a new location The size of each line will not change Copy a Trend Line 1 Click Select Tool on the Chart menu The cursor changes to a target crosshair 2 Move the mouse to the middle of the trend line while holding down the Shift key Do not select an end point The cursor changes from a target crosshair to a plus sign 3 Still holding down the Shift key and the left mouse button drag the trend line to its new location The system copies the line to the new location Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 181 Page 182 Resize a Trend Line 1 Click Select Tool on the Chart menu The cursor changes to a target crosshair 2 Move the mouse to one of the ends of the trend line The cursor changes from a target crosshair to a sloped c
189. hanges into a post icon 2 Double click the left mouse button The system displays the Edit Chart Annotation dialog box 3 Click the Delete button The system deletes the annotation Page 179 Page 180 Using Trend Lines Draw trend lines to draw support and resistance levels or break out points that help technical analysts determine entry and exits in the market Draw a Trend Line 1 Click Trend Tool on the Chart menu The system displays the Trend Lines box Trend Lines Type a Best Fit Snap To Price Horizontal i Diaw Select Configure Clear All Help 13 26 11 30 58 9 76 Trend Lines Dialog Box 2 Click Draw 3 Choose the line style you want from the list in the Type field 4 Click Configure The Default Lines Setup box will appear Default Regular Trend Line Setup Symbol MICROSOFT CORR OK OR Pen Color O gt Cercs Pen Style Default Regular Trend Line Setup Select the appropriate option s Click OK On the Chart click the left mouse button and hold 1t down Drag the mouse until you are finished drawing the trend line LIDIA Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis 9 Click the close button on the upper right corner of the Trend Lines box Move a Trend Line 1 Click Select Tool on the Chart menu The cursor changes to a target crosshair 2 Move the mouse to the middle of the trend line Do not select an end point The cursor changes from a target cross
190. he Chart Display Options dialog box Page 171 Chart Display Options Symbol Attributes MICROSOFT CORP MICROSOFT CORP DELL COMPUTER CORP 9 Y Hint To toggle between a Candlestick chart and a Bar chart press Ctrl S To scroll up down left or right in a Chart use the arrow keys on your keyboard General Properties N Show Grid Lines M Show Last Price In Axis F Show Legend Color Code Volume Bars Pen Width i Advanced Colors Page 172 Symbol Attributes MICROSOFT CORP e LeftAxis C Right Axis Y CandleStick Chat Horizontal Lines Hide All Series Cancel General Properties Help Show Grid Lines Show Last Price In Axis V Show Legend V Color Code Volume Bars Pen Width fi Advanced Colors tv Show Price Tracking Window Snapshot View Horizontal layout Table View for multiple symbols Series to Display Trades Fonts Screen Font 10 pt MS Sans Serif Printer Font SpA Series Color ea gt Configure Column Chart Display Options Dialog Box 2 Ifthe panel includes multiple symbols choose the appropriate symbol from the drop down list available in the Symbol Attributes box 3 Double click the column name in the Series to Display list if you would like to add data A checkmark appears 4 Choose the axis by clicking the Left or Right option buttons in the Vertical Axis frame To create a
191. he details of Sheet the company s assets and liabilities Page 160 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data for the previous year Snapshot This report contains a graph of the stock s volume highs and lows Earnings Calendar Earnings Calendar This page enables you to view past data from the brokerage research Part of Zacks Brokerage Research Center Eq earnings Calendar http woas zacks com plsql freser zbrc_main comp_id TOWNSEND amp s Ma EG APRIL Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Saturday 3 4 5 7 10 11 12 14 21 Earnings Calendar 1 Click the date you want to view The system displays the Earnings Calendar Results list 2 Click a symbol in the Zacks Ticker field The system displays the Zacks Brokerage Research Center window Industry Search Industry Search This page enables you to view the brokerage research data by a particular industry As a result you can easily compare the different stocks from the same industry Part of Zacks Brokerage Research Center Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 161 Page 162 E industry Search http woas zacks com plsql freser zbrc_main comp_id TOWNSEND amp se Ma EG Industry ADVERTISING BANKS FOREIGN AEROSP DEFENSE BANKS MAJOR REGIONAL AEROSPACE DEFENSE EQUIPMENT BANKS MIDWEST AGRI OPERATIONS BANKS MONEY CTR APPLIANCE HSHLD BANKS NORTHEAST AUDIO VIDEO PRD BANKS SOUTHEAST AUTO DOMESTIC BANKS SOUTHWEST
192. he number of intervals in Page 213 the K upon which D is based and the number of terms to include in the average Lane uses a three term moving average Stochastic Parameters EEK interval OK 0 interval D0 Slow interval fo 20 Avg interval fo Cancel sp Stochastic Parameters Box Formula D a over period x Value Description fener Pre Po mera 1 The following picture displays a chart with a D study RealTick Untitled A ES Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help 2 5 52 0 4 Eo 2 1 20 T e E Ea aaa Eleal 2D P 14 IA BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES 13 39 07 D Study Page 214 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis D Slow Ds Fast stochastics can be very choppy To reduce the choppiness increase the number of periods or use the further smoothed form D Slow D Slow is a moving average of D To create D Slow you must select the number of intervals to include in the average as well as the parameters used to create K and D Lane uses three periods to calculate D Slow Stochastic Parameters ZE interval DF 3 Cancel Jo ZD interval Cancel D Slow interval 20 Avg interval Help Stochastic Parameters Box Formula D Slow MA D for period y Value Descriptions D Slow interval D Averaged Da D Average is the moving average of D Slow To create D Average you must select the number of
193. he specified trail amount creating a new stop market order as the current price moves away from the original price Example You place a Trailing Stop order of 2 points as the Trail Amount when the current price is 70 therefore your trigger price is 68 The price increases to 71 a share Your new trigger price will automatically change to 69 If the price reverses and goes down the trailing stop will place a market sell order once it reaches 69 a share Page 236 Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders e a The order is sent to ARCA without being preferenced out to other Market Makers and ECNs The order will stay on ARCA s internal book until it is filled PostNoPreference Example You place an order on ARCA You check the PostNoPref box and send the order out It remains on the ARCA internal book for the day See the Expiration section Preference An Order Type used with SelectNet to designate what MarketMaker the trader wants to preference You can also preference ECNs You can preference using ARCA or SelectNet Note This is not a SelectNet Broadcast Example You choose ARCA or SelectNet as the trading route click the preference check box specify a Market Maker or ECN identification then send the order to preference that participant You can also click on the Market Maker or ECN identification in the Level II panel to automatically fill in the preference box Page 237 Page 238
194. heck box and select the price type from the Price Type drop down list in the Options box 7 Click the Route check box and select the route from the Route drop down list in the Options box 8 Click the Expiration check box and select the expiration date from the Expiration drop down list in the Options box 9 Click the Quantity check box The Quantity box will activate 10 Select the volume of stock you would like to buy 11 Click the Volume drop down list to select a type of volume Partial or AON 12 Click the Use Position option button if you d like the hot key to default to your current position size Note Use Position takes your current position into consideration when buying or selling If your default quantity for a Buy Hot Key is 1000 and you currently own 400 shares the system will only buy 600 If you own 400 shares and you have a Sell Hot Key with a default quantity of 1000 the system will only sell 400 If you do not have a position the system will use the default quantity of 1000 when placing the next order 13 Select a letter to use as part of your hot key in the Ctrl field in the Hot Key box This is the key combination you press to quickly perform an action For example CTRL A 14 Click OK The hot key is created Create a Sell Hot Key You can create a Sell Hot Key to quickly sell a stock Description l V Auto Sell 1000 on TALX GTC IV Action Action Type EE Click Order Entry
195. heir respective colors and line styles for the time interval you select On a trade chart the statistics box displays the time and price of each tick 1 Click Info Tool on the Chart menu The system enables the Info Tool with a check mark Move the mouse to the interval bar to view price and study values 3 Click with the left mouse button The system displays the statistics box View a Statistic at a Specific Position on a Chart The Crosshair Tool performs the same function as the Info Tool except that it displays a large crosshair on the Chart window to show the exact position of the cursor You can find the exact vertical and horizontal axis data for a particular point on the chart Click Crosshair Tool on the Chart menu 2 Click your left mouse button on the area of the chart you want exact vertical and horizontal axis data The system displays the large cross shape Using Annotations You can add annotation notes to your charts Post it note icons in the Chart window will mark each of your annotations When you click the post it note with the mouse the annotation text appears in the chart label at the top of the chart window Use annotations to make a note for yourself Note The system saves annotations and records the date and time corresponding to the position of the icon When the date corresponding to the annotation no longer appears in the Chart window the annotation is removed from the chart For example annotat
196. here you can change the display font Printer Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the printer font Change Colors Displays the Select Colors dialog box where you can choose the text and background color for different types of headlines displayed in the headline window Set Alert Displays the Alert Categories dialog box Categories where you can designate a category as an Note Alert headlines alert whatever color you designated for Alerts in Request the story associated with each new the Colors window Stories headline as it is received from the server The HOT category is an Alert category by Set an audible alert for the arrival of each default new headline Child gt Popup Move the News window outside of RealTick or from one page to another Popup gt Child Return the News window to a RealTick page Menu Command Functionality Fixed Page News Menu Choose Server Displays the Select Server dialog box where you can choose a different server Find Headline Displays the Find Page in SNEWSS Fixed dialog box where you can search for a particular headline Go To Displays the Go To dialog box where you can search headlines by Source and Page number rather than by the usual search Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 33 Menu Command Functionality Go Back Go back to the previous story visible in the story window Configure Displays the Configure dialog box where you can add columns t
197. hoose Buys or Sells from the drop down list 9 To view by symbol check the Symbol option button The system activates the text field to the right Page 101 Page 102 10 Type the name of the symbol in the text field 11 Click OK The system closes the dialog box and redisplays the IOI Client window View Details of a Specific Indication You can view the details of any indication listed on the IOI Client window 1 Right click an indication you want further details about in the IOI Client window The Indications menu will appear 2 Click Details for IOI The system displays the dialog box with Indication of Interest Details Changing the Display of Indications Change the Color of Indications 1 Click Setup on the Indications menu The system displays the IOI Setup dialog box 2 Click the Display Options tab The system displays the Display Options dialog box Filters Display Options Columns IV Color Buys Select Color NV Color Sells Select Color Y Color Expired Select Color Background Select Color Font UG IOI Display Options Tab 3 Click Color Buys Color Sells or Color Expired to change the color of the buy sell or expired information respectively Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Click the Select Color button A standard Windows Color dialog box appears Select a color Click OK The system returns to the Display Options dialog bo
198. ialog Box 6 Type your TAL Mail password 7 Click OK The Real Tick window appears Al em cor E bhim Let IMPE MTEL CORE fitr TA To creada a new page chaia Pope How barm Hi top mara To open rpa ndo chooee Drega bon hp top ags For hap on Panel bok choose Help in fp kop meau g ick Fl on your oy board S60 Pee RealTick Window Change Your Password After you start RealTick you can change your password 1 Click Change Password on the Page menu The program displays the Change Password dialog box Change Password Ed New Password seen Current Password User requested change coc Change Password Dialog Box 2 Type your new password in the New Password field Chapter 4 Basic Features Page 51 3 Type your new password again in the Confirm new password field Type your old password in the Current Password field 5 Click OK The system changes your password and closes the window RealTick Pages A Page is a collection of related windows that are opened and closed at the same time Whenever a new window is created it is Note Fixed page added to the current page When a window is closed it is deleted users cannot modify from the current page Before opening a new page or closing the their pages current page RealTick gives you the option of saving the changes you have made to the page 21M S 405 A o A e gt gt decret Capersa A Bicol Capa ate La FF Pak
199. ick Bought Sold or Sold Short in the Order Status completed box to open the Color dialog box and select different default colors Click OK The default color will change Setting Order Alerts Y ou can set alerts on a Conditional order or on a price Page 286 Add a Sound Alert to a Conditional Order E From the MarketMaker menu click Order Entry Properties The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Click Condition Triggered in the Event list Select System Beep from the Sound drop down field or click Browse and select a different wav file Click Test to hear the sound Click OK The alert is set Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter Set a Price Warning 1 From the MarketMaker menu click Order Entry Properties The Order Entry Properties dialog box Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Event Sounds Wamings Confimations Order Colors Price warnings Warning type Always Absolute 0 2 C Percentage Range Trade Size Limit Warn if Trade Size is greater than f Other Options I Confirm All Trades M Confirm Conditional Order Executions T Acknowledge Canceled Orders T Acknowledge Staged Orders T Long Short Crossover Waring Cancel Help Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 2 Click the Warnings Confirmations tab 3 Select the warning type from the Warning Type drop down field 4 Click the Absolute option button 5
200. ier of 1 1000 in the Overlay dialog box Formula If the last tick is an up tick 1 e 1f P n gt P n 1 then F a F n 1 P n V Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis If the last tick is a down tick 1 e 1f P n lt P n 1 then F n F n 1 P n V n If the last tick is no change then F n F n 1 VEUEN Description Money Flow fp e o o Parabolic Price Time Study The Parabolic Time Price study is best said to be a buy or sell trigger or a stop and reverse system The graph which resembles a parabola is made up of stops The stop is related to time and price It never backs up It moves an incremental amount in the direction of the trade For example 1f the trade is short the stop will move downward Ifthe trade is long the stop will move upward Each time the price reaches a new high or low in price the stop accelerates Ifthe price reverts insignificantly the stop will not accelerate If the price reverts significantly and crosses over the stop it s time to trade Formula The bottom formula is a translation of the top actual formula SART om orrow Today AFEPTrade SAR Trade Parabolic Current Parabolic acceleration factor x extreme price current parabolic Reference Wilder Jr J Welles New Concepts In Technical Trading Systems Trend Research Greensboro N C Parameters Trade Long or Short Select the starting point for the parabolic The
201. inder Setup Dialog Box 3 Select the order details in the Order Display box o Click the Summary option button if you d like to display the symbol transaction buy or sell price and status completed or live o Click the Standard Detail option button if you d like to display the symbol transaction buy or sell price route and status completed or live Page 307 Page 308 4 Note Managed Orders are order types controlled by RealTick such as Conditional or Deferred Orders O O O Click the Standard Orders and or Managed Orders check box to filter the orders to display SSG Click the Live check box to display live orders Click the Completed check box to display completed orders Click the Deleted check box to display canceled or deleted orders Enter additional filters in the Other Filters box Click OK The OrderMinder window appears Multiple Selections in an OrderMinder You can highlight multiple rows of orders in an OrderMinder and press the delete key to instantaneously cancel all orders that are highlighted l 2 3 4 5 6 Click Display Options on the MarketMinder menu The Display Options dialog box will appear Click the Allow Multiple Selection check box Click OK Left click an order in the OrderMinder Drag the mouse until all the orders are selected Click Delete View the Order Transaction Summary i Select an order in the OrderMinder window You can selec
202. indow appears 2 Open the folders in the headline tree by double clicking until you reach the lowest level Actual stories will be displayed with page icons instead of folder icons 3 Double click the story headline or the page icon The story will replace the headline tree in the window Search for a News Story You cannot search the whole heading structure at one time Before searching you must choose a news source in the headline tree The Find Headline command will then search the individual stories available from this source 1 Choose the news source you wish to search one of the second level headings 2 Click Find Headline on the Fixed Page News menu Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 95 Find Page in NEWS Fixed ES Match Case que Find Page in NEWSS fixed Dialog Box 3 Type the search keyword in the Find Headline dialog box 4 Click Match Case 1f you would like the search to be case sensitive 5 Click Find Every headline containing the keyword will be displayed in the headline tree 6 Click the Close button to close the Find Headline dialog box Copy News Data for Another Application o Click Copy Story on the News menu The story 1s copied to the clipboard Change the View of the Fixed Page News Window Use these commands on the Fixed Page News menu to change the Fixed Page News window display Option Description Maximize Story Window Enlarge a story S
203. ings Confirmations tab of the Order Book Properties dialog box a confirmation dialog box will appear Confirm Cancel El 2 Cancel Order 0795 06cd 000a 00 Buy 1000 MSFT at 64 20 on TALI Yes Po Confirm Cancel Dialog Box 3 Click OK A cancel request will be sent Cancel Using Cancel Order 1 Right click a pending order red text in the upper panel The system displays the right mouse button menu 2 Click Cancel Order The Cancel Order dialog box will appear 3 Check the parameters quickly and if it is the correct order click Cancel Order Page 277 Page 278 o If Confirm All Trades is not enabled a cancel request will be sent o If Confirm All Trades is enabled in the Options tab of the Order Book Properties dialog box a second confirmation dialog box will appear 4 Click OK A cancel request will be sent Confirm All Trades RealTick allows you to confirm an order or to confirm a cancel order before the system follows through with the order This is an extra are you sure confirmation perhaps if you accidentally click the sell or buy button before you are ready 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear 2 Click the Warnings Confirmations tab The Warnings Confirmations tab will appear 3 Click Confirm All Trades x Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Event Sounds Warnings Confirmations Order Colors
204. ion Option HTTP For a standard download use the HTTP connection If for security reasons you are unable to download files from the web use the FTP download Multiple If you have a slow intermittent Internet Files connection you may prefer to download multiple files However the multiple file download is more complicated and will take longer than the standard single file download You will need at least 30 minutes Instructions for installing RealTick will appear 6 Click the Realnet link The File Download dialog box appears Page 14 Chapter 2 RealTick Installation Chapter 2 RealTick Installation File Download e ee cancel More nfo M Sev ask melone Open tine peo Te File Download Dialog Box 7 Click Save The Save File As dialog box appears Desktop 3 AGSetup0608 exe Am mp7 1 exe Se My Documents wkga dbonini tc la realnet 5 exe My N etw ork P Application Save As Dialog Box 8 Choose a directory to download the file to and click Save When the download is finished the Download complete dialog box appears 9 Click Close You are now ready to install RealTick Page 15 Install RealTick Once you are finished downloading the latest version of RealTick you must install the program 1 Access the directory you downloaded the RealNet exe file to and double click the file The system unpacks the installation program and disp
205. ions on an intraday chart showing two days of data will be removed once they are more than two days old Add an Annotation 1 Click Annotation on the Attributes sub menu of the Chart menu The system displays the Chart Annotation dialog box Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Note There is a 10 annotation limit to each chart 9 F Hint To move an annotation drag and drop it to a new location Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chart Annotation Display Note Text On Screen Save Delete Cancel Chart Annotation Dialog Box 2 Enter your message in the Chart Annotation dialog box 3 Click the Post Note button to post your annotation to the chart The mouse changes to a post icon 4 Move the mouse to the point on the Chart window where you want to place the annotation and click with the mouse button A post it note icon appears in the Chart window Change an Annotation 1 Double click the annotation The system displays the Edit Chart Annotation dialog box Edit Chart Annotation J MSFT s Open at 10 30 from 51 changed Commit Changes 14 to 51 175 Display Note Text On Screen Save Delete Cancel Edit Chart Annotation Dialog Box 2 Change the text of the annotation message in the Edit Chart Annotation dialog box 3 Click the Save button The system updates the annotation Delete an Annotation 1 Move the mouse over the annotation The cursor c
206. isplay of the regional exchanges based on the symbol you enter 4 Enter an exchange to monitor in the Monitor field You can highlight a specific broker in a MarketMaker window 5 Ifyou want the width of the range bar according to the number of participants click the Participants option button 6 Ifyou want the width of the range bar according to the size of the bid click the Bid Offer Size option button 7 Click the Show only tiers checkbox and enter the number of tiers you want to view in the Show only tiers field 8 Click the Tier aggregation option button The system activates the Tier aggregation frame Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 105 L Note When the Show Orders in Level 2 check box is selected your live order will appear in the T NI ol 9 N ANAN 1 ANAO Page 106 9 Change the aggregation size in the Decimal Quotes and Fractional Quotes spin boxes 10 Click the User Interface Settings tab The system displays the User Interface Settings tab Market Maker Regional Setup E Data Selection User Interface Settings Ticker Froperties New Line On Top BuySell Coloring i Show Irregular Trades Columne to Display jw Status Direction P Time Seconds a aai Best Bid Offer Count BidAksk Size 0 Total volume Regionals Quote Source Sweep Allow Montage Sweep Miscellaneous Settings Show Orders Inlevel2 Y Show Volume in Lots Exclude Pr
207. ithin RealTick so these same features apply to a Chart or a MarketMinder window as well Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 20 RealTick is a Windows based application You can resize and navigate through RealTick using standard Microsoft Windows operating system features The following table describes the different Windows features you can use in RealTick Feature Functionality Window Border Click and drag the window border to resize the window When in the correct position the pointer 1s a double headed arrow _ 17 24 54 Minimize Button Click the Minimize button to minimize EN RealTick to a button on the Windows Taskbar Restore Down Click the Restore Down button to decrease the size of the Real Tick window Maximize Click the Maximize button to maximize Button RealTick to fit the entire screen la Close Button Click the Close button to shutdown Real Tick x Column Widths Some windows in RealTick resemble spreadsheets These windows contain both columns and rows for displaying data You can easily change the size of a column Change the Width of a Column You can resize columns E Minder StandardD efault byw Bal Xx Last Change Volume 6933 64 T 117 64 11030000 a MarketMinder Window a N EAE ET IDEENA bvyw 1 E sE E Move the cursor to the column line that divides the field 33 6
208. ize to Position Enter in the field the maximum share size you want to default up to Choose a different security type and repeat steps 3 through 10 Click OK The system saves all changes and closes the dialog box Change the Spin Button Defaults Determine the incremental value you would like to use to quickly change a value when placing an order You can set the price increment and volume increment Note At the Order View press the Shift key and select the spin button It will round to the nearest increment before fully incrementing Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box appears Click the Miscellaneous tab The Miscellaneous tab appears Chapter 7 Placing Orders 9 F Hint At the Order View use the Accelerated spin increment by pressing CTRL and selecting the spin button with your mouse Chapter 7 Placing Orders Order Entry Properties ES Spin Button Increments Price Increment fi fi 216 Accelerated E fi 48 Event Sounds Warnings Confirmations Order Colors Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Decimal Prices Fractional Prices Volume 100 Accelerated Volume 500 Configure Order Logging Log Orders to XML Longue Order Loosing MV Use Popup OES Screen Use Keypad Numbers As Volume Amount T Convert ARCA Managed Orders to Reserve Orders M Use Alt B S X Hotkeys for Order View Buy Sell Cancel
209. ks 134 Stop Limit Order 236 Stop Market Order 235 Study Availability Table 184 Suitability Portfolio Balancing 250 Price Range 249 Single Item Portfolio Balancing 250 Trade Frequency 249 Transaction Cost 249 Transaction Size 249 Symbol 137 Add a Symbol 137 Add a Symbol to an Existing MarketMinder 116 Load a Symbol File 72 Search for Symbols 73 74 Symbol Guide 74 Search for Symbols 74 Symbol Lists 66 Create a Window Using the Chain Symbol Lists 66 Symbology 75 Month Code 76 System Defaults 77 Change Colors for Up Ticks and Down Ticks 77 Change the Spin Button Defaults 280 Set a Startup Page 78 Set an Alarm for an Order Event 282 Set Default Servers 80 Set General Order Entry Defaults 279 Set General RealTick Options 80 Set Page Defaults 80 Set Page Hotkeys 79 Set Reserve Order Defaults 282 Set the Price Display for RealTick 79 Set Warnings to Display after a Specific Action 283 Setting Button Colors 285 Setting Order Entry Defaults for Quick Trading 279 Setting Order Status Colors 286 System Requirements 11 Hardware Requirements 11 T Table 135 Absolute 137 Add a Symbol 137 Add a Technical Analysis to a Table See Technical Analysis Calculate Volume Weighted Average Price 138 Change a Column in a Table 141 Change the Display of a Table 140 Change the Price Display 137 Create a Table 135 Daily 135 Differential 137 Intraday 135 Monthly
210. l appear A Use Basket Order Parameters Customize Order Parameters es pake Oder Parametrs Cisions Order Faremetes Weight Price Type Ar ICE Cancel fo AOL z MKT H Route Volume Type Expiration Short Sells No Odd Lots TALX 7 Partial y Day y T Pref M Round Down Select Symbol Name Order Parameters Dialog Box Click Customize Order Parameters 4 Select the type of trade you want from the drop down list available in the Price Type field 5 Select a volume type partial from the drop down list available in the Volume Type field 6 Select the Trading Route 7 Select when you want this order to expire from the drop down list available in the Expiration field 8 If you d like to buy or sell at the bid offer price select BBO Price Type Offset in out The Offset in out field will activate ci 9 Select or type a value in the Offset field 10 If you d like to sell short click Short Sells If this button is checked all sells will be marked as short sells 11 Click OK Basket Quantity Execution Choose how you would like to execute the basket 1 Type the name of the basket in the Basket Tag field Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 273 Basket Quantity Execution Basket Tag Intemet stocks Della fi Target hn Execute Basket Completed ol Z Cancel All Orders Basket Tracking Mark Position Clear Mark Page 274 The Basket Tag wi
211. l Servers On Startup V Upper Case Symbols Y Dynamic Title sas Show Page Manager Quick BView Setup No Captions Load First Page C Load Recent Page No Default Page Pages Snap To Page Page Hotkeys Save Page on Shutdown m Scripting V Allow Scripting Allow Order Entry Scripting IM Require Passwo ord Set Defaults Dialog Box 3 Click the up or down Up tick arrows to select the up tick color The word Up tick changes colors 4 Click the up or down Down tick arrows to select the down tick color The word Down tick changes colors 5 Click OK The system saves the color change and closes the Set Defaults dialog box Set a Startup Page You can determine what page RealTick will open after you first startup the program 1 Click the Control Menu on the left corner of the RealTick title bar 2 Click Set System Defaults The Set Defaults dialog box appears 3 Select the page in the On Startup box You can choose from four options Description Show Page Click this option if you want the Page Manager Manager dialog box to appear when you open RealTick Load First Page Click this option to automatically open the first page you have listed in Page Manager when you log on to RealTick Load Recent Click this option if you want the last page Page you used to appear when you open RealTick Chapter 4 Basic Features No Default Page Click this option if you do n
212. l and contextual Web based indicator of the market Its features include Hot Spots HyperQuote Report View and Multiple Report Views Price amp Volume Views Fundamental Views Price and Volume Gauges and Portfolio For more information please see the MarketGauge help Access MarketGauge o Select MarketGauge from the Web Browser favorite of the Favorites menu Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons Page 329 Barra Risk Factor Page 330 Barra Risk Factor is a risk measurement application Access Barra Risk Factor o Select Barra Risk Factor from the Web Browser sub menu of the Favorites menu Display Barra Risk Factors for a Stock 1 Type the ticker symbol in the Enter a Ticker field 2 Click Go harra Risk Factor gt Dana Risk Factor Lic barra MICROSOFT CORP MSFT io REALTICK Risk Factor Price Fluctuation Risk Factor Analysis 10 10 2002 Stock Analysis Enter a Trck r Broad Market 32 cy p Market Highlights g Lechnology 3 Computer Software 1 MSFT Price and Risk Factor History E years 80 100 bos When a stock s Risk Factor ara if Help jamps deamatecally wither amp Pre gt 80 short timespan investors e p Should tale oboe a Li 450 La EI an increase in a stock s Risk I 540 ay Factor indicates thet it has Fa J E Barra Risk Factor The Risk Factor Analysis will appear 3 Click the Price Fluctuation tab to view the Price Fluctuation chart 4 Click the Broad Market
213. l field in the Hot Key box This will be the combination of keys you press to quickly perform the action For example CRTL A 14 Click OK The hot key is created Create a Bid Hot Key You can create a Bid Hot Key to quickly place a Bid 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties will appear 2 Click the Actions tab The Actions tab will appear 3 Click Create The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear 4 Click the Action check box The Action box will appear 5 Select Bid from the Action Type drop down list Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders 10 11 12 13 14 Click the Route check box and select the route from the Route drop down list in the Options box Click the Expiration check box and select the expiration from the Expiration drop down list in the Options box Select a volume you would like to bid on Click the Volume Type drop down list to select a type of volume Partial or AON Click the Use Position option if you d like the hot key to default to your current position size Click the Best Up or Down option button in the Bid Offer option box If you selected Up or Down select an amount in the Adjustment field Select a letter to use as part of your hot key in the Ctrl field in the Hot Key box This will be the combination of keys you press to quickly perform the action for example CTRL A Click OK The hot key is cre
214. l multiplier supplied by the user The maximum of IH C 4 Hi Lil or Li Cil The close on day 1 The high on day 1 The low on day 1 Reference Kaufman Perry The New Commodity Trading Systems amp Methods John Wiley 1987 Parameters The Average Range moving average uses the same period as the moving average which 1s set through the Moving Average Parameters dialog box The following table lists the default parameters for the average range and the Moving Average Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 193 Value Default Average Range Bollinger Bands Bollinger Bands are based on the standard deviation of price added or subtracted to a simple moving average The standard deviation error is added to the moving average for an upper envelope and subtracted for a lower envelope Formula UP MA Oy DH MA ee i Oy Variable Description MAt An n period moving average The number of standard deviations to add or subtract for the moving average Integers or fractions are permissible The standard deviation P P t Reference John Bollinger Bollinger Capital Management Manhattan Beach CA Parameters The Price Series the multiplier a and the Period n are configurable parameters The Period n is used in computing both the moving average and the standard deviation The following table lists the Bollinger Band and Moving Average parameter defaults Page 194 Chapter
215. l search Changing the Display of News Add columns to the News Window 1 Click Configure on the News menu The Configure dialog box will open Headline Display W Date lv Time Story Number M Source v Page lw Keywords Stor Requests Number of Days to Search E Color Timeout 2 Behavior lv Use Goto Box Use Search Dialog i PgUp PoDn by Page ame IY Split Window by Default Display Category in Story Upper case only iY Use Quick Search Criteria Dialog OR Cancel Configure Dialog Box 2 Click the check boxes in the Headline Display frame of the columns you want to add 3 Click OK The system closes the Configure dialog box and redisplays the News window Navigate News Use the following options on the News menu to navigate through news stories Description Auto Request Stories Automatically display new stories in the second panel of the News window Page 128 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Option Description Newest at Top Add the newest stories to the top of the News window Double click a page number in an Jump to a story open news story Confirm the source and page number in the Go To dialog box View Last Story View the last story Page Up View the previous story Copying News Use the following options to copy news to other applications Description Copy Headlines Copy headlines from the headline window to the clipboard Copy Story Copy a story to the c
216. lated every minute and produced by quantifying all first and second order variables measured against the same period in time for previous trading days Hottrend algorithms are based on a sophisticated model that measures the activity levels of multiple variables simultaneously Besides volume and price Hottrend also measures trade count money flow and other related indicators in order to create a 360 degree view of an emerging liquidity event See Hottrend RealTime Radar Web Browser Favorite in RealTick for additional help Display Hottrend y 1 zack trove Research Canta o Select Hottrend favorites 7 NASDAQ or 8 NYSE on the oiana Calendar A wares Web Browser sub menu of the Favorites menu 4 Erro apri 5 Market Guide 6 TAL Tracehoune The favorite will appear 7 Holiend ReafTrre Fader HASDAG A Hotbrend Pall ret kais NYSE Access Hottrend through the MarketMinder Favorite You can access Hottrend through the MarketMinder TAL Chain Symbol List l Select TAL Chain Symbol List from the MarketMinder favorites on the Favorite menu The TAL Chain listing window will appear Chapter 11 Real Tick Add ons Page 323 TAL Chain listing TAL Chain Listing Window 2 Click SHOTTREND NYSE or SHOTTREND Nasdaq and drag and drop into a MarketMinder The symbols will appear NYSE Hottrend StandardDefault byw MarketMinder Displaying Hottrend NYSE Symbols Page 324 Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons
217. lays the Setup dialog box Setup Dialog Box The installer program then displays the Welcome dialog box Welcome Dialog Box 2 Click Next The Choose Destination Location dialog box appears Page 16 Chapter 2 RealTick Installation Note You can change the directory by clicking the Browse button and searching for a new directory Once you choose the directory the installation occurs Chapter 2 RealTick Installation Choose Destination Location Choose Destination Location Dialog Box 3 Click Next to accept the default installation destination The installation occurs and the Information dialog box appears Information 9 Information Dialog Box 4 Click OK You have successfully installed RealTick Files Installed When you finish installing RealTick you will have a new TAL directory on your computer Page 17 Page 18 Sr TAL OL x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help GBack E Ksearch L yFolders CBristory AS GS Xx A Ed Address a TAL E Go dd DATA favorites HELP Mail PAGES description trading ALARM32 EXE chart32 dll CorpAc32 dll See also My Documents My Network Places My Computer Select an item to view its e Sy O 2 dll evtlog32 dil fcalc32 dll fiddef32 dll O D IEBROW32 dll ioicli32 dll Iptlog32 dll mcs32 dll e T 2 A A uo g le g g
218. lays the Column Layout dialog box Layout where you can open pre configured column layouts Save Column Save changes to the column layouts Layout Save Column Displays the Save Layout dialog box where Layout As you can save a new column layout or to rename a column layout Set Default Displays the Set Default Layouts dialog box Layouts where you can change the default layout for each type of MarketMinder window the Standard MarketMinder the PositionMinder or the OrderMinder Display Options Displays the Display Options dialog box where you can configure text color and highlighting Custom Sort Displays the Custom Sort dialog box where Note Multi layered you can sort or organize data in a column sorting can help you to Show Ticker Displays a Ticker grasp the market situation at one Select Account Displays the Select Account dialog box glance Simple sorts where you can view data or place trades with organize the database another account on one value The 7 default sort organizes Order Entry Displays the Order Entry Properties dialog the data by symbol in Properties box where you can set system wide defaults alphabetical order for the order entry system including default quantities and routes Show Order Entry Displays the OES Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 37 Page 38 Menu Command Screen Show Market Making Screen Show Basket Order Screen Load a Basket Save Basket Copy to Clipboa
219. le ua 32 dll mq32 dil msgapp32 exe newslib32 3 3 Q amp EJ e e oqs32 dll orders32 dll Permx32 0 QUOTE XLS Quote97 xls ie rt332 exe rtx32 dll 79 object s 111 5 MB aj My Computer TAL Directory The TAL directory contains dll files exe files and other files necessary for RealTick to run The TAL directory also contains sub directories that are described in the table below Sub Directory Description The Data directory contains your activities for a particular day The Favorites directory contains your saved favorites preconfigured windows favorites The Help directory contains the online help system for RealTick The Pages directory contains all your saved RealTick pages layouts of preferred window arrangements The Parm directory contains all the symbol lists and MarketMinder and MultiQuote layouts Chapter 2 RealTick Installation Sub Directory Description The Sounds directory contains all the sound files to use with RealTick s Alarms and Sounds Alerts feature Chapter 2 RealTick Installation Page 19 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick This chapter discusses the RealTick Title bar Menu bar Toolbar and standard Microsoft Windows operating system features you can use to navigate through RealTick Windows Features in RealTick Note The Minimize Restore Down Maximize and Close buttons are also on the Title bar of the windows w
220. lect composite data available exchanges composite data or NASDAQ Quote Displays the Quote Sources to Display from a selected Sources dialog box where you can select quote exchange s sources Colors Displays the Ticker Color Selection dialog box where you can change the display colors Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the display font Cascade Toggle your Ticker display between Jet horizontal scrolling and Cascade vertical scrolling New Line on Top Display the newest quote information on the first line of the window Clear Clear all the quotes currently displayed on the window Child gt Popup Move the Ticker window outside of RealTick or from one page to another Popup gt Child Return the Ticker window to a RealTick page Menu Command Functionality News Menu Search Criteria Displays the Quick Search Criteria dialog box where you can modify the search criteria Find Headline Displays the Find dialog box where you can search for keywords amongst the headlines Displays the Go To dialog box where you Chapter 3 Getting Around in Real Tick Page 31 Menu Command Functionality can view specific news stories not included in the headline list Go To Last Story Re open the last viewed news story Configure Displays the Configure dialog box where you can change the display and behavior of the News window Copy Headlines Copy headline s to the Windows clipboard Copy Story
221. led Tal ES Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help 22M 55 S ho a ME je 2 es E 2380 08 TS Z BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES 13 12 24 Volatility Ratio Study Commodity Channel Index CCI The Commodity Channel Index is a momentum indicator developed by Donald R Lambert Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Formula CCI M M f 015D VEUEN Description it Teas rie rapero The n period simple moving average of M Da Hija 3 Mi Ma t D g the mean deviation of the absolute value of the difference between the mean price and the simple moving average of mean prices Reference Colby Thomas amp Robert Meyers The Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Dow Jones Irwin 1989 Parameters The only parameter to the Commodity Channel Index is the period n also referred to as the sample size which can be changed through the CCI parameter dialog box Commodity Channel Index Param Sample Size E Cancel Help Commodity Channel Index Parameter Box Defaults Period 5 Chapter 6 Charts 8 Technical Analysis Page 211 Page 212 RealTick Untitled Og x Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help 6 m mes 0 0 58 OREA Ty ZO BONINI SEDEMO 00 Prices QUDTES 13 24 17 Commodity Channel Index Study Stochastics A stochastic is an oscillator based on the position of the closing p
222. link Sector link middle cylinder or Industry link bottom cylinder to display winners and losers 5 To return to the Risk Factor page click the Risk Factor tab at the top of the page Chapter 11 RealTick Add ons Index Index 1 10 Weeks Scan 327 9 9 Y Weeks Scan 327 A Absolute 137 169 Acceleration ACC 197 Access an Oz Scanner 328 Access the Alerts and Alarms 118 Accessing the Parameters Dialog Box 186 Account Balance 304 Order Book 313 Actionless Hot Key 296 Add a Currency 99 Add a Mail Alert in the Status Bar 60 Add a New Page 56 Add a Price Tier 113 Add a Sound Alert to TAL Mail 60 Add a Symbol 137 Add a Symbol to an Existing Chart 168 Add a Symbol to an Existing MarketMinder 116 Add a Technical Analysis to a Chart 185 Add a Technical Analysis to a Table 185 Add Columns to the IOI Client Window 103 Add columns to the News Window 128 Add to Favorites 67 Adding and Removing Panels 111 Adobe Acrobat Reader 13 Advanced Features 315 Advanced Listed Configuration 272 Advanced Nasdaq Configuration 271 Alarms See TAL Alarms Alerts See TAL Alerts Annotations 178 Add an Annotation 178 Change an Annotation 179 Delete an Annotation 179 AON 247 Arms Ease of Movement EMV 229 Auto Scale 176 Automation See Scripts Average Price Calculator Use the Average Price Calculator 308 Average Range 193 B Basket Order 242 BasketMinder 269 Advanced Listed Co
223. lipboard Set an Alarm for News o Click Alarm on the News menu to sound an alarm when a news story 1s sent to the News screen Printing News Print Stories Automatically 1 Click Automatically Print Stories on the News menu 2 Double click the headline of the story you would like to print The story will print Configure and Print a Story Group 1 Click Setup Print Schedule on the News menu The Scheduled Story Configuration dialog box appears Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 129 F Hint To delete a Story Group click the group you would like to delete Click Remove The group is deleted To delete a story in a group click the Group that contains the story you would like to delete Click the Story in the Selected field Click Remove The story is deleted Page 130 Scheduled Story Configuration l Story Groups New O Cancel Current Group Source Page MEM Selected Remove Move Up Move Up Move Down Down Print Tao Fie EATA news tt EATA nes TALS neve txt Page Break After Each Story Start Printing at 04 00 HH Mh Scheduled Story Configuration Dialog Box 2 Click New to add Group 2 or to create a new group Group 1 is already available by default The new group number will appear in the Story Groups field Type the source code of the story in the Source field 4 Type the page number of the story in the Page field 5 Click Add The Sour
224. ll be passed along with each order placed and can be used in the order history window to distinguish orders placed from different baskets 2 To buy sell the specified quantity of baskets based purely on the weights click the Delta option button The Delta text box will activate 3 Type or select a multiple of the weight See note OR 4 To use your current position to determine how much to buy sell click the Target option button The Target text box will activate Note The Target model targets the number of shares you wish to own of a specific stock It looks at your current position and then buys sells accordingly For example your weight is 100 for MSFT and you currently have 150 shares of MSFT If you choose a Target of 1 the system will sell 50 shares to equal the 100 share weight for MSFT The Delta model is a multiplier of the weight It purchases or sells based on the weight of a symbol regardless of your current position 5 Type or select the number of baskets you wish to own 6 Click Recalculate The Execute Basket button will activate and the system will calculate the cost of the basket 7 Click Execute Basket The system places the basket order Limit Market Exposure You can limit the cost of your basket There are two ways you can choose to limit the cost of your basket Partition Rows or Slice Shares The Partition Rows feature fills the order starting with the most expensive symbol to the leas
225. lt Servers Determine what server will supply data to your RealTick program This will affect all of RealTick Chapter 4 Basic Features 1 Click the Control Menu on the left corner of the RealTick title bar 2 Click Set System Defaults The Set Defaults dialog box appears 3 Click Servers The Select Servers dialog box appears Service Machine Available Server Machines Positions SOLSAY Attributes of Group Current Machine in Group LEVEL2 QUOTES 63 75 61 45 Select Server Dialog Box 4 Click Price from the Service list The names of the servers appear in the Available Server Machines list Click the machine you want as the default from the Available Server Machines list Click Make Default The system saves the default Click OK The system closes the Select Server dialog box Changing the Display of a Window Change the window font and color to help better display data Most windows contain a standard Windows Font and Color dialog box where you change the display However some windows with more complicated graphical displays have their own color configuration screens where multiple colors attributes can be specified at the same time See Chapter 5 for more information or visit the online help Chapter 4 Basic Features Change the Window Color of a Window This is the standard procedure for all the windows in RealTick l Click Colors on the window menu A standard Windows Colo
226. me statement and annual balance sheet Chapter 4 Basic Features Page 65 a ded To Paves Fat Foreimibers Might Hiraber Page 66 Favorite Description Create a Web Browser with Zack s web site displaying the brokerage research data for a period other than the current day for a future or past date Create a Web Browser with Zack s web site displaying the brokerage s research data of a particular industry Create a Web Browser with Zack s information displaying the top surprises in the market for the current day Market Guide Create a Web Browser displaying the stock reports and ratio reports for a specific symbol TAL TraceRoute This program tests your connectivity speed Use when RealTick seems slow Open a Favorite 1 Click Favorites on the RealTick menu bar Earnings Calendar Industry Search Earnings Surprises 2 Move your mouse to the favorite you want to open 3 Click the favorite The window appears Create a Window Using the Chain Symbol Lists 1 Click TAL Chain Symbol List on the MarketMinder submenu of the Favorites menu The TAL Chain Listing window will appear 2 Click a symbol list and drag it to a window you would like to create The symbols are displayed in the window Using Your Own Favorites Create change and delete your own favorites in RealTick You can save a commonly used layout you create as a favorite For example if you often create a Marke
227. mp Save Data in a Table 316 Commodity Channel Index CCI 210 Conditional Order 242 Load a Conditional Order 259 Configure a Standard Basket Minder Order 270 Configure Column Layout 120 Configure the MultiQuote Window to View Your Account Balance 312 Configure the MultiQuote Window to View Your Positions 312 Configuring a Quote Source 143 Remove Data from a Specific Market Maker 145 View a Ticker from a Single Source 146 View Composite Data 144 View Data from a Specific Exchange 143 View Data from a Specific Market Maker 144 Configuring Quote Sources 150 Confirm All Trades 278 Connection Line 12 Connectivity Problems 319 Connectivity Provider 12 Control Menu 25 Convert Currency 117 Copy a Trend Line 181 Copy News Data for Another Application 96 Copy Time amp Sales Data for Another Application 152 Copying News 129 Corporate Actions 93 Corporate Actions Menu 44 Corporate Actions Search 94 Create a Bid Hot Key 290 Create a Buy Hot Key 287 Create a Cancel Orders Account Hot Key 293 Create a Cancel Orders Symbol Hot Key 292 Create a ChainMinder 116 Create a Chart 167 Create a Close Position Account Hot Key 294 Create a Close Position Symbol Hot Key 293 Create a Forex Window 97 Create a MarketMaker Window 104 Create a new MultiQuote 125 Create a News Alert 132 Create a Page 53 Create a Page Hotkey 58 Create a Position MarketMinder 305 Create a Sell Hot Key 289 Create a
228. n Favorites Window and Help Whenever a window 1s selected RealTick displays a menu option on the menu bar next to the Design menu that only applies to the selected window This menu is referred to as the Function menu For example if you choose Chart from the Design menu the Chart menu appears RealTick Untitled Page Design Favorites window Help RealTick Menu Bar without Chart Menu RealTick Untitled Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help RealTick Menu Bar with Chart Menu The following table describes the complete menu bar on the RealTick window Menu Command Functionality Open Displays the Open Page dialog box where you can choose a page to display Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 25 Menu Command Functionality Save As Displays the Save As dialog box where you can name and save a page not yet saved or to rename a saved page Saves any changes you made to a page Page Manager Displays the Page Manager dialog box where you can rename re order add delete and open pages Next Page Navigates through pages Or Previous Page Print All Prints all the windows on the RealTick page Print Screen Displays the Print Configuration dialog box where you can configure the print job or save the window capture as a Bitmap Design Script Displays the Script Design dialog box where you can create a script Opens a RealTick Script file Hides the toolbar Design Toolbar Hides the D
229. n menu the Select Account screen will appear Select the account you would like to view its positions and balances Page 312 A MQ ACCOUNT INFO Account detail mgt lt TAL TEST BONINI DEMO gt Overnight Market Value 10 96900 Overnight Positions Overnight Equity 21 358 00 Pos Overnigt Owernicht hiarnin 11112 7n E 3200 A 100 Opening Excess Equity 10 245 30 200 Credits H L Temporary credit 0 00 100 Overnight margin 0 00 00 Debits 200 Scalped Loss 0 00 500 Intraday marqin 0 00 Pending margin 0 00 Available Equity 10 399 30 Profits do not get applied to available equity Buying power is twice available equity Account detail mqt Layout e MQ ACCOUNT INFO Account Info Top MQT lt TAL TEST BONINI DEMO gt Account 32012346 Available Equity 1037630 Closed P_L 0 00 Account INFO Top MQT Layout Configure the MultiQuote Window to View Your Positions 1 Click MultiQuote on the Design menu The Open screen will appear 2 Click Account detail mqt to view your positions and account balance Configure the MultiQuote Window to View Your Account Balance 1 Click MultiQuote on the Design menu The Open screen will appear 2 Click Account Info Top MQT to view your positions and account balance Select an Account View your positions and account balance in another account 1 Click Select Account on the MultiQuote menu The system
230. nalysis and direct access trading merging information and utility to give you infinite trading insight Therefore you can take fast action on market opportunities as they happen Who Uses RealTick RealTick is a robust application meeting the needs of many different types of traders all over the world including Individual Traders Broker Dealers and Institutional customers With the flexibility of RealTick for example an Institution can notify another Institution of a large order they re considering placing a Broker Dealer can keep track of a customer s account and an Individual trader can trade with RealTick through his her Broker Dealer How Does RealTick Work RealTick is a highly configurable tool that requires access to servers data and features These are assigned to you by your administrator When you launch RealTick you are presented with a login dialog box where you enter your user name domain and password The system then notifies RealTick who you are and what servers data and features of RealTick you are authorized to use Your RealTick may connect to quote servers for quotes and charts news servers for news and trade servers for placing orders and receiving execution reports RealTick communicates with each of these servers in real time to give you the most accurate and up to date information available Page 6 Chapter 1 Introduction What Can I Do With RealTick With RealTick you can monitor the
231. ndow Set an Alarm for Updates You can have the MarketMakers window alert you when the quote data changes for a stock o Click the Alert on Updates option on the MarketMaker menu The system displays a check mark next to the option When the quote data changes the system will sound an alarm Configuring Quote Sources You can include or exclude ECNs and Market Makers to focus on who is influencing the price movement or as part of your trading preference View Data from a Single Source Remove the ECN books to help reduce the amount of data you are receiving 1 Click Quote Sources on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 107 Page 108 Quote Sources to Display Ea Market Maker Data HASDAG Stock Quotes Show All Quote Sources f Show All Cancel roo ora C ECN Only Exclude ECNs i Custom Select Quote Sources Archipelaga Island Regional Quote Sources All RECI Book TAL Match Exchange Select Exchanges Quote Sources to Display Dialog Box 2 Click the Show Selected Sources Only option button 3 Choose a source from the Quote Source list 4 Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window View Data from all Sources View all the markets 1 Click Quote Sources on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box 2 Click the Show All Quote
232. ne page to another Popup to Child Click Popup gt Child to return Web Browser to a Real Tick page Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 43 Menu Command Functionality Corporate Actions Menu Setup Displays the Corporate Actions Setup dialog box where you can modify the Corporate Actions window Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can choose the font Background Color Displays the Color dialog box where you can choose a standard or custom color for the background Menu Command Functionality TAL Alarms Menu Setup Displays the Alarm Setup dialog box where you can modify TAL Alarms Display Alerts Displays the TAL Alerts dialog box where you can create change delete and turn off an alert Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the font Clear Clears all the quotes displayed on the window Menu Command Functionality Indications Menu Setup Displays the IOI Setup dialog box where you can modify the IOI Client window Show Order Entry Add Order Entry fields Screen Detail for IOI Display the details for a specific indication listed in the IOI Client window Page 44 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality Favorites Menu Add to Favorites Displays the Save Favorite As dialog box where you can name configure save and add the window to the Favorites list Edit Favorites Displays the Edit Favorites dialog box where you can choose a favorite
233. nfiguration 212 Advanced Nasdaq Configuration 271 Basket Quantity Execution 273 Configure a Standard Basket Minder Order 270 Customize Order Parameters 272 Limit Market Exposure 274 Setup the Basket Order Entry Window 269 BBO 239 Best Fit 61 BID 240 Bollinger Bands 194 Bottom Fisher Scan 327 Page 331 Bump Hot Key 297 Buy from the Order Entry Screen in Order Book 253 C Calculate Volume Weighted Average Price 138 150 Canceling Orders 275 Cancel Using Cancel Now 277 Cancel Using Cancel Order 277 Confirm All Trades 278 Quick Double Click Cancel 276 ChainMinder 116 Change a Column in a Table 141 Change a Favorite 67 Change a Series in a Chart 174 Change Order Action Hot Key 297 Change the Color of a Price Tier 114 Change the Color of Indications 102 Change the Column Layout 119 306 Change the Display of a Chart 171 Change the Display of a Table 140 Change the Price Display 137 Absolute 137 Differential 137 Percent Change 137 Ratio 137 Change the Server for a RealTick Window 72 Change the Spin Button Defaults 280 Change the Table Display 123 Change the Type of Chart 169 Change the View of the Fixed Page News Window 96 Go Back 96 Maximize Story Window 96 Split Window 96 Change the Window Color of a Ticker 146 Change the Window Font for Market Minder 122 Change Your Password 51 Chart 164 Absolute 169 Page 332 Add a Symbol to an Existing Chart 168 Add a
234. ng a Chart Vertical Zooming on a chart expands the vertical scale 1 To expand the vertical scale press the Page Up key from your keyboard repeatedly 2 To contract the vertical scale press the Page Down key from your keyboard repeatedly Enlarge a Chart Region The Zoom Tool enables you to zoom in on a specific region of your chart The system magnifies this area to fill the entire Chart window You can restore the chart to its original size by changing the scale in the Chart Scaling dialog box 1 Click Zoom Tool on the Chart menu The cursor changes into a magnifying glass 2 Hold down the left mouse button and draw around the area you want to enlarge 3 Release the left mouse button The system fills the Chart window with the selected area Restore a Chart to Original Size o Press F7 The Chart will restore to its normal size View the Statistics in a Chart The Info Tool is the default tool for charts This arrow shaped tool enables you to see the numeric details of your chart When you choose the Info Tool the system displays a statistics window in the Chart window when you hold down the left mouse button On an intraday or daily chart the statistics box displays the price data open high low and close the active studies corresponding to Page 177 Info Tool R Annotaion icon F Hint To display an annotation move the mouse over the annotation and click it Page 178 each symbol and t
235. nly American Stock Exchange lus BSE b Boston Stock Exchange Cancel LIN ic Cincinatti Stock Exchange CSE m Chicago Stock Exchange HN r5 r New York Stock Exchange INS o Inetinet PSE p Pacific Stock Exchange NAS a National Assn of Security De Select Regional Exchanges Dialog Box 2 Click the Show Selected Exchanges Data option button 3 The system activates the list field Page 143 4 Click the exchanges from which you would like to see data displayed Hold down the CTRL key to choose more than one exchange 5 Click OK The system closes the dialog box and redisplays the Ticker window View Composite Data 1 Click Exchanges on the Ticker menu The system displays the Select Regional Exchanges dialog box 2 Click the Show Composite Data option button 3 Click OK The system closes the dialog box and redisplays the Ticker window View Data from a Specific Market Maker 1 Click Setup on the Ticker menu The Setup Ticker dialog box will appear 2 Click Show Level 2 Quotes in the Level 2 Data box The Exclude Size Changes check box will activate Click Exclude Size Changes 4 Click OK 5 Click NASDAQ Quote Sources on the Ticker menu The Quote Sources to Display dialog box will appear Quote Sources to Display Market Maker Data NASDAQ Stock Quotes O Show All Quote Sources f Show All Cancel NO b ECN Only Exclude ECNs Custom Quote Sources Archipelaga
236. nnnnnss 139 Chansine he Display of Tables idas 140 Chance the Display ofFr Tables tata lacio decae el but ta de ts ee dl al 140 Changes Column ma Table 141 LIKE dad 142 Bio ca e AAA A naan celta eee a 142 Configuring a Quote SOULCE cooooocooccoocooaooooanno aaa 143 View Data fron a Specie EXCUSA a 143 View Composite Data css a eee Nee nel ioe de rl a ib 144 View Data from a Specific Market Maker oooooccccccnncnnncnononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 144 Remove Data from a Specific Market Maker oocccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnninnnnnnnoss 145 View a Ticker from a Single SOuUrCe ui 146 Changing the Display of a Ticker ks Sistas cornet dd 146 Change the Window Color of a TicCker cccccccnnncncnnnnnnninininnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnananannnananannn 146 LIME SALES ll ds acne ea ios 147 Create a Time and Sales Rep Ea 148 COn Onen OUOIE CUCA aeaaemnenbens 150 view Data fiom selected Exe bante S siensia T 150 View Composite Exchange Dalias 150 Usne TIMER Sales dr SS 150 Calculate Volume Weighted Average Price oocccccccccccnccncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninnns 150 Edit data ina Tier Sales Wind Wasi ardillas didnt cda 151 Copy Time amp Sales Data for Another Application cccccccccnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnn 152 Configuring the Display of Time de Sales c n 132 Contents Page vii Change the Print Color for Times amp SaleS oooooooooonooooooccnncnnnnncnononnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoos 152 P
237. nnnononnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 171 Change the Display of a Chart oooooooonnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 171 ChansSesa entes ima Chart elias e de ll e dl la ls ds ore Si de 174 Hide the Chart Tithe LEA A AS E eal oy 175 VIeWwmo DOIG TN CA dais 175 eA ET a R EEA ac T tiene rts wi ent E E N 175 Options to Scale aC hari nienia a e iea 176 Quickescalo NAR eaa isis 176 Move Afrouiid TVE A A AA 177 Vertical 7 OOmMn ACA cd 177 mlaroe a Chari REN iio 77 Restore a Chart to Oro 1mal SiZ ermanno nn cee to A ean ot eta ca 177 View the Statistics Ma C haft apa 177 View a Statistic at a Specific Position on a Chart ccccccsessssssssssssssesssesseeseneees 178 OSME ANNONA ONS oi EA Got rani See tie ae 178 Addar AMM ON O di Meese dicaetoniedsavchdaanidlle 178 Page viii Contents Change amsAnmOta On sical haat a ehh cate ah el a Se 179 Delia Anota entrances renee APM o nme Ort eee At at Orr eran tica 179 Osna ATENU LOS AA A tl rare 180 Drow a Trend isaac 180 Movo a Trend LS ads dd dali 181 Move Group ol Trend Emnmesus ad sd 181 Copy Trond Lieren a Wescdecaueoenesecaeneas 181 Rosea Trend E rasa i E E TE O ES 182 Delta Trond ne aldea 182 OSO T VOL TICS EERE E sue nelle ar T ET AAE 182 Addin Biv Ot EINES a id 183 SV COGS Gate cne itil A ae es Ri eae al ae taal DE eae ies 183 Createra Chart Multiplier do iaa 183 TECHNICAL ANALY SIS ouiin aei tt 183 SAAVAD TA A A NE 184 Adda Technical Amal ysi
238. no 3 MANU DM ii Aik E 4 Online Hal asustan asustan suas Y 4 CORTEX Sens UNE FICID ras 5 BAS Pe o G TEN 5 CHAPTER INTRODUCTION ciiis a e 6 WELCOME TOR EAL LICK a a i 6 IIS INS epee ea aot ties A N 6 How DOCS RCO TCI VOR sri tc i ica 6 What Cand Do WIRE a ai 7 PERMISSION ral said 10 CHAPTER 2 REALTICK INSTALLATION o occcccconoconoccnocconoconoconoccnnoconoconoccnnoconoconoccnnocnns 11 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS tas llas 11 Hardware RequirCinents sais 11 Internet Requirements sl id ci Fa Screen Display Requirements A ES 12 DON It eee RT eon te cido da ea ll aa Di pio al Dee hr 12 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES dat a 13 Download Installation from RealTick com occcooccnnnnioccnnniccnnnnocnnnnoconanicnnnnoconuniconanoso 13 A AA AN 16 NES IAS TAC aba daa Iz CHAPTER 3 GETTING AROUND IN REALTICK ooccnoccnnoconoconoccnncconoconoconcconoconocono 20 WINDOWS FEATURES IN REALTTCK ocooncccnoncccnnnncccnonaccnnonaconnnnarononancnnonaconannanonons 20 CO AAA A rads ee eae 20 Chance the Widh 0t a Colmillo 21 RIEN MOUSE DULION E A A e ES 21 IFOPEDO WI LISIS A A Sicha Aaa ee IR 24 OPLO UON S a dd a as ds ha 24 Real LICK COntrol Mel A a e e 29 BREA TCR IVE NODAR na A E E O E E 25 REACTICK TOOLBAR roinn E 46 REALTEK STATUS DAR ena a dis 48 Contents Page iii CHAPTER 4 BASIC BEA TURES sisi ciscsasaessesiacsstesccassvsscseosaasesesasesdecestencsasenonsesanasasssoneseeuess 50 STARTING REAL TIOS a 50 LOS COM LOR G
239. nocononnninncininininnns TI SECAS PAG C25 eset EE ta dada 78 SEL Pare HO Ke Sud ii di ads 79 Set the Price Display tor Real Tick ai 79 Set rase a SAA ee ec een ee ante emt eeteae 80 pen General Real Vick ODIOS cele dc ss arcsec rain ale ca dea ts 80 la ten 0 saci lates tts deat fen ite a e ela as 80 CHANGING THE DISPLAY OF A WINDOW divisasscanisantssnctsetbectecanweeatariangetdeskventacteannades 81 Change the Window Color of a Window ccccccccncccncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnananannnnnns 81 Chance thie Window PAL io 82 CHAPTER 5 GATHERING MARKET DATA cssssssccsssssscccssssscccssssssccscsssssseeees 84 MATE ALARMAS tido ENE 84 A nen cee ete ee ae Senne nr a ener me ee ee re eed eee 85 Add a Sound Alert to an AlarM ooocccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnss 88 FALAIT td asbaueesuae wees 59 DE AAA O antagss teal leecetneagsilentlcaeeae 89 Create an Aleit A aduese cali gadatde teal uieendande wicalnedadad ules uads 89 TV an Aleta a ta te 92 Turn OF a Beepin OA lamin iia 92 Drag and drop a symbol from Tal Alerts ooooocccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoos 92 CORPORATE ACTION Stilton ci ea 93 Performa Corporate Actions Ear 94 PLXED EAGELNEWS iaa 94 VISIO aen T T 95 Searc D TOR a NEWS SOY urane a let less hcg AE aE 95 Copy News Data for Another Application cccccccccccnnnccnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnninnnnninininanananananns 96 Change the View of the Fi
240. ns 312 Create a new MultiQuote 125 MultiQuote Menu 40 Save the MultiQuote Window Layout 125 Select an Account 312 My Order 106 N NASDAQ Stock Quotes View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources except ECNs in MarketMaker 109 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources in MarketMaker 108 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from ECNs only in MarketMaker 109 Navigate in a Web Browser Window 159 Navigate News 128 New Kid on the Block Scan 327 Newest at Top 129 News 126 Add columns to the News Window 128 Auto Request Stories 128 Copy Headlines 129 Copy Story 129 Newest at Top 129 News Headlines 126 News Menu 31 News Stories 126 Open a Story 127 Page Down 129 Page Up 129 Printing News 129 Search for stories about a symbol 127 Set an Alarm for News 129 View Last Story 129 View News Stories 127 News Alert 132 Close a News Alert 133 Create a News Alert 132 News Headlines 126 News Stories 126 Now 248 O Offer 240 On Balance Volume OBV 227 Open a Favorite 66 Open a Link 159 Open a Page 53 Open a Story 127 Open a Web Browser Window 158 Open Interest OI 227 Open TAL Alerts 89 Open the Page Manager Dialog Box 55 Operating System 11 Option Buttons 24 Order Book 250 313 Order Entry Menu 42 Order Entry Screen MarketMaker 250 Page 337 Stocks 253 Turbo Options 253 Order Entry Screen OES 250 Order Types 234 Basket Order 242 BBO 239 BID 240 Condition
241. nt of RealTick A popup window can move from page to page and or outside of RealTick This functionality is included with windows Ticker News FixedPage News MarketMinder MarketMaker Time amp Sales MultiQuote Order Entry and Web Browser Move a Window Outside of RealTick o Click Child gt Popup on the window s function menu The window will become independent of RealTick and the window s function menu will disappear Move a Window Back to RealTick o Click Popup gt Child on the window s function menu You can only access the window s function menu by right clicking the window The window will return to RealTick Linking Windows When you link windows you can enter a symbol in one window and RealTick will update the linked windows with the same symbol For example you might link the MultiQuote window to a Chart window and a News window When you enter a symbol in the MultiQuote window the Chart window will build a chart for the symbol and the News window will show headlines about the same symbol The Links option is available in MarketMinder and MultiQuote Link RealTick Windows 1 Click Links on the MultiQuote or MarketMinder menu The Select Window to Link dialog box will open displaying the list of windows available for linking Chapter 4 Basic Features Servers Note See the Set System Defaults section in this chapter to learn how to change a server for all of RealTick Chapter 4 B
242. nual About This Manual This manual is intended to help you learn the features in RealTick version 7 6 It describes in detail the functionality of RealTick including order types and technical analysis It provides you with the decision support you need to trade effectively Sections in this Manual Chapter Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Installing RealTick Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Chapter 4 Using Basic RealTick Features Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chapter 7 Placing Orders Description This chapter provides a brief description of RealTick its users its capabilities and permissions This chapter provides installation procedures and describes the contents of the Townsend Analytics Ltd TAL directory This chapter describes the RealTick menu bar toolbar and status bar This chapter describes basic features in RealTick including how to log on change passwords TAL Mail print data load symbols and set defaults This chapter describes why and how to use certain RealTick features to monitor the market This chapter provides a special emphasis on Charts including Technical Analysis This chapter describes order types and why and how to use certain RealTick features to sell and purchase stock Page 1 Chapter Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances Chapter 9 Using Advanced Features
243. ny of the windows that offer Order Entry have a generic Show Order Entry hi Screen command Hint Click any market participant in the Level Note Press F7 on your keyboard to quickly open the Order Entry IT panel of the Screen MarketMaker window to i A automatically preference 1 Select Order Entry Screen from the Show Windows sub that participant for menu on the MarketMakers menu routes that support The system displays the OES screen preferencing such as S e I ec t Ne e t an d A R C A Page Design MarketMaker Favorites Window Help 66 06 T 26 100 Ot Bid T 66 05 Ask 66 06 Vol 22894500 Bid 3 Ask 0 Spread 01 MSFT MICROSOFT CORPORAT Message Defaut time i El Volume Price Stop Price Vol Type pua Options Standard 1000 fes 97 fLmT y 65 75 Partial J Bid Offer Sine Route Expiration AccountType Heserye Art Short F Exempt Mini TALX zj fos Elfman A flO ir Mini 2 MONGOOSE CencetarmsFT J Conditional Order SA Cross BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices Q Price Type LMT gt Route TALX gt Expiration Day Volume Type Partial gt Account Type Margin gt MarketMaker Window 2 Select an OES layout Standard Standard 2 Mini Mini 2 or Full 3 Click the Market Maker of the price you want to sell The price appears in the Price field 4 Enter the amount of trade you want to sell in the Volume field Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 255
244. o the printer The Print to File field will enable 9 Type the file path in the Print to File field 10 Type the hours and minutes in the Start Printing at field of when you would like the stories sent to the file 11 Click OK The system saves the group configuration and schedules to send 1t to the file Add a Story to the Scheduled Print Jobs 1 Double click the headline text to request the story 2 Click Add Story to Print Scheduler on the News menu The system will print the story during the time you set in the print configuration Page 131 News Alert 9 F Hint You can load a symbol file See Chapter 4 for information concerning loading a symbol file Page 132 News Alerts are provided in a separately permissioned window in RealTick that pop up when news stories arrive from the News Server The News Alerts window is independent of the RealTick page Enter the keywords symbols or categories you would like to search in the News Alerts Configure window Headlines will appear as soon as they are received You may also set the type of headline information fonts sound and a special time out feature News Alerts EarthConnect Previews Financial ML Web Services at Microsoft Akula Software Announces Availability of myvorker 2 1 The New American Power Conversion Delivers Uninterruptible Power Supp AP Won t Spark PC Sales Clear Configure News Alert Window Create a News Alert 1 Cli
245. o Web Sites 159 Market Guide 163 Navigate in a Web Browser Window 159 Open a Link 159 Open a Web Browser Window 158 Page 344 Web Browser Menu 43 Zacks Brokerage Research Center 160 Weekly Chart 166 Williams Accumulation Distribution WAD 228 Williams Percentage Range R 216 Window Menu 45 Windows Features Close Button 20 Drop Down Lists 24 Maximize Button 20 Minimize Button 20 Option Buttons 24 Restore Down 20 Right Mouse Button 21 Window Border 20 Windows Features in RealTick 20 Z Zacks Brokerage Research Center 160 Annual Balance Sheet 160 Annual Income Statement 160 Company Profile 160 Consensus Estimates 160 Snapshot 161 Index
246. o the headline tree and set other parameters relating to the Fixed Page News display Copy Story Copy a story to the Windows Clipboard Maximize Story Maximize the story window Window Displays the options to print Setup Displays the Print dialog box where you can configure the print settings Font Displays the options to change the fonts and printer fonts for the headline list and the story window Headline Displays the option to change the font for the screen or for print Story Displays the options to change the font for the screen or for print Screen Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the display font Print Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the print font Colors Displays the Select Colors dialog box where you can change the display colors Close the Fixed Page News window Child gt Popup Move the Fixed Page News outside of RealTick or from one page to another Popup gt Child Return the Fixed Page News window to a Real Tick page Toggle Scrollbars Remove or restore the scroll bars to the Page 34 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality Split Window Display the headline tree and the story panel at the same time Menu Command Functionality Forex Menu Setup Fields Displays the Setup Forex dialog box where you can select the exchange rate information to be displayed Note The Fonts you choose here apply to the Forex window and will Setup Currencie
247. of periods and the price series are adjustable Rate of Change Parameters Series RCP Period E Cancel Help ferelenaton Remo Rate of Change Parameters Box The following table lists the Rate of Change in Prices parameter defaults Value Default The following picture displays a chart with a rate of change in prices study Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 207 Page 208 RealTick Untitled Al ES Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help ase 2 mles 7 Q Fl ag R i PAra MICROSOFT CORP Hal ES BONINISSBDEMO 00D Prices QUOTES 12 59 24 Rate of Change in Prices Study Volatility VO Volatility as used in technical analysis is a momentum type measure of the range of prices over a given time period The maximum price change experienced is a measure of risk For Statistical measure of variance and standard deviation see Moments RealTick displays volatility and volatility ratio Volatility is the difference between the highest price and the lowest price experienced over period n Formula VO H L VEUEN Description Highest price occurring over period n P The lowest price occurring over period n Reference Kaufman Perry The New Commodity Trading Systems amp Methods Irwin 1987 Parameters The only parameter in the volatility indicator is the period The period length can be changed in the volatility parameters dialog box Cha
248. of printing out Charts at the beginning or end of the day or for cycling through pages as part of a demo Designing Design a Script 1 Click Design Script on the Page menu The Script Design dialog box will appear Chapter 9 Using Advanced Features Chapter 9 Using Advanced Features Script Design Untitled E a Save pave Ag Script File pa Script IN ES E ngert gt PrintPage default 04768 Append gt 4 Prints creen default2048 768 Append gt a Repeat default2048 b80e SetDelayT ime defaultBD0 600 Replace gt 5 waltFor detaultS00600oe WaitL ntil Start Page o Delete gt o Delete gt D eleteFile Filedl ame Close Close amp Execute Cancel Help Script Design Dialog Box 2 Select a command from the Commands box 3 Click Insert The command will appear in the script file If you choose Open Page PrintScreen SetDelayTime WaitFor or WaitUntil you will have to enter a parameter in the Parameters box before inserting the command into the script Note The Parameters box will change to the Seconds box or Time box depending the command you choose 4 Select the next command from the Commands box 5 Click the Append button Note The Append button will enter the command after the last command The Insert command will enter the command first in the Script box 6 Continue selecting the commands from the Command box until you have completed your script
249. ogram renames the page and displays the Page Manager dialog box 6 Click OK The program saves all changes and closes the Page Manager dialog box Delete a Page The Delete function allows you to remove a page from the Page Manager s list When you delete a page you have the option to delete the page from your drive as well 1 Click Page Manager on the Page menu The Page Manager dialog box appears Click the name of the page you want to delete 3 Click Delete The Remove Page from List dialog box appears Remove Page From List om Destroy Page Permanently No Cancel Remove Page From List Dialog Box 4 Click Yes to permanently delete the page Click No if you just want to remove it from Page Manager Page 57 Note Once you create a hotkey you must set the system defaults for hotkeys See the Setting System Defaults section in this chapter Page 58 Create a Page Hotkey Assign a page a hotkey for quick access You can type a letter and the page will appear You must set the system defaults for hotkeys See Setting System Defaults in this chapter 1 Click Page Manager on the Page menu The Page Manager dialog box appears Click the page you would like to assign a hotkey aa a Click Rename The Rename Page File dialog box will appear 4 Type the letter you would like to use for the hotkey in the Hotkey field 5 Click Rename The Page Manager dialog box appears with the
250. olumn 9 F Hint To delete a column click the column you would like to delete in the Selected Fields list and click Delete Page 306 Select Account Available Accounts 320 7 NT ABCD 7320123545 S20 TNT BCDE 3201 2346 320 TNT ABCD 332012345 S20 TNT BCDE 3207 2346 Cancel Select Account Dialog Box 2 Double click an account in the Available Accounts list field The system displays the chosen account in the MarketMinder window title bar Change the Column Layout RealTick is shipped with one or more column layout files for viewing positions You can modify the default layouts if you want to add new fields remove fields or change the order of the fields You can also add column totals to your PositionMinder so you can see your portfolio s net worth and watch it update over time 3 Click Configure Column Layout from the Column Layout Choices sub menu on the Market Minder menu The Column Layout screen will open Layout Options ie Available Fields Column Groups f Horicontelly Server Prices y Fixed Columns 1 4 C Vertically Cancel Table LIVEQUOTE y V Column Headers MV Column Footers lt lt Less Sub Type STOCK Selected Fields P amp L per share NETPOS Calculated amp L Tod Label Net Pos lt lt Add Delete gt gt P E Ratio Live Width 5 Decimals fo M ShowZeros Comma 1000 s F Color Code Compute Total Y Net Avg Pre
251. oment estimators Monthly Average AVG Variance VAR Standard Deviation SD Skew SKW and Kurtosis KUR For more information on statistical moments see any statistics or econometrics reference book Page 219 Mean For any study that allows you to set the period you can generate an average over the complete length of available data by setting the period to 1 This generates a single number which will appear on a chart as a horizontal line Moving averages are described separately in this chapter Simple autoregressive linear and exponential moving averages can be selected The autoregressive moving average allows you to include previous estimates in the current estimate The AR gives the weight to the previous period s estimate Monthly Average AVG Monthly average is only available for daily weekly and monthly charts and tables which use daily data This study has no parameters It is calculated by adding the data for each month then dividing by the number of days in the month The resulting numbers are displayed as a step chart Variance VAR Variance is displayed in the middle panel with its values shown on the right axis Variance measures the volatility or dispersion of the series Variance can never be negative Low values of variance indicate little dispersion Formula E VAR 1 n 1 5 P Ph t n i Where P a 1s the simple mean of prices over the period n RealTick also allows yo
252. omentum Oscillator MOM The momentum oscillator is the most basic oscillator It is the difference between two prices at a fixed time interval from one another Momentum is analogous to the slope of price relative to time A positive value of momentum indicates that prices are increasing A positive but negatively sloped momentum shows that prices are increasing but less rapidly Formula MOM F Pin VEUEN Description The price for the current period The price n periods ago Reference Kaufman Perry The New Commodity Trading Systems amp Methods John Wiley amp Sons New York 1987 Parameters The parameters for the momentum calculation can be changed in the momentum parameter box Page 196 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Momentum Parameters Seres Momentum Y olume Period E Cancel Acceleration Perad Help Momentum Parameters Box The following table lists the Momentum Oscillator parameters Value Default The following picture displays a chart with a momentum oscillator study RealTick Untitled Iof x Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help Intraday Left MSFT MICROSC FTC Al ae 15 Min 7 05 12 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 gt 000 Prices QUOTES Momentum Oscillator Study Acceleration ACC Acceleration is the difference between two momentum indicators Acceleration is analogous to rate of change If values o
253. on the RealTick Design menu The Minder Setup dialog box will appear x Minder Setup Symbol Chain EHan Type symbol Chain Banti Session E Symbols Orders Miscellaneous Minder Type Standard Chain f Positions Baskets Orders Cancel Orders to Show i Shom Oniy Order with Selected Status i Live Canceled on ieleted completed A Completed hanaged Andere Order Display Summa 0 Grandad Detail Other Filters Symbol Vol Type Price Type Expiration Order Tag m Preference Upposite Party Route Show Closed Positions in Position Minder Minder Setup Dialog Box 2 Click the Positions option button in the Minder Type section The Orders tab will appear 3 If you want your PositionMinder to show your closed positions as well as your open positions click the Show Closed Positions in PositionMinder check box This will allow you to see the closed positions contribution to P amp L 4 Click OK to exit the Minder Setup screen and open your new PositionMinder The information in the screen will update as you trade Select an Account View your positions and your account balance in another account 1 Click Select Account on the MarketMinder menu The system displays the Select Account dialog box Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances Page 305 Note Your account balance appears in the Totals row and P amp L Total c
254. on the top of the TAL Alarms window If you do not choose this option the system displays the newest data on the bottom of the window 18 Select the One Entry Per Line check box to display the values for each symbol on a separate line If you do not choose this option the system displays two symbols per line 19 Select the Verbose Mode check box to display the filter data you choose from the Filter tab It will display words like New High for or New Low for before each entry If you do not choose this option the system displays only the symbol name and the color coded price 20 Click OK The system closes the Alarm Setup dialog box and displays the TAL Alarms window Page 87 Page 88 Add a Sound Alert to an Alarm Use a sound alert to notify yourself when something occurs in the market 1 Click Setup on the Alarms menu 2 Click the Sounds tab on the Alarm Setup dialog box The Sounds tab will appear Symbol Selection Filter Parameters General Settings Sounds IV Use Sound Alert OK Cancel Help Alarm Setup Dialog Box 3 Click the Use Sound Alert check box 4 Click the ellipse button The Select Sound File dialog box will appear Select Sound File EE Look ir E Sounds e E E Files of type Way Files wav Cancel Select Sound File Dialog Box 5 Select the wav file 6 Click Open Zi The wav file path will appear in the field Chapter 5 Gatherin
255. onditional Orders E Select orders to restore Conditional If MSFT Last Price gt 67 60 Then Sell 1000 MSFT at Mark Discard All Load Conditional Orders Dialog Box 2 Click the Conditional order s you would like to load Click Load 4 Open the Order Book and the Conditional order s will be displayed The order s will sit in the Order Book until the condition is met Place a Reserve Order Reserve orders allow you to buy or sell large amounts of a security in increments so the whole amount being traded is not disclosed to the market Reserve orders are only available on ARCA This set of instructions uses the MarketMinder window Any window that offers Order Entry has a generic Show Order Entry Screen command and can place a Reserve order 1 Click Show Order Entry Screen on the MarketMinder menu The Order Entry screen will appear Chapter 7 Placing Orders RealTick Untitled Mi xl Page Design MarketMinder Favorites Window Help om mE a Os ES il Gs E Minder StandardDefault byw Symbol Last Change MoneyFlow Volume SNDXX 1605 46 LT 60 O O aan AOL 4318 T 48 62148991 10 216 800 _3_3_3_3_3_ 3 INTO 28 75 I 48 727 181 25 064600 S MSF Acct Type Symbol Expiration i MICROSOFT CORPORATION ba E Margin I Bid Offer Volume Rice Stop Erice Route Reserwe mE l Short Evert Yol Type r a rac gt SMSC E Corcora de 000 Price
256. orex menu The Setup Forex dialog box will appear Setup Forex Setup Forex Dialog Box 5 Choose the secondary columns 6 Click OK Page 98 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data The Forex window appears with the currency rates Using Currencies Convert a currency and monitor another currency you are using to trade Add a Currency 1 Click Setup Currencies on the Forex menu The system displays the Currency Menu dialog box Select Columns Available Currencies Selected Currencies GBP HED Cancel Currency Menu Dialog Box 2 Click the currency from the Available Currencies field you want to add 3 Click the add gt button The system moves the name of the currency to the Selected Currencies field 4 Click OK The system updates the Forex window Move Around in Forex The following table describes how to navigate a Forex window Scroll through the Move your mouse to the primary column right or left of a table heading depending the Page 99 Indications Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 100 To Then direction you would like to move and click Scroll through the Click the appropriate side of secondary column a secondary title until the desired column position 1s reached Scroll through fields Hold down the CTRL key and click the appropriate side of the secondary column The Indications server handles a FIX type messag
257. ot want RealTick to load a saved page when you start the program 4 Click OK The system saves the startup page setting and closes the Set Defaults dialog box Set Page Hot Keys When you assign a hotkey to a page you must set the system defaults for page hotkeys 1 Click Set System Defaults on the Control menu The Set Defaults dialog box appears Click the Page Hotkeys check box in the Pages box 3 Click OK The system defaults includes page hotkeys Set the Price Display for RealTick You can choose to display prices as fractions decimals or exponentially 1 Click the Control Menu on the left corner of the RealTick title bar 2 Click Set System Defaults The Set Defaults dialog box appears IE Sita e 3 Check Display Fractional Prices as LCD to reduce fraction Motta prices to the least common denominator For example 4 16 becomes 1 4 4 Check No Points or Carets if you do not want points or carets in prices For example if you choose this option RealTick will display 7865 instead of 7865 5 Click OK Note RealTick can The system saves the startup page setting and closes the Set automatically save Defaults dialog box your page before you shutdown If Save Page on Shutdown Chapter 4 Basic Features Page 79 Note You can change the server that supplies data to an individual window through the window s Setup dialog box It will only affect that window Page 80 Set Page Defaults
258. ou are selling the stock The system displays the Enter Conditional Order dialog box Enter Conditional Order xl Price Trigger e Symbol Data ltem Condition Price If MSFT Last Price gt 6411 16 Cancel E Time Trigger Espration Time AE C Dp Activation Ime 15 00 15 00 5umbol MSFT MICROSOFT CORP Buy Yolume Price Type Shon Erice 1000 84 11 16 al LMT Es 11 16 E Route Expires Size Type NES oe be Mira El Pret eed Trigger by User Deferred Order i Request confirmation when conditional orders are triggered Enter Conditional Order Dialog Box 6 Page 258 Choose the value you want RealTick to monitor from the drop down list in the Data Item field For example you can choose Last Price or Bid Chapter 7 Placing Orders 7 Choose the condition greater than less than equal to from the drop down list in the Condition field 8 Enter the amount you want to monitor in the Price field 9 Enter the amount of trade you want to buy or sell in the Volume field 10 Choose the volume type Partial or AON from the drop down list available in the Vol Type field 11 Choose the type of trade you want from the drop down list available in the Type field If you choose a Limit Order LMT you must enter a price in the Price field 12 Choose when you want this order to expire from the drop down list available in the Expiration field 13 Click the Buy button if you a
259. ough Equivolume Charting Dow Jones Irwin Homewood 1983 is another momentum indicator that combines price and volume Formula H L EMW con P P 1 00000 3 3 H VEUEN Description The current period s high price The current period s low price The previous period s high price The previous period s low price The current period s volume The measure is multiplied by 100000 Reference Colby Thomas and Robert Meyers An Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Dow Jones Irwin Homewood Illinois 1988 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 229 Page 230 Parameters A smoothed version of the EMV is available It is calculated as a simple moving average of the EMV The period length in the smoothed version is an adjustable parameter E lia Cancel Period Help Ease of Movement Parameters Box Default Unsmoothed RealTick Untitled Iof x Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 10 11 10 12 57 H pj i i A vas 55 T aiii ln orto A pl H 53 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 4 000 Prices QUOTES 09 44 59 Arm s Ease of Movement Study Money Flow FLO The Money Flow study combines price and volume information RealTick only calculates Money Flow for tick charts The value of the Money Flow study can be very high so there is a default multipl
260. owed by the symbol month code and year There are two wildcards you can use to search and Use these wildcards within the root of a symbol For example you know the Chapter 4 Basic Features Page 75 index root is preceded by a and followed by the symbol and X so perform a ticker symbol search using X A long list of indices will appear The searches for any type or number of characters 2 Symbol Search Pattern E Search Type Ticker Symbol Symbol Search Dialog Box The will search for one particular character For example you know the future root is preceded by and followed by the symbol month code and the year so perform a ticker symbol search using 1 A list of futures will appear 2 Symbol Search Pattern 1971 Search Type Ticker Symbol Symbol Search Dialog Box Month Code for Futures The following table includes the month codes used in a future root While the day session codes are the same for both TAL and PCQuote hyperfeeds the syntax for night aka Globex symbols is different Instead of using a different letter to indicate a Globex symbol PCQuote symbology adds a G to the end of the day symbol For example the TAL day symbol for the June 2001 Nasdaq 100 futures is the same as the PCQuote symbol NDM1 When it comes to the overnight however TAL uses NDI1 while PCQuote uses NDMI1G Service Bureau ae ee Pies ECOS ee Fe wf o Page 76 Chapter 4
261. ox to limit the values displayed on the TAL Alarms window This will enable the Minimum Price box to the right 11 Type the minimum value you want to display in the Minimum Price box or use the arrows The window will only display the equities that are equal to or higher than the value you enter 12 Select the Maximum Price check box to limit the values displayed on the TAL Alarms window This will enable the Maximum Price box to the right 13 Type the maximum value you want to display in the Maximum Price box or use the arrows The window will only display the equities that are equal to or lower than the value you enter Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 14 Type the minimum value you want to display in the Min High Count box or use the arrows It displays only the equities that are equal to or higher than the value you enter 15 Enter the minimum value you want to display in the Min Low Count box or use the arrows It displays only the equities that are equal to or lower than the value you enter 16 Click the General Settings tab The General Settings tab appears Alarm Setup Symbol Selection Filter Parameters General Settings Price Server defaut Display Options iY Newest Enty on Top One Entry Per Line lv Verbose Mode Alarm Setup Dialog Box 17 Select the Newest Entry on Top check box to display the values for the newest data on the first line
262. plit Window when the Change the screen into a split Maximize Story Window is not window selected Page 96 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Forex The Forex command gathers and displays detailed information about foreign exchange rates You can choose the currencies to track and the fields to display such as Bid Ask and Symbol B ES Forex Window When a symbol is not available for the reverse exchange rate RealTick calculates the value and inserts the original symbol preceded by a caret Forex information 1s displayed in primary and secondary columns Each row represents one currency Each primary column also represents one currency Within each primary column are secondary columns representing different information fields Ask Bid Close High Low Open Settle and or Symbol Each cell in the Forex table contains exchange rate information corresponding to the currencies in the row and primary column for the information field in the secondary column Create a Forex Window 1 Click Forex on the RealTick Design menu The Currency Menu dialog box will appear Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 97 Currency Menu Currency Menu Dialog Box 2 Accept or remove the currencies in the Selected Currencies field 3 Click OK A Forex window with all available currencies will appear Each currency pair will display only one column Last the most recent price 4 Click Setup Fields on the F
263. price and that may potentially trade higher than their average daily volume The detection point for the stock s initial volume and price increase is much lower than that of the Power Trade Scan so it finds stocks that are gaining interest from institutions or investors Gapper Scan Display stocks that are showing strength and momentum for a potential position trade after a major news event Bottom Fisher Scan Display stocks that have traded down for at least three sessions and are currently trading higher and signaling that a potential short term bottom might have been formed Sky Scraper Screen Display the stocks that have traded up for at least three sessions and are trading down from yesterday s close 10 Y Weeks Scan See which stocks are moving up and making a 53 day high on higher than average volume Use the 10 1 2 Weeks Scan for both long and short positions 9 1 2 Weeks Scan Identify downward moving stocks making a 47 day low on higher than average volume The 9 1 2 Weeks Scan can be used for both long and short positions Page 327 Access an Oz Scanner 1 Select the TAL Chain Symbol List on the MarketMinder favorite of the Favorites menu The TAL Chain Listing window appears A TAL Chain listing Miel Symbol Company Name x ETRBLITESHA N MSSKYSCAP N Oz NYSE Sky Scraper Sce MSSUSPECT N Oz NYSE Usual SuspectS ENOCKON N Oz NYSE Knock Down Se EEES N Oz NYSE 10172 Weeks 5 SWEERS H
264. pter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis olatility Parameters Sample Size 15 Cancel Help Volatility Parameters Box Defaults Period 15 RealTick Untitled ile Es Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help 2 11M 53m Sa Ele By P ES Ty lAa MICROSOFT CORP m 2s El ii A BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES 13 06 15 Volatility Study Volatility Ratio VOR Volatility ratio is measure of volatility or maximum price fluctuation presented in relative terms Unlike volatility it is not affected by the overall level of prices Volatility ratio 1s the difference between the highest high for a given time interval and the lowest low for the same interval divided by the lowest low for the same interval Formula VOR H LY L Page 209 Page 210 VEIE Description The highest price occurring over period n The lowest price occurring over period n Reference Colby Thomas amp Robert Meyers The Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Dow Jones Irwin 1989 Parameters The only parameter for volatility ratio 1s the period The period can be changed in the volatility ratio parameter box Yolatility Ratio Parameters Sample Size E Cancel Help Volatility Ratio Parameters Box Default Period 15 The following picture displays a chart with a volatility ratio study RealTick Untit
265. ptions Symbol Chain Chapter 4 Basic Features Load Symbols 21 x Look in E PARM E E laa CBOE Gold Index GOX sIF laa Dow Jones 10 MUT sIF a CBOE Internet Index INX sl fa Dow Jones Equity REIT DJR s a CBOE Mexico Index MEX sIf fa Dow Jones Industrial Average a CBOE Oil Index OIX sif Dow Jones Internet Commerc a CBOE Technology Index TXX sl a Dow Jones Transportation Imi a default slf a Dow Jones Utility Average DL Y Files of type Symbol List Files slf y Cancel hi Load Symbols Dialog Box 2 Click the symbol file you would like to open 3 Click Open The symbol file will open Search for Symbols 1 Select the type of security you are searching for in the Type drop down list For example you can search for a stock future or mutual fund Type lt ALL gt lt ALL Type Drop Down List 2 Select the exchange from the Exch drop down list Exch lt ALL gt Exch Drop Down List 3 Type a symbol pattern in the Pattern field Pattern fF Pattern field o Ifyou are looking for futures or futures options enter the future root preceded by a forward slash for example NG Page 73 o If you are looking for stock options enter the stock symbol for example IBM o Ifyou are looking for stock symbols enter the first few letters of the symbol followed by an asterisk for example IB 4 Click OK The symbols will load Sym
266. purpose is to provide a simple easy configurable layout for viewing RealTick windows It is possible to view your windows in any order by clicking the appropriate tab in the window display area Stocks windows are frequently part of fixed page installations of RealTick If you are using a fixed page installation you may have limited capabilities Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 133 RealTick Untitled A x v Page Design Stocks Favorites Window Help Stocks MSFT Minder iof ES Y Hint Right click a MSFT 6934 T 1 07 Vol 21293500 l Bid 169 34 Ask 69 35 Close 68 27 window in Stocks to High 69 73 Low 67 33 Flow 32141809 access its function Minder Chart News Symbol __ Last Change Volume MS BONINI SBDEMO 000 Prices QUOTES 11 35 59 MultiQuote Window View Stocks 1 Click Stocks on the Design menu The system displays the Stocks Setup dialog box Stocks Setup x General OF Symbol le UpperCase Wertical Tabs PETEN Cancel Tab Layout Load File Account Select Account Stocks Setup Dialog Box 2 Type the symbol in the Symbol field 3 Click the Vertical Tabs check box if you would like the tabs to display vertically as opposed to horizontally 4 Click the Load File button if you would like to open a preconfigured tab layout 5 Click the Select Account button to select an account 6 Click OK The system closes the dialog box
267. r Scaling 4 Click OK Real Tick prints the entire page Print RealTick Windows Print the RealTick windows without having to print the entire RealTick page This option will not print the Menu Bar or the Toolbar 1 Click Print Screen on the Page menu The Print Screen Configuration dialog box appears 2 Click RealTick Client Only from the Window to Print area Page 61 3 Choose your scaling option from the Printer Scaling area 4 Click OK RealTick prints the windows Print One Real Tick Window You can print one of the RealTick windows Click the window you want to print 2 Click Print Screen on the Page menu Printer Sealing The Print Screen Configuration dialog box appears en 3 Click Active Study from the Window to Print area Snap to Printer Choose your scaling option from the Printer Scaling area 5 Click OK RealTick prints the window Print the Windows Desktop You can print your entire RealTick page plus any other Windows applications you have open 1 Click Print Screen on the Page menu The Print Screen Configuration dialog box appears Click Windows Desktop from the Window to Print area 3 Choose your scaling option from the Printer Scaling area Click OK RealTick prints your Windows desktop Save a RealTick Picture as Graphic File In addition to printing a picture of a RealTick window you can save the picture as a bitmap 1 Click Print Screen on the Page menu The Print Screen Con
268. r View 295 Set Page Hot Keys 79 Hottrend 323 Day Summary 325 Display Hottrend 323 Link Hottrend 325 MarketMinder 323 I Include Exclude a Market Maker 110 Indication of Interest 100 Indications 100 Add Columns to the IOI Client Window 103 Change the Color of Indications 102 Indications Menu 44 View Details of a Specific Indications 102 Industry Search 161 Installation Procedures 13 Install Real Tick 16 Interact with Order View 295 Internet Requirements 12 Connection Line 12 Connectivity Provider 12 Services 12 Speed 12 Intraday Chart Hot Keys 168 IOC 248 K K Fast K 212 Knock Down Scan 326 Page 335 Kurtosis KUR 219 225 L Level II See MarketMaker Limit Market Exposure 274 Limit Order 234 Link a MarketMinder to an OrderMinder 310 Link Hottrend 325 Link Left and Right Axes 176 Linking Windows 70 Links to Web Sites 159 Load a Symbol File 72 Log on to RealTick 50 Logarithmic Scale 176 M MACD Oscillator CDO 205 Market Guide 163 Market Order 234 MarketGauge 329 Access MarketGauge 329 MarketMaker 104 Add a Price Tier 113 Adding and Removing Panels 111 Change the Color for ECNs 112 Change the Color of a Price Tier 114 Create a MarketMaker Window 104 Delete a Price Tier 113 Include Exclude a Market Maker 110 MarketMakers Menu 38 My Order 106 Set an Alarm for Updates 107 Set Route from ECN ID 107 Show Market Montage 112 Show M
269. r dialog box will appear Page 81 Note A window menu appears on the Menu bar after you have opened a window from the Design menu For example click MultiQuote on the Design menu and MultiQuote will appear on the Menu Bar You can access the Color command from this window menu Page 82 Color El ES Basic colors MI FMI Mar Mi FATE A E TE f A E A A A MD A O O AA Custom colors E it i i i E it i i pp Define Custom Colors gt gt Conca Color Dialog Box Select the color for the window background Click OK The window background color will change Change the Window Font Click Font on the window menu A standard Windows Font dialog box will appear Zx Font Font style Size Regular MS Serf 0 Palatino Linotype Romar Script Small Fonts O Symbol Aabhyy2z Script Wester Windows Font Dialog Box Choose the font style Chapter 4 Basic Features 3 Click OK The system updates the font style Chapter 4 Basic Features Page 83 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data TAL Alarms Note This window displays the highs and lows of intraday the current day Page 84 This chapter discusses different windows and tools in RealTick you can use to gather market data It will tell you the primary function of each window and how to use it Note Charts is discussed in Chapter 6 TAL Alarms displays data for the current day and or for the past
270. r window to an OrderMinder window that is filtering on symbol to build a stock specific order history window Note The 1 Link a StandardMinder to an OrderMinder StandardMinder should display symbols you used to place orders See Chapter 4 for more information on linking windows not vice versa Note You MUST link the StandardMinder to the OrderMinder 2 Type a symbol in the Symbol field on the Orders tab of the Minder Setup dialog box OrderMinder 3 Press Alt and double click a symbol in the StandardMinder window The symbol s order history will appear in the OrderMinder TicketMinder This is used in conjunction with Staged Order Tickets Display Ticketed Orders Monitor or display ticketed orders in the MarketMinder 1 Click MarketMinder on the Design menu The Minder Setup dialog box appears Minder Type Symbol Chain C Standard Chain C Positions Baskets Orders Tickets Cancel Symbols Orders Miscellaneous Order Display Tickets Summary aii ee C omplete Standard Detail Boe Other Filters Symbol Vol Type Price Type Route Expiration Order Tag Preference Opposite Party Show Glosed Positions in Position Minder Minder Setup Dialog Box 2 Click Tickets Page 310 Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances The Orders tab appears Click the Summary option button in th
271. rBook making canceling orders fast and easy 1 Click Setup on the Order Book menu The OES Setup dialog box will appear DES Setup Order Display Orders to Show i Show Only Orders with Selected Status Live Orders Completed Orders Completed Managed Orders Canceled or Deleted Orders Set Background Color E Price Server idefault C Summary Cancel C Standard Detail Cancel Full Detail Options 1 Pop Up on Order Fill iY Quick Double Click Cancels Pop Up on Place Order Pop Up on Place Conditional OES Setup Dialog Box 2 Click Quick Double Click Cancels 3 Click OK The OES Setup dialog box will close 4 Double click a pending order red text in the upper panel Chapter 7 Placing Orders Cancel Order Eg Order Details Buy 1000 MSFT at 64 20 on TALX Cancel Order Chapter 7 Placing Orders o If Confirm All Trades is not enabled a cancel request will be sent out immediately o If Confirm All Trades is enabled in the Warnings Confirmations tab of the Order Entry Properties dialog box a confirmation dialog box will appear 5 Click OK A cancel request will be sent Cancel Using Cancel Now 1 Right click a pending order red text in the upper panel The system displays the right mouse button menu 2 Click Cancel Now o If Confirm All Trades is not enabled the order will be canceled immediately o If Confirm All Trades is enabled in the Warn
272. rd Paste from Clipboard Child gt Popup Popup gt Child Favorites Add to Favorites Menu Command Functionality Displays the Market Making order entry panel Displays the Basket order entry panel Displays the Open dialog box where you can open a BasketMinder Displays the Save As dialog box where you can save a BasketMinder Copy information from the MarketMinder window to the Windows Clipboard Copy data from the Windows Clipboard into MarketMinder Move the MarketMinder window outside of RealTick or from one page to another Return the MarketMinder window to a RealTick page Access MarketMinder favorites Displays the Save Favorite dialog box where you can save a MarketMinder layout as a favorite MarketMakers Menu Setup Display Options Quote Sources Functionality Displays the MarketMaker Regional Setup dialog box where you modify a MarketMaker window Displays the Display Options dialog box where you change the font color and layout Displays the Quote Sources to Display dialog box where you select the quote Source Exclude Closed Exclude all closed quotes Chapter 3 Getting Around in Real Tick Menu Command Functionality Show Irregular Display all irregular trades Trades Alert on Updates RealTick will beep every time it receives an update from the server Show Windows Displays the window options you can display MultiQuote Remove or restore the MultiQuo
273. rder Entry Screen Ez Show Market Making Screen Shift F7 Show Basket Order Screen Y load Basket Save Basket Generate Basket From Positions Copy to Clipboard Ctrl c Paste From Clipboard Ctrl w Child gt Popup Favorites gt Minder Function Menu PA Select Generate Basket from Positions Y our positions appear in the BasketMinder Using MarketMinder Convert Currency Trade securities in a foreign currency 1 Click Set Default Currency on the MarketMinder window The Select Currency dialog box will open 2 Select a currency from the Currency drop down list 3 Click OK 4 Click Column Layout on the MarketMinder menu The Column Layout dialog box will appear 5 Select a price column in the Column list box The Convert Currency check box will activate 6 Click Convert Currency 7 Click OK The system converts the currency Page 117 Access the Alerts and Alarms Configure your alerts directly from the MarketMinder Right click a symbol to add it to your alert list or set a global alert for all the symbols in your watch list 1 Right click a symbol in the symbol column A pop up menu will appear 2 Click Show Alerts from the Alerts menu option The TAL Alerts window will appear Ed Minder StandardDefault bvw Add Symbol MSFT Add All Symbols Delete All Symbols Alerts Menu in MarketMinder o Add Symbol MSFT will add your symbol in the TAL Alerts Configuration dialog bo
274. rder to be executed The order will be executed at that price or better Page 234 Chapter 7 Placing Orders Note Stop Market orders are currently available on ARCA and ISI Chapter 7 Placing Orders Example Microsoft is currently at 69 You place an order to buy Microsoft at 68 or lower When the market hits 68 or falls below 68 the order will be executed eo e Stop Market Order With this order type you can decide a specific price at which you want your order to be triggered The order then turns into a market order and is executed at the market price Example You own 1000 shares of Microsoft at 72 The current price is 70 You place a Sell Stop Market order with a stop price of 68 A market order will be sent once the current price reaches or passes 68 Page 235 Stop Limit Order This is a limit order to buy or sell at the specified limit price if the specified stop price is reached or passed The stop price must be below above the current price if the order is a sell buy Note Stop Limit Orders are currently Example You own 1000 shares of Microsoft at 72 The current avilable ow ARCA price is 70 You place a Sell Stop Limit order with a stop price of 68 and a limit price of 67 A limit order at the price of 67 will be sent out once the current price reaches or passes 68 Trailing Stop A stop market order that follows trails the current price with a difference of t
275. re above 250 milliseconds ms you will have a problem using RealTick Reply from 198 207 140 207 bytes 32 time lt ifims TIL 126 Time Reply Time o Ifyou do not receive one of the four replies you will have a problem using RealTick You should receive a Request timed out error message o Ifyou do not receive any of the four replies there may be a firewall or you may not be connected to the Internet If this is the case you will need to perform an Internet connectivity test Perform an Internet Connectivity Test Test your Internet connectivity o Open a web page If you are unable to open a web page you are not connected to the Internet Contact your Internet provider If you are able to open a web page you will need to see 1f the connection is with TalTrade or with the Internet You will need to perform a Ping Internet Test Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Note A slow response from a later router may be due to a slow response from an early router Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Perform a TraceRoute Test Once a problem is established perform a traceroute test to see where the problem is originating This test works similar to a ping test but instead of pinging the end machine it pings each machine along the line three times 1 Select Run on the Start menu The Run dialog box will appear Run HE Type the name of a program Folder document or 7 Internet resource and Windows will open it for you
276. re purchasing the stock or click the Sell button if you are selling the stock 14 Click the Place Order button Note As conditional orders The system displays the Confirm Order dialog box are held in RealTick closing the application losing Note The Confirm Order dialog box will appear only if you select connectivity to the order Confirm All Trades on the Warnings Confirmations tab on the servers losing power and Order Entry Properties dialog box any other situation that prevents RealTick from 15 Click OK operating correctly will The system places the order with the exchange only after the result in the conditional order conditions have been met not to be triggered Contact your Broker Dealer if you Note If you close RealTick you automatically cancel the have any questions conditional order The order will NOT be placed You will have to load the conditional order when you restart RealTick Load a Conditional Order If you close RealTick while there is a Conditional order that hasn t yet been triggered you ll have to load the Conditional order when you restart RealTick if you still want to place the order 1 Login to RealTick The Load Conditional Orders dialog box will appear Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 259 Note By default the Show field and the Reserve field have the same volume Change each field separately or change the defaults in the Order Entry Properties menu Page 260 Load C
277. rice for a certain time period relative to the range over the same time This measure and smoothed expressions of it make up the family of stochastics This indicator was developed by George Lane Investment Educators P O Box 2354 Des Plaines IL Lane s four stochastics are selected as separate studies K D D Slow and D Averaged These four stochastics share parameters In addition RealTick offers Williams Percentage Range and the Relative Strength Index K Fast K Fast K measures the relative position of the close as the difference between the lowest price for the period and the close of the period This number is expressed as a percentage of the range for the period When creating K you must select the time period 1 e the number of intervals to include in the period Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Stochastic Parameters Or om Jo Carcel fp Hee ZE interval ZD interval Cancel 20 Slow interval 20 Avg interval Help Stochastic Parameters Box Formula K C L H L 100 VEUEN Description The following picture displays a chart with a K study RealTick Untitled ES 22155291008 2 m m 0 0 8 08 lo 7 0 MICROSOFT CORP z K P 1 4 BONINI SBDEMO O00 Prices QUOTES 13 31 51 K Study D Fast D A simple moving average of K is called D or Fast D When creating D you must select both t
278. ription Symbol name and what is displayed New High New Low for either intraday or 52 weeks Intraday new low Intraday new high 52 week high 52 weak low Create an Alarm 1 Click TAL Alarms on the Design menu The Alarm Setup dialog box appears Alarm Setup Symbol Selection Filter Parameterz General Settings Esch ALL gt En Type Stock Symbol File Alarms Setup Dialog Box 2 Click Symbol Criteria to choose the symbols to monitor 3 Click the Exch arrow and select an exchange 4 Click the Type arrow and select a security or load a Symbol File See Chapter 4 for more information on how to load a symbol file 5 Click the Filter Parameters tab Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 85 Page 86 Alarm Setup Symbol Selection Filter Parameters General Settings Filters M intraday High Select Color a Min High Count 2 I Intraday Low Select Color Min Low Count 2 52 Week High Select Color 52WeekLow Select Color Minimum Price 0 D Masimum Price 0 Alarm Setup Dialog Box 6 Select the Intraday High check box to display today s new high value 7 Select the Intraday Low check box to display today s new low value 8 Select the 52 Week High check box to display the new high value of the past 52 weeks 9 Select the 52 Week Low check box to display the new low value of the past 52 weeks 10 Select the Minimum Price check b
279. ross X 3 Click the left mouse button and move the mouse to resize the line Delete a Trend Line 1 Click Select Tool on the Chart menu The cursor changes to a target crosshair Move the mouse to the trend line and click the left mouse button 3 Press the Delete key from your keyboard to delete the trend line Using Pivot Lines The Pivot Point study works best in futures markets with a wide daily trading range high volatility The study uses the previous day high low close and open price to generate a pivot two support levels and resistance levels Today s Pivots are a function of yesterday s high low and close for a specific contract H Yesterday s High L Yesterday s Low C Yesterday s Close The five equations for the Pivot Lines are Red Line P H L C 3 Blue Line R1 2 P L Green Line 51 2 P H Yellow Line R2 P R1 51 Yellow Line 2 P R1 51 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Adding Pivot Lines o Click Pivot Lines from the Attributes sub menu on the Chart menu The Pivot Lines will appear Spreads With a chart multiplier you can compare stocks or futures spreads more accurately by using simple arithmetic equations For example 6325 HWP CPQ shows the spread between a potential M amp A between HWP and CPQ Also it may be necessary to delimit a ticker symbols with single quotes for example the symbol SPU1 would need to be delimited as SPU1 wh
280. row to the right of the field Data Pero MANATA Drop Down List for Data Period Field When you click on the down arrow a list of choices for the field appears Data Period Monthly Drop Down List for Data Period Field You can only choose the data available in the list for the field For example when you create a chart you must choose the type of chart you want to create from the list of options available Option Buttons Option buttons are either small round radio buttons or small square check boxes With the radio buttons you can only choose one of the options listed The chosen button contains a black dot Horizontal CC Fixed f Pixels Data Point Snap To Window Start ha 36 End 1176 00 Radio Button You can choose one all or none of the check boxes The chosen boxes contain black check marks Bar Graph M W Show Volume D Check Box Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick RealTick Control Menu The RealTick program contains a control menu in the upper left corner of the Title bar RealTick Untitled Restore Move Size Minimize O Maximize X Close Alt F4 Set System Defaults Server Monitor RealTick Control Menu You can resize the program window set defaults for all RealTick windows and check server status with the RealTick Control menu RealTick Menu Bar RealTick uses a Windows based menu bar The menu commands include Page Desig
281. rvals for a five day period Page 164 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Data Period Date Bar Interval RealTick Untitled an ENT CN melitas a sla MARTA naa ARA AMA MiCROSOFT CORP Intraday Leff MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 6 25 O x O x Close 21 70 69 68 67 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 aj Jl 000 Prices QUOTES Intraday Chart Data Period RealTick Untitled OX Page Degign Chart Favorites Window Help 2 Aa S EB m 0s 8 aa 8 8 Oy 7 04 MICROSOFT CORP O Daily Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP Close Day of Month 40 Apr May Jun I MICRO 5 0 FT CORP Date Open High Low Close YolumeMoney Fl 6 18 2001 67 95 67 96 66 01 66 88 28444800 175857 6 19 2001 68 21 68 85 66 85 67 32 31734500 92749C 6 20 2001 67 14 69 60 67 10 69 41 32055800 43320 6 21 2001 69 15 70 55 68 92 69 84 34806100 33832 6 22 2001 70 00 70 61 68 58 68 83 25546100 59310 6 25 2001 69 10 69 82 67 77 68 85 24609400 361190 ye Daily Chart 6 26 2001 67 82 69 10 67 70 68 52 16358400 42766 In a Daily Chart the time is displayed on the horizontal axis and the price is displayed on the vertical axis It displays data at day intervals for a particular time period Page 165 Data Period Year RealTick Untitled le Es Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help a Ea Sm ml les e
282. s QUOTES 13 23 05 MarketMinder Order Entry Screen 1 Acct Type i Magin Y Reserve Amt Short fl Erempt jv 10000 z Pref The Reserve Amount check box will activate Cancel All M Conditional Order 2 Select the trade route from the Route drop down list 3 Click the Reserve Amount check box The Reserve Amount field will activate 4 Type the reserve amount 5 Type the Show amount in the Show field 6 Click Buy if you are purchasing the stock or click Sell if you are selling the stock The system will buy or sell in increments of the Show amount up to the Reserve amount Place a Track Bid or a Track Offer Y This Order Type is only available with ArcaEx F Hint Use the 1 Click Show Order Entry Screen on the MarketMaker MarketMaker s My menu Order feature to know where your tracking order stands in relation 2 Select Track Bid to buy or Track Offer to sell from the Price to the rest of the book Type field The system displays the Order Entry panel Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 261 Page 262 P Y Standard Standard 2 Mini Mini 2 Full cross Price Type MKT Route TALX Expiration Day Volume Type Partial Account Type Margin Capacity I FF FF FF YP The system automatically selects Core as your expiration Trade Size Price Stop Price Vol Type Order Options gt 500 lt Sj Track Bid S Pata gt Bid Otter Route Expiration Account
283. s tora Oasis 185 Add a Technical Analysis to a Table oooocccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoninoss 185 Accessing the Parameters Dialog BOX oooccccccccccnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnss 186 TLC SI OIC A t 186 Movin A veraces MA ad 186 Moving Linear Regression MR Iaido 189 Upper Envelope Lower Envelope UP DN ooccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 191 OSCE A En 196 Momentum Oscillator MOMO ed o ee oes 196 e lerno ACE AAA A 197 Moving Average Oscillator MAO oooooocccccnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 199 Moving Average Momentum MAM ccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeseeeeeeeeeeess 201 Moving Average Convergence Divergence MACD ooooooooocccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 202 SEM LENE A ee eRe ae ent oR tres E eres are 204 MACD OS CiLGIOV CID Oise Or barren ai N 205 Rate of Change m Prices ROPA a taa 206 O 5 cee ect ears chek seein aa teeta A aren sleet aoectgade 208 Volat HY Rato MOR ociosa 209 Commodity Channel Index COl a ib 210 ONIS Oe aaa 212 IR FASE A pas T ton ate T E E E TE 212 EE ASE nD A A A cient eas ala Atala alas 213 LD ROW DS ist ll dd 215 NAVE O e ed as tle 215 SUOCM ASHES Parameters odian ito 216 Walliams Percentase Ran eR edinen Shek tenes dnt gi Sepals go St a 216 Relative Strength aos 218 MOETS SA as 219 UA O A 220 Monthly Average AVG aii 220 le renee 220 Standard Devia
284. s 4 Methods John Irwin 1988 Parameters The number of time intervals is a user defined parameter RSI Parameters Period Serez E Help Smooth Ups and Downs RSI Parameters Box Default Period 14 Smooth Ups and Downs RSI X U X U X D X This picture displays a chart with a RSI study Page 218 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis RealTick Untitled A ES De SES oe Gnome E S Py 1 0 RSI P 14 SS _ __ ao BONINIG29SBDEMO 0400 Prices QUOTES 14 17 34 Relative Strength Index Study Moments The moment estimators are displayed on the first second and third panels of the chart window depending on their values Moments are measures that characterize a distribution The monthly average is the first moment the measure of central tendency The variance is the second moment the measure of dispersion of the distribution The skew is the third moment the measure of departure from symmetry Kurtosis is the fourth moment the measure of the departure from normality in the thickness of the tails of the distribution Although not required a math coprocessor is highly recommended for calculations of moments A math coprocessor will speed up display of all studies There is also a way to average the data for any study that allows you to set the period For more information please see Mean RealTick offers five m
285. s Displays the Currency Menu dialog box be used by the printer if where you can select currencies ib AS Fonts Displays the Font dialog box where you can command l change the display font Colors Displays the Select Colors dialog box where you can change the display colors Print Preview View the Forex window as it will appear when printed Print Print the Forex window Toggle Scrollbars Remove or restore the scroll bars Menu Command Functionality TurboOptions Menu Setup Displays the Setup TurboOptions window where you can modify the TurboOptions window Exchange Displays the Select Regional Exchange window where you can specify the regional exchange Displays the Print dialog box where you can print the TurboOptions window Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the display font Displays the Select Colors screen where you Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 35 Note Normally the data in your TurboOptions window will be updated in real time The Refresh command is a manual override that forces an immediate refresh Page 36 Menu Command Option Root Info Show Order View Show Regional View Order Entry Properties Favorites Add to Favorites List of Favorites Menu Command Functionality can change the display colors Request new data from the Server Displays the Option Root Settlement Info dialog box where you can view information about each series avail
286. s all the transactions of a symbol during a particular trading day The Time amp Sales window displays one row for each transaction The eleven columns represent different types of data Price Volume Exchange Type Bid Bid Size Bid Exchange Ask Ask Size Ask Exchange and Condition The selection and order of these columns do not change Each major column displays the information for one symbol and each secondary column displays a type of information for that symbol such as last price previous close or time of last trade Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Page 147 y Y Hint To create a new Time amp Sales window drag and drop a symbol in the window Page 148 Page Design Time t Sales Favorites Window Help RealTick Untitled 5 16 2001 5 16 2001 6 16 2001 6 16 2001 5 16 2001 5 16 2001 5 16 2001 6 16 2001 5 16 2001 6 16 2001 6 16 2001 5 16 2001 5 16 2001 5 16 2001 5 16 2001 MICROSOFT CORP Time amp Sales Window The Time amp Sales window features numerous colors If you use the default setting for your color scheme each color has a different meaning Color The trade was based on the bid price Description Exch Type Trade Trade Trade Trade Trade Best Bid Best Ask Best Bid Best Ask Best Bid Best Ask Trade Trade Best Bid Best Ask The trade was based on the ask price The trade was between the bid and ask price Create a Time and Sales Report l Click
287. s displays your connection Server Button The Server Button opens the Select Server dialog box where you can select the server you would like to point to Time The Time displays the time in hours minutes and seconds Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 49 Chapter 4 Basic Features This chapter discusses the basic features of RealTick including TAL Mail Starting RealTick When you purchased RealTick your RealTick vendor should have supplied you with a user name domain name and password to log on to RealTick Once you re in RealTick you can change your password RealTick icon Log On to RealTick ah 1 Select RealTick from the Start menu ou The Enter Your User Information dialog box appears ASES TAL TRADING TOOLS User Name JOHNSMITH Domain Name TRADE Password i Change Password Cancel Enter Your User Information Dialog Box 2 Type your name in the User Name field 3 Type the domain name supplied to you by your RealTick vendor in the Domain Name field NOTE After the first time you log on to RealTick you will only need to type your password Note Your password 4 Type your password supplied to you by your RealTick vendor in is case sensitive the Password field 5 Click OK The Enter TAL Mail Password dialog box will appear Page 50 Chapter 4 Basic Features Enter TAL Mail Password Username BONINI Password _ Cancel Enter TAL Mail Password D
288. s i Fixed Columns 11 Server Pics ss Table LIVEQUOTE Sub Type STOCK y M Column Headers Column Footers Selected Fields DISP_NAME LIVEQUOTE Prices Label Symbol Width 7 Decimals o 4 y Money Flow ShowZeros Comma 1000 s oe l Color Code f Compute Total M Price kied Convert Gorency Alignment Did Let C Center Right Move Up Move Dn 6432 INTRADAY_HIGH_C Column Layout Dialog Box 3 Add columns from the Available Fields and or delete columns from the Selected Fields using the lt lt Add and Delete gt gt buttons Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 4 Click OK The system configures the column layout Save a Column Layout Create a layout in the MarketMinder and save it l After you have made the changes to your MarketMinder columns choose Save Column Layout As on the MarketMinder menu The Save Layout dialog box will appear Give your column layout a name and attach a bvw extension For example save Order History as OrderHistory bvw for the column layout name Click Save You can now load your custom column layout Custom Sort a MarketMinder Sort the data in a MarketMinder 1 Right click Symbol on the Minder window and select Custom Sort The Custom Sort dialog box will appear Custom Sort xl Available Ascending i Descending Camel Met Cha Tot ol 4 Put Zeros at Bottom O Absolute Values
289. s to help you make the best decisions place trades quickly and monitor events The feature rich design of RealTick offers the most comprehensive dynamic analytics package available extending itself to many different types of users including Individual Traders Broker Dealers and Institutions Its ability to meet the needs of such a broad audience of traders requires customer permissions Certain features in RealTick are only available for certain customers If you do not have a particular feature you are not permissioned for it If you have any questions or concerns regarding your RealTick permissions please contact your RealTick vendor Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 RealTick Installation This chapter discusses system requirements and installation procedures for RealTick System Requirements The RealTick program requires the proper hardware and operating systems Hardware Requirements A slow connection can hamper RealTick s performance so please compare your computer s processor memory RAM and operating system as well as the equipment and speed of your Internet connectivity to the suggested specifications listed here Active users should have the equipment listed in the Best column to ensure top performance The following table contains the minimum and recommended requirements for your computer to run RealTick Minimum Recommended Best Processor Pentium Pro Pentium III Pentium III 180 MHz 700 MHz 700 MHz
290. send orders by setting the parameters in the Order Entry screen and clicking an order button If you would like a description of each order entry field in this OES screen refer to the online help Order Book The Order Book window displays detailed information about each transaction placed in RealTick You can view an order you placed from any OES screen throughout the day in the Order Book For example if you placed an order in a MarketMaker window you can view the details of the order in Order Book You can also place orders from this window Access the Order Book by selecting Order Book on the Design menu or double clicking the Level II panel in MarketMaker PP Ord erfook for BOSS 00040 breeding im TAL TEST DOSTALDEMO gt TALTESTRONNLDEMO m Aadabla cea ue TTR Maed Profiles g Action Taken Focal T 11 36 21 Buy 1000 MSFT al Markel om TALX 1000 traded 63 5716 Executed 11 36 24 Bought 1000 MSFT al 63 5 16 with PREDI order 0748 0604 0250 400 Completed Rem Action Taken Result nly MrT ata ali ar Hage sectas Coser e pata sagha O Pato Pelos ARCA Delenad REPEAT giy TALS Dior Order Book Window MarketMaker Chapter 7 Placing Orders Note Not all the Order Entry layouts are the same Chapter 7 Placing Orders There are several different OES layouts in the MarketMaker Order Entry screen You can choose from Standard Standard 2 Mini Mini 2 and Full Each layout is set
291. siness Machines Ry Market Summary NYSE EM Guide j Sector Technology Key Ratios amp Industry Computer Hardware The Benchmark for only Financial information Statistics Stock Reports Growth Rates Revenue Earnings Per Share Selected Income Statement Items Selected Balance Sheet Items Selected Statement of Cash Flow Items Ratio Report Valuation Ratios Dividends Growth Rates Le x IBM provides customer solutions through the use of Int l Business Machines advanced information technology These solutions One New Orchard Road include technologies systems products services Armonk NY 10504 software and financing For the 3 months ended 3 31 01 Phone 914 499 1900 total revenues rose 9 to 21 04B Net income applic to Fax 914 765 6021 Common rose 15 to 1 75B Revenues reflect higher Global Services Hardware Personal and Printing Systems and Enterprise Systems revenues Netincome Sector Technology also reflects improved margins Industry Computer Hardware E irt Business Machines Daily 3 9 2001 Employees 316 303 12 31 2000 Market Cap Mil 201 714 46 Complete Financials Mar 2001 a 000 Prices QUOTES 14 03 43 Market Guide Page 8 Chapter 1 Introduction Step 3 You want to purchase Microsoft at the best offer With the MarketMaker window you can easily view who is offering the best price for Microsoft and quickly place
292. ssive standard deviation AR SD 1 Weight JSD Weight JAR SD 4 Where SD is the simple standard deviation at time t for n periods If the weight is zero the formula reduces to the simple standard deviation above Parameters The standard deviation parameter box allows you to change the period the number of intervals used in calculating the standard deviation and include a nonzero autoregressive weight OF m EX Cancel Help The following table lists the standard deviation parameter defaults Sample Size E weight lo Value Default Sample Size 15 The following picture displays a chart with a standard deviation study Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis RealTick Untitled ioj ES Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help del EDS rec amp aaa MICROSOFT CORP Intraday Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min 7 06 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 000 Prices QUOTES Standard Deviation Skew SKW Skew 1s displayed on the third bottom panel Skew can be positive or negative Positive skew values indicate distributions with long tails to the right whereas negative values indicate distributions with long tails to the left The parameter box for these studies is similar to that for the variance Formula l t E Pj Psi n S D i t n 5 EWE VEUEN Description The standard deviation P
293. support every expiration type Contact your Broker Dealer for more information Page 248 Example You place an order to buy 1000 shares of Microsoft at a particular price You set the expiration to Day so if the order is not filled that day it is canceled Day A buy or sell order that will expire after extended trading hours on the trading day it was entered if it is not executed Example You place an order to buy 1000 shares of Microsoft at a particular price This sets the expiration to Day so if the order is not filled that day including during extended trading hours the order will be canceled Good Until Canceled GTC Good Until Canceled An order to buy or sell that remains in effect until 1t is either executed or canceled This 1s currently available on ISI Example You place an order for Microsoft at a particular price The trader sets the expiration to GTC so that the order will not cancel until you decide to cancel the order Immediate or Cancel IOC Immediate or Cancel A market or limit price order executed in whole or in part as soon as it is represented in the market Any portion not executed is canceled Example You place an order to buy 1000 shares of Microsoft When the order enters the market only 100 shares can be filled and the other 900 are canceled NOW An order that will be filled immediately or canceled immediately and can only be placed on ARCA If ARCA cannot fill the ord
294. t expensive symbol until the cost of the basket is met Sometimes not all symbols are needed to meet the cost The Slice Shares feature fills the order by evenly distributing the cost of the basket amongst all the symbols Chapter 7 Placing Orders 1 Click Limit Market Exposure The Limit Market Exposure box will activate 2 Type or select the maximum cost of your basket in the Max Cost Buy Sells spin box 3 Click Partition Rows or Slice Shares See Basket Quantity Execution to place the order Using Accounts Note Please note that each window within RealTick can be asserted with a separate account when placing an order Make sure you ve selected the correct account Show Account Balance Keep track of your account balance while you purchase and sell securities 1 Click Show Account Balance on the Order Book menu The Account Balance panel will appear E OrderBook for BONINI SBDEMO lt trading in TAL TEST BONINI DEMO gt TAL TEST BONINIDEMO y Available Excess Equity 19 070 106 13 Realized Profit Loss 00 Show Account Balance Panel 2 Click the trade you would like to see its balance The account balance will appear Trade with Another Account 1 Click Select Account on the Order Book menu The system displays the Select Account dialog box 2 Click the appropriate account in the Available Accounts list box 3 Click OK The system displays the chosen account in the Order Book
295. t mulitiple orders by pressing the lt SHIFT gt key and clicking an order and dragging the mouse over the additional orders Right click the highlighted order s and select View Order The Order Transaction Summary dialog box appears Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances pa Order Transaction Summary AIR 200 traded 100 0000 Simin eet Buy 200 HWP at 100 00 on TAREX 200 traded 100 0000 Completed Cancel order 9c 7 39 0003 00 0 Pending Sell 200 HWP at 100 00 on TAREX 200 traded 100 0000 Completed Cancel order 9c7 39 0004 00 0 Pending Cancel order 9c7 39 0004 00 0 Pending E E Separate SHOL sales Separate DUES JS Separate Price Tiers Order Transaction Summary Dialog Box 3 To display order executions click the Show Executions in the Filter Parameters check box 4 To sort by short sales click the Separate by Short Sales check box 5 To sort by routes click the Separate by Routes check box 6 To sort by price tiers click the Separate by Price Tiers check box 7 To display more details of an order select the order and click Details The Extended Details dialog box appears Extended Details ES Pending Clerk QASAVBOSBDEMO f2c7 39000 084 f2c7 290004000 SSS fose7 0001 0026 Executed Lance TET Extended Details Dialog Box Chapter 8 Tracking Positions and Account Balances Page 309 Link a MarketMinder to an OrderMinder Link a MarketMinde
296. t Order 1 From the OES panel on the MarketMinder window select Inside Limit from the Price Type drop down field RealTick default1074 76008 icine Pir Val Ty Creka plc DFE E ror Bien Exquitim ica Y Hearne dnd Sheet E Buy MSFT Sel MSFT Cancel Al MSFT O Condisonal Onder neo Parner SQUOTESS varios MarketMaker Window 2 Select the ARCA route from the Route drop down field 3 Type the amount of shares you would like to trade in the Volume spin box or use the arrows 4 Select the expiration from the Expiration drop down field 5 Click the Buy button to buy the stock or click Sell to sell the stock The order is placed Place a Passive Discretionary Order 1 From the OES panel on the MarketMaker window select Passive Discretionary from the Price Type drop down field Page 264 Chapter 7 Placing Orders RealTick defaultOx0 OF x Page Design MarketMaker Favorites Window Help 55 61 40 Vol 17 897 967 Ask 55 61 Flow 21 046 559 1000 1000 Name Bid Size TO Name Ask Sell hera 800 100 1200 2500 Volume Price Discretionary Disc Offset 1000 a 55 59 H Passive Discr ind 55 60 z o 2 Reserve Amt Expiration Route rfc ww rr ol lotr El Buy MSFT Cancel All Sell MSFT Sell Short MSFT 000 Prices gasrv19 11 25 18 MarketMaker Window 2 Type the discretionary price in the Discretionary spin box or use the arrows 3 Type the show price in the Price field
297. t stock in dealer You sell short the shares you borrowed and buy the 1000 inventory before you can shares back at a lower price to profit the difference You then make the trade The system return the 1000 shares may reject your order if it s not currently available to short In this case contact your Broker Dealer Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 241 Note This function is not available to all users Please contact your Broker Dealer if you have any questions Page 242 Conditional Order This order will be executed only if certain conditions are met Example You make a conditional order to sell 1 000 shares of Microsoft when it reaches a particular price if these conditions are not met the order will not be executed B Basket Order A basket order is a group of securities brought together with the intention of being bought or sold all at once Example You decide to buy a group of internet stocks at one time so you place a basket order Chapter 7 Placing Orders Note A reserve order is considered one order Chapter 7 Placing Orders Aa y N lt Reserve Order An order that allows you to buy or sell large quantities of a security in increments so the whole amount traded is not disclosed to the market at one time This order type can only be placed on ARCA Example You decide to buy 2 000 shares of MSFT so you place a reserve order to buy MSFT at 100 shares at a
298. tMinder window that displays the 52 week percentage change the 52 week high the 52 week low last price change last and volume you can save the layout as a favorite Then the next time you create a MarketMinder window you can just click the favorite Chapter 4 Basic Features Add to Favorites After you create a window you can set the layout as a favorite cio 1 Click the window you want to save as a favorite Edit Favorites 2 Click Add to Favorites on the Favorites menu 1 Chart The Save Favorite dialog box appears Market Minder Stocks Turbol ptions Please select a name for this favorite Web Browser Minder StandardD efault byw Cancel Y Save Position Setup After Opening M Use As Default Save Favorite Dialog Box 3 Type or choose a name for the favorite in the Please select a name for this favorite field 4 Check Save Position if you want your favorite to appear in the same place on any page every time you open it For example if you want to see your chart in the lower right hand corner it will appear there even if you placed it somewhere else the last time you had the favorite opened 5 Check Setup After Opening if you want the window s Setup dialog to appear every time you open your favorite With this option the favorite acts as a template This feature is useful with windows that primary view single symbols such as Charts Tables and MarketMaker windows
299. ta Fields Column Layout Symmetric y Available Selected echo ou Stiped y Last Trade Volume Trade Date V Suppress Non Trading Options V Open First Month Trade Time m Servers Open _ lt A e Change Open Price Server Default OPTIONS lt Prev Close Position Server default Change Close settle hd Up Dn Select Servers coca Setup TurboOptions Dialog Box 2 Enter the option root or underlier symbol in the Symbol text box of the TurboOptions window for example IBM or SP 3 Ifthe option root or underlier requires lower case letters uncheck the Upper Case check box 4 Choose the session you want to display data from the Session drop down list Choose Day Session Night Session or Both Sessions 5 Move the data fields from the Available list to the Selected list by using the Move gt Move All gt gt Remove lt and Remove All lt lt buttons 6 Ensure the chosen fields appear in the Selected list field in the desired order by using the Up and Dn buttons 7 Choose the order in which the columns will be organized from the drop down list Your choices are Symmetric or Left to Right 8 Click OK to accept the parameters and open the Turbo Options window 9 Click the squares with minus signs in them to expand the display for each expiration you are interested in Select an Exchange 1 Click Exchange on the TurboOptions menu
300. tain charts for example Time amp Sales Trades amp Quotes or Daily 1 Click Calculate VWAP on the Table menu The system displays the Calculate VWAP dialog box Start Date Start Time F 222001 9 30 Stop Date Stop Time Ww 222001 12 00 Volume Weighted Avg Price 0 Calculate VWAP Dialog Box Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Volume Weighted Avg Price EA 905 y F Hint To move vertically and horizontally in a table use the up and down arrow keys and the left and right arrow keys on your keyboard Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data e A calculation in the Stop Time field 6 Click the Calculate button The system displays the average in the Volume Weighted Avg Price field 7 Click Close Type the start date in the Start Date field Type the start time in the Start Time field Type the stop date in the Stop Date field Transferring Data to other Applications You can copy RealTick tables and paste them into Windows applications like Microsoft Excel The values below were copied Type the stop time you want as the end time for the from a RealTick table into a Microsoft Word document 11 22 93 13 00 11 22 9313 15 11 22 93 13 30 11 22 93 13 45 11 22 93 14 00 11 22 93 14 15 11 22 93 14 30 11 22 93 14 45 11 22 93 15 00 8 Click the Table window in RealTick then press Ctrl Insert 51 7 8 51 7 8 52 1 8 52 1 4 52 1 8 52 1 4 52 1 8 52 52 1 8 on your keyboard 52 52
301. tal Range X Y Y Bollinger Y Y Y Momentum Y Y Y Acceleration Y Y Y Moving Average Y Y Y Momentum Moving Average Y Y Y Oscillator MACD Oscillator Y Y Y MACD amp Signal Line Y X Commodity Channel N Y Y Index Volatility N Y Y Rate of change N Y Y N N Y Variance Y Y Y Standard Deviation Y Y Y Kurtosis Y Y Y Skew Y Y Ye R amp RSI N Y Y Stochastics 4 fast to N Y Y slow Directional Movement N dd Ye Indicator Arms Ease of Movement N Y Y Variable Accumulation N Y Y Dist Money Flow Y N N On Balance Volume N Y Y Total Volume N N Y Trade Volume Y Y N Tick Count N Y N Open Interest N N Y Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Note Only certain types of charts allow for more than one symbol for example intraday daily or weekly Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Add a Technical Analysis to a Chart 1 Click Setup Studies on the Chart menu The system displays the Select Studies dialog box Symbol MSFT MICROSOFT CORP OK Available Studies Selected Studies Cancel Help Moving 4verage Cloze 5 Moving 4vg Oscillator Moving Avg Momentum Moving Ag Conv Div Osc Move Up Move Dann Configure Selected Study Overlay Period 5 Parameterz Set Defaut 2 Ifthe chart includes multiple symbols choose the appropriate symbol from the drop down list available in the Symbol field 3 Choose the study you want to add in the Selected Studies field Click the
302. te display Range Bar Remove or restore the Range Bar Market Montage Add a Market Montage Note The Markei Order Entry Screen Add the Order Entry fields Montage displays the Ticker Add a Ticker total bids asks and sizes Select Account Displays the Select Account dialog box of the trades in the same h lect toria range level where you can select an account for trading Order Entry Displays the Order Entry Properties dialog Properties box where you can set system wide defaults for the order entry system including default quantities and routes Next MarketMaker Move between multiple MarketMaker windows on a RealTick page Child to Popup Move the MarketMaker window outside of RealTick or from one page to another Popup to Child Return the MarketMaker window back to a Real Tick page Favorites Access MarketMaker favorites Add to Favorites Displays the Save Favorite dialog box where you can save a MarketMaker layout as a favorite Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Page 39 Menu Command Functionality Time amp Sales Menu Setup Displays the Setup Time And Sales dialog box where you can modify a Time amp Sales window Add Replace Displays the New Symbol dialog box where Symbol you can add or replace symbols Rgnl Exchanges Displays the Select Regional Exchanges window where you can select an exchange Calculate VWAP Displays the Calculate VWAP dialog box where you can calculate the volume w
303. the Fractional check box if you would like to increment by fractions 7 Click OK The hot key is created Page 297 Page 298 Clone a Hot Key You can copy a hot key 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the MarketMaker menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box appears 2 Click the Actions tab The Actions tab will appear 3 Select the hot key you would like to copy 4 Click Copy The Edit Order Action dialog box will appear 5 Reassign the hot key combination 6 Click OK The hot key clone is created Edit a Hot Key 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The Order Entry Properties dialog box appears 2 Click the Actions tab The systems display the Actions tab Order Entry Properties x Event Sounds Warnings Confirmations Order Colors Order Entry Defaults Actions Miscellaneous Create Delete Copy Order Entry Properties Dialog Box 3 Click the action you would like to edit from the Actions list Chapter 7 Placing Orders 4 Click Edit The Edit Action Order dialog box will appear 5 Make the appropriate changes 6 Click OK The system saves all changes Delete a Hot Key 1 Click Order Entry Properties on the Order Book menu The system displays the Order Entry Properties dialog box 2 Click the Actions tab The system displays the Actions tab Click the action that you want to delete from the Actions list 4 Click Delete The system deletes the ac
304. the Save Favorite dialog box where you can save a chart layout Saved Chart layouts Menu Command Functionality Table Menu Setup Displays the Table Setup dialog box where you can modify the table display Add Replace Displays the New Symbol dialog box where Symbol you can add or replace a symbol Setup Studies Displays the Select Studies dialog box where you can add or remove technical studies Calculate VWAP Displays the Calculate VWAP dialog box where you can calculate the Volume Weighted Average Price for a specified time range Display Displays the Table Display Options dialog box where you can change the font color or layout Style Displays the Chart Type dialog box where you can configure the calculation type Commit Changes Save data changes Only available for LAN customers Change Colors Displays the Color Setup dialog box where you can change the display colors Screen Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the display font Printer Font Displays the Font dialog box where you can change the printer font Print Displays the Print dialog box where you can print the table window Page 30 Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Menu Command Functionality Setup Displays the Setup Ticker dialog box where Q you can modify the Ticker window Exchanges Displays the Select Regional Exchanges Hint You can choose dialog box where you can select a single to view data from all exchange or to se
305. the Show Zeros field if you want to have zeros placed in numeric fields with no data 10 Click the Display in Table View 1f you would like the field to display in the table view of the charts Page 141 11 Click OK The system updates the Table window Ticker Ticker displays real time price and volume information Ticker DELL MSFT olx Cascade Display In Cascade tickers the quotes appear vertically top to bottom You can choose to display the newest price at the top or the bottom In Jet tickers the quotes scroll horizontally and the newest quotes appear on the right Ticker DELL MSFT Al ES Jet Display Display a Ticker 1 Click Ticker on the Design menu The Setup Ticker dialog box will appear Setup Ticker Ea View Symbols From OF E Symbol Criteria Type lt ALL gt Group E Cancel Exch ino z Pattern E o a i Symbol List IY Upper Case 2 Hi DELL Add ipag MSFT i Jet Cascade Delete i Color Code Symbols Delete All T Newest On Top Symbol File E Level 2 Data T Show Level 2 Quotes T Inside Market Only i Exclude Size Changes Select Server Server default i Symbol File Trade olurme Minimum Wolume o TF Show Volume in 100 s Trades and Quotes IY Show Trades M Show Irregular Trades Show Best Bid Ask Setup Ticker Dialog Box Page 142 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Hint From another RealTick
306. the best bid and the best offer Example You decide to buy 1000 shares of Microsoft at the Midpoint and to offset the midpoint by a point to buy at one point higher or lower than the midpoint Page 239 BID Your order will be sent as a limit order with a price equal to the current best bid Example You place an order to buy with the order type BID If the current best bid is 72 your order will be sent as a limit order at 72 Offer Your order will be sent as a limit order with a price equal to the current best offer Example You place an order to sell with the order type offer If the current best offer is 72 your order will be sent as a limit order at 72 Page 240 Chapter 7 Placing Orders 8 8 TOP The TOP price type allows you to join the top of the book quote for the symbol you are trading With TOP orders buys are sent as limit orders at the current best bid and sells are sent as limit orders at the current best offer Note This order type is only available for BasketMinder See the BasketMinder section in this chapter Short Short is borrowing a security or commodity futures contract from a broker and selling it with the understanding that it must later be bought back hopefully at a lower price and returned to the broker Note It is not always possible to short sell a stock Your Broker Dealer has to Example You borrow 1000 shares of Microsoft from a broker first have tha
307. the factor equal to two divided by one plus the number of periods Moving averages are usually based upon the close but can be based on other price series such as the midpoint Formulae The mathematical definitions for the different moving averages follow Simple MA IL SMA 3 Pion i i l Autoregressive MA ARMA 1 AR SMA ARJARMA Note If AR 0 then ARMA SMA Linear MA 1 2 l Pion i LMA s gt i i Exponential MA EMA EMA 1 SFP EMA EMA Py VEUEN Description The number of periods The price for the current period Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 187 Page 188 The price for the previous period The number of the position of the period being studied in the total number of periods in the data base The exponential smoothing factor 2 n 1 Reference Colby Thomas amp Robert Meyers The Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Dow Jones Irwin Homewood 1988 Moving Average Parameters The type of moving average number of periods and price series can be changed from the default settings in the Moving Average Parameters dialog box Moving Average Parameters Period E Field to Avg Moving Average Type E l Simple jo Auto Regression _ Cancel Defaults Help Linear Weighted C Exponential Smoothing o 00 Moving Average Parameters Box The following table lists the Moving Average parameter defa
308. tically or horizontally 2208 2 0 0 9 50 9 3 RealTick Toolbar without the Chart Function Menu 221 8 5 0 98 cos e 50 a a 7 0 RealTick Toolbar with the Chart Function Menu The following table describes the complete toolbar on the Real Tick window Description Click this toolbar button and the help menu will appear TAL Mail Click this toolbar button and the TAL Mail dialog box will appear Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the Chart favorites will appear or click the button and configure a Chart window Chapter 3 Getting Around in Real Tick Chapter 3 Getting Around in RealTick Ticker News TurboOptions MarketMinder Mi MarketMaker Time amp Sales Esl Move the mouse over the toolbar without clicking and the Table favorites will appear or click the button and configure a Table window Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the Ticker favorites will appear or click the button and configure a Ticker window Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the News favorites will appear or click the button and configure a search for news Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the Fixed Page News favorites will appear or click the button and the Fixed Page News window appears Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the Forex favorites will appear or click the but
309. time Displays data during non market hours 9 Type a title for the chart in the Chart Title field 10 Click the Bar Graph check box to display the chart data in a bar graph The Candlestick check box will activate 11 Click the Candlestick check box to display a candlestick interval chart 12 Click Show Volume to display the volume bar graph 13 Click OK The system displays your chart in the Chart window Add a Symbol to an Existing Chart 1 Click Add Replace Symbol on the Chart menu The system displays the New Symbol dialog box New Symbol New Symbol oO pu A ok Replace Symbols in Chart Cancel Hel I Force Upper Case Ho New Symbol Dialog Box 2 Type the new symbol into the New Symbol field 3 Click the Add option button Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis 4 Click OK The system updates the Chart window Replace a Symbol in a Chart 1 Click Add Replace Symbol on the Chart menu or press F6 The system displays the New Symbol dialog box Enter the new symbol into the New Symbol field 3 Click the Replace option button Choose the symbol you want to remove from the Symbols in Chart field 5 Click OK The system updates the Chart window Note When you replace a symbol the new symbol will retain the technical analysis that was attached to the original symbol Change the Type of Chart There are four different calculation types for a chart Absolute This chart
310. tion 5 Click OK The system saves all changes and closes the dialog box Create the Hot Key Action Bar Create a Hot Key Action Bar that displays your hot keys as buttons Click in a hot key button and RealTick will execute the action 1 Click Show Action Bars on the MarketMinder menu The toolbar displays under the MarketMinder window Chapter 7 Placing Orders Page 299 RealTick Page Design MarketMinder Favorites Window Help oxox xoxo on Add Button Select Toolbar ood Prices QUOTES Configure Toolbar Add Toolbar Delete Toolbar Hide Toolbar Hide All MarketMinder displaying the Action Bar 2 Right click the Action bar and select Add Button A button appears on the Action bar Uy Right click the button and select Select Action The Select Action dialog box appears Cancel Actions Select Action Dialog Box 4 Ifyou do not have any hot keys already created to select click Actions Page 300 Chapter 7 Placing Orders Chapter 7 Placing Orders The Actions tab of the Order Entry Properties dialog box will appear Create a hot key See the Create Hot Key section in Chapter 7 of the RealTick manual Once the hot key is created select it in the Select Account dialog box and click OK The hot key is assigned to the button on the Action bar Page 301 Chapter 7 Placing Orders The Actions tab of the Order Entry Properties di
311. tion CL sesh ties is ta o dales ee 222 SKEW SE W Jered a S A 223 Contents Page ix Kurtosis KUR cscs th fa ace a a a a a la ce he oe 225 Vol ume and Open Mir dos 226 Tick Comtat dd datada 226 VOM MOL sour oir os 226 Operas UN ad 221 On Balance Volume OB uta ll a 227 PRICE GANG VOTE SHUG CS sce tein Sia ia 22 Williams Accumulation Distribution WAD ccccceseesseessessesesssssssssssessseeeeeeees 228 Arms Ease of Movement EMV sssssssssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssssssesssessssssseseeeaas 229 Monero PO ita 230 Parabole Price TIME SU s a Geeta hen e E Ghst ae 2s 231 Directional Movement Indicators PDI MDI DX ADX uci 233 CHAPTER 7 PLACING ORDERS crin ice ias 235 ORDER TYPES arnan 235 MATEO A iaa 239 LON OAT A PP PO A AEAEE A 239 LOMO OT oa 236 SLOP AML Ode issit 237 PATTI AAA seneesientanattaeaeaeeatante AATE ET aes 237 POSEN OP FES TON O ANO PPP Un N ES 238 PROP CT ONC A sci E seen eae ene 238 Discretionary PVOGCIIVE iio 239 Fassi ve TDISCICTHONGIY Si dr idiota 239 DDE SCPC LU OLA M ica 239 Best Bidor Ofer BBO dt ii aii 240 VATA OUT NAT ID A AAE 240 A AA E E A AA A AE A AS A EAE aie 241 A E E eee A 241 TOT E o 242 SY 10 Re ER eRe acotada eee error waren errr ooen 242 Conditional OTAN A li olaed cessed hdvetuastsWontdainact al 243 Basket OVA CP accro aes tie it mee SA a aes a ue 243 Reserve Order ES A a ane Miele ution ys 244 Random RES CPV Gs A AS oa 244 Sae
312. ton and configure a Forex window Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the TurboOptions favorites will appear or click the button and configure a TurboOptions window Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the MarketMinder favorites will appear or click the button and configure a Minder window Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the MarketMaker favorites will appear or click the button and configure a MarketMaker window Move the mouse over the toolbar button without clicking and the Time amp Sales favorites will appear or click the button and configure a Time amp Sales window Page 47 MultiQuote Move the mouse over the toolbar button e without clicking and the MultiQuote favorites will appear or click the button and configure a MultiQuote window Stocks Move the mouse over the toolbar button E without clicking and the Stocks favorites will appear or click the button to configure a Stocks window Web Browser Move the mouse over the toolbar without T clicking and the Web Browser favorites will appear or click the button to configure a Web Browser Corporate Actions Move the mouse button over the toolbar button without clicking and the Corporate Cal Actions favorites will appear or click the button to configure a Corporate Actions window TAL Alarms Move the mouse over the toolbar button EJ without clicking and the TAL Alarms favorit
313. u to calculate an autoregressive variance AR VAR 1 Weight VAR WeightJAR VAR Where VAR t is the simple variance at time t for n periods If the weight is zero the formula reduces to the simple variance above Page 220 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Parameters Both the sample size and the autoregressive weight serve as smoothing factors in calculating the variance You can change the sample size the period used in calculating the variance and enter an autoregressive weight in percentage terms using the Variance Parameters dialog box z OX Cancel Help Sample Size Weight lo Variance Parameters Box The following table lists the Variance parameter defaults Value Default This picture displays a chart with a standard deviation study RealTick Untitled Mel Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help Intraday Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Minj Y 7 06 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 a 000 Prices FQUOTES Variance Study Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 221 Page 222 Standard Deviation SD Standard deviation is the square root of variance Standard deviation is in the same units as the price variable itself Standard deviation is displayed in the second panel middle or lower depending on how many studies are displayed with its values to the right Formula SDyn Y ARG RealTick allows you to calculate an autoregre
314. ult values are a smoothing factor of 07 approximately equal to 26 periods for the second moving average of 15 for the first 12 periods and a smoothing factor of 20 for the signal line 9 periods MACDO Parameters Field To Avg Smoothing Factors First EMA TE Cancel Second EMA 0 07 0 200 Help Volume Signal Line MACDO Parameters Box Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 205 The following table lists the default values for MACD Oscillator parameters ELIT Default The following picture displays a chart with a MACD Oscillator study RealTick Untitled Al ES B S Z Intraday Left MSFT MICROSOFT CORP 15 Min CI 7 05 7 06 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 10 00 000 Prices QUOTES MACD Oscillator Study Rate of Change in Prices RCP Rate of change in prices 1s a price momentum indicator It is the change in price between the current period and n periods ago divided by the price n periods ago Unlike momentum it is a relative measure and therefore not biased by changes in the overall level of prices It can take positive or negative values Page 206 Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Formula VEUEN Description EU The number of periods The price n periods ago Reference Colby Thomas amp Robert Meyers Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Dow Jones Irwin 1988 Parameters The number
315. ultiQuote 111 Show Order Entry Window 112 Show Range Bar 112 Show Ticker 112 Page 336 View Data from a Single Exchange 109 View Data from a Single Source 107 View Data from all Exchanges 110 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources 108 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources except ECNs 109 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from ECNs only 109 MarketMinder 114 Access the Alerts and Alarms 118 Add a Symbol to an Existing MarketMinder 116 Change the Column Layout 119 Change the Table Display 123 Configure Column Layout 120 Convert Currency 117 Create a ChainMinder 116 Create a Standard MarketMinder 115 Custom Sort a MarketMinder 121 Group Symbols 118 MarketMinder Menu 36 Multiple Selections in a MarketMinder 119 Save a Column Layout 121 Mean 220 Menu Bar See Real Tick Menu Bar Microsoft Internet Explorer 13 Microsoft Outlook 13 MID 239 Min Max Scaling 175 Modem 11 Moments 219 Money Flow FLO 230 Monthly Average AVG 220 Move a Group of Trend Lines 181 Move a Trend Line 181 Move Around in Forex 99 Index Index Moving Average Convergence Divergence MCD 202 Moving Average Momentum MAM 201 Moving Average Oscillator MAO 199 Moving Average Parameters 188 Moving Averages 186 Moving Linear Regression MLR 189 Multiple Selections in a MarketMinder 119 Multiple Selections in an OrderMinder 308 MultiQuote 124 311 Configure the MultiQuote Window to View Your Positio
316. ults Value Defaults The following picture displays a chart with a moving average Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis RealTick Untitled Al x Page Design Chart Favorites Window Help 22 5 3 om S pe EES mes 0 9 5 8 aaa S BIA fx 7 0 MA P 5 d 409 Prices QUOTES 10 19 03 Intraday Chart with a Moving Average Study Moving Linear Regression MLR Moving linear regression is the fitted value of price estimated from a linear regression of price on time You can select the price series to use in the regression and the number of periods to include in the linear regression The number of periods in the regression and the price definition can be changed in the regression dialog box Regression Parameters Seres MILA Period E Cancel Help Acceleration Renod Regression Parameters Box The following table lists the Moving Linear Regression parameter defaults Value Default Chapter 6 Charts amp Technical Analysis Page 189 Formula MLR a bt Where AYE Taree Description The number of periods in the summation in The position of the current time in the database EN The price for the current period Reference Colby Robert amp Thomas Meyers Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators Dow Jones Irwin Homewood 1988 The following picture 1s a chart with a moving linear regression RealTick Untitled Pile ES Page
317. up differently Some of the layouts include more options than others Look at the different OES layouts and see which layout you would like to use to trade Standard Layout Miles Stop Hice 1000 afm El Paria z Standard 2 Layout miles Stop rice 1000 34 afm Sifax xls El Mini Layout ICE SiG ICE MSFT ffiow frac elle lt a qax y MINBURN Cancelan INN Sel Short Mini 2 Layout Page 251 Full Layout MarketMinder There are several different OES layouts available in MarketMinder Each layout is set up differently Look at the different layouts and see which one you would like to use to trade MarketMinder has full trading capabilities srt MIGROSOFT CORPORATION Daye Magn E SEWE ATIE misa SLOG Ge i 1000 alm Sax Fe tr Paia A AS Standard Layout Mini Layout Stop ACE MSFT foo ES mr 3 rar E Mini 2 Layout Page 252 Chapter 7 Placing Orders Volume Route Options P Symbol MSFT MICROSOFT CORP fiooo pRa y NM az Price Stop Price Disc set 17 Dise limit I Reserve mt T Conditional Order 5615 Y MKT y 55 18 Y fp roo Y roo 2 Buy MSFT Sell MSFT Cancel All PEG Layout TurboOptions Buy and sell options from the advanced option s quote window This window requires that you have Options Quote data If you have any questions please contact your Broker Dealer
318. window or from the Symbol Guide move the mouse over the symbol you want to add to the ticker Hold the CTRL key and the left mouse button Move the mouse to the Ticker window Release the Ctrl key and mouse button simultaneously The symbol is added to the window Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 2 Click the Symbol Criteria Symbol List or Symbol File option button and select or add symbols 3 Choose the types of trades and quotes you want to view You can check the Show Trades Show Irregular Trades and or Show Best Bid Ask check boxes 4 Ifyou have selected Symbol List or Symbol File choose the Level II data you want to see You can check the Show Level 2 Quotes Inside Market Only and or Exclude Size Changes fields 5 Ifyou want modify the volume of shares to be displayed in the Trade Volume area of the window Enter the minimum volume you want to view in the Minimum Volume field Or you can check the Show Volume in 100 s to view volumes that are 100 or more 6 Inthe display area of the window choose Jet horizontal flow or Cascade vertical flow If you choose Cascade consider choosing Newest on Top 7 Click OK The system displays the Ticker window Configuring a Quote Source View Data from a Specific Exchange 1 Click Exchanges on the Ticker menu The system displays the Select Regional Exchanges dialog box Select Regional Exchanges E Show Composite Data f Show Selected Exchange Data O
319. wn box Click OK 15 To change the display font click Screen Font button The system displays the Font dialog box x Font style Size Mi 5 Sans 5 erif MS Serif i i Cancel O Palatino Linotype Bold Roman Script Small Fonts O Symbol Sample AaBbYyZz Script Westem y Font Dialog Box 16 Enter any changes and click the OK button 17 To change the print font click the Printer Font button The system displays the Font dialog box 18 Enter any changes and click the OK button 19 Click OK The system updates the Chart window Page 173 y F Hint To dock the Time amp Sales window click and drag it to the bottom of the Chart window Page 174 Change a Series in a Chart Change a column to display different data 1 Click Display on the Chart menu The system displays the Chart Display Options dialog box Symbol Attributes OK MICROSOFT CORP e Left xis Right Axis CandleStick Chart D Horizontal Lines Hide All Series Cancel General Properties Help F Show Grid Lines Show Last Price In Axis NV Show Legend IV Color Code Volume Bars Series to Display High Low Pen Width i Advanced Colors v Y wa I Show Price Tracking Window Volume Trades Snapshot View Horizontal layout Table View for moliple simios Fonts Series Color El gt Screen Font 10 pt MS Sans Serif Configure Column Printer Font
320. x Click OK The system updates the IOI window Add Columns to the IOI Client Window You can view additional information about each indication by adding columns to the IOI Client window 1 Click Setup on the Indications menu The system displays the IOI Setup dialog box 2 Click the Columns tab The system displays the Columns tab 101 Setup Filters Display Options Columns IOI Setup Dialog Box 3 Check the option buttons of each column you want to add to the window Click OK The system updates the IOI window Page 103 MarketMaker y Y Hint To create a new MarketMaker drag and drop a symbol into the MarketMaker window Page 104 The MarketMaker window displays each market maker s bid and ask price either NASDAQ or regional OTC It sorts and color codes each price to indicate each price level according to their placement in the inside market MultiQuote RealTick Untitled Page Design MarketMaker Favorites Window Help 72 30 T 173 100 Ot 12 36 Range Bar Bid L 72 30 Ask 72 33 Vol 17321500 Market Montage Color Code Bid 2 Ask 3 Spread 03 Ask Namel Bid Name Ask 2 Wol Type p Order Options Order Entry Volume Price ton Price gt joo 4 fr230 Mkt frase Paria e O Bid Ofter Route Expiration Account Type Fesenye Art Short T Exempt TALX afos Elfman 2 E Frei x Buy MSFT Sell MSFT Cancel All MSFT Conditional Order
321. x o Add All Symbols will add all the symbols to the TAL Alerts Configuration dialog box o Delete All Symbols will delete all the symbols from the TAL Alerts Configuration dialog box Group Symbols Separate symbols on a page by entering customer s names and inserting blank rows As a result you ll be able to display multiple customer s information neatly on one window 1 Click Setup on the MarketMinder menu The MarketMinder Setup dialog box will open 2 Type acustomer s name in the Selected Symbols field For example type John Doe Page 118 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Symbols Orders Miscellanec Selected Symbols 2 Delete Clear Move Up Move Dn Y Upper Case Symbols Click Add The name will appear in the Selected Symbols list Type the symbol you want in the Selected Symbols field Click Add The symbol will appear in the Selected Symbols list Enter a single space in the Selected Symbols field and press the Enter key You can continue entering more customer names and spaces When ready click OK The system will display the MarketMinder window Multiple Selections in a MarketMinder You can delete several symbols at one time l Click Display Options on the MarketMinder menu The Display Options dialog box will appear Click the Allow Multiple Selection check box Click OK Left click a row and drag the mouse until all the symbol rows are selected Click Del
322. xed Page News Window cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 96 FORE each aad E E taser Paes ano AT E oda rere TO 97 Create a FOTEX W IMC OW a a 97 UST CUTE CI CSS Siete en ieee palatine e cite Natl tut ee aks io 99 Adda CUI y enana E 99 MOVE AV OUNCE EP OVER airn EE EE NARA A AA E ET 99 INDICA ON E E T A E A 100 Contents Page v Create an ImdiGatvons MV O a Sh Se 100 View Details OF a Specihio Indicat On tddi 102 Changing the Display Of Indicati0ns ooooooncnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 102 Change the Color Ob Indicators 102 Add Columns to the IOI Client Window oooooccoccoononononononn nono nnnononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 103 MARKETMAKI R nd 104 Createa Market Maker WindOw wxcisie2 Sesser ai aes iaa 104 pel an Alarm for Updates lt x senes erie tieeet E 107 CONfICUTING Quotle SOUT CES ira 107 View Data from a Single Source saca Se ee ete ee 107 View Data frontali SOUICCS cios 108 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources ccccooonnnonononononanococcnononnnonnnnnononnns 108 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from ECNS only coooooocccccnononoooonooooooooooononononoonnonnnonnnoos 109 View NASDAQ Stock Quotes from all Sources except ECNS cc cesseeeeeeeeeeees 109 View Data froma Smelle Exchange iii 109 View Data Tona Es 110 Inctude Exclude a Market Maker cocoa ao lora si ro eee eee cala DL 110 Changing the Display of a MarketMakeT ooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnconocccocaccoooonn nono nono nnnnnnns 111
323. y Options dialog box Font MS Sans Serif b Regular 7 110 El Text Color Cancel r Miscellaneous Colors gt MECN Options __ Cancel Use Default Color Set Excluded Color C Use Separate Color Set ECN Colo C Invert Default Color Link ECN and Book Quote Colors Price Tier Colors TA o Tei Set Tier Color Delete Current Tier Sample Display Options Dialog Box 2 Click the Use Separate Color option button available in the ECN Options frame This will enable the Set ECN Color button 3 Click the Set ECN Color button in the Miscellaneous Colors frame The system displays the standard Windows Color dialog box Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data Click the color Click OK The system closes the Color dialog box You can view the new color of the ECNs in the Sample frame in the Display Options dialog box The system only changes the color of the text not the row Click OK The system updates the MarketMaker window Add a Price Tier Add a price tier to view the depth of the market l Click Display Options on the MarketMaker menu The system displays the Display Options dialog box Click the Add New Tier button available in the Price Tier Colors frame The system adds the name of the new tier in the Price Tier Colors frame The system also displays the standard Windows Color dialog box Click a color
324. ymbols field or for more information load a SLF File concerning how to 4 Click Add load a symbol file The symbol will add to the Symbols list 5 Select the Link Upper and Lower Ranges check box to link the values in the Upper and Lower Range fields 6 Select the Upper Range check box to limit the value ranges to their percentage points This will enable the Upper Range box to the right 7 Type the upper range value in the Upper Range box or use the arrows The system notifies you when the symbol rises within the percentage of the current value For example if you enter 2 in the Upper Range box the system will notify you when the symbol reaches two points more than the current value 8 Select the Lower Range check box to limit the value ranges to their percentage points This will enable the Lower Range box to the right 9 Type the lower range value in the Lower Range box or use the arrows The system notifies you when the symbol falls within the percentage of the current value For example if you enter three in the Lower Range box the system will notify you when the symbol falls three points under the current value Page 90 Chapter 5 Gathering Market Data 10 Click Apply to Selected Symbols The system applies the ranges you entered in the Upper Range and Lower Range fields and lists the configuration in the Alerts for Selected Symbol field 11 Choose the value for the alert from the first drop down list av
325. your order The MarketMaker displays Level II data and ECN book data so you can see the depth of the market RealTick Untitled Iof x Page Design MarketMaker Favorites Window Help 69 40 129 100 Ot 15 15 Ask 69 40 Vol 29820100 Ask 1 spread 01 Volume Price Stop y Pii e Vol Type p Order Options fioo e 9 40 H MKT E Partial L Bid Offer E E Empi CO Expiration Account Type Reserve Amt Pref X l TALX Marx sw Day y Margin y m fho J hoo 4 000 Conditional Order Buy MSFT Sell MSFT Cancel All MSFT a Sell Short MSFT 000 Prices QUOTES 14 15 23 MarketMaker Window Chapter 1 Introduction Page 9 Page 10 Permissions Step 4 You want to track your shares With a MarketMinder window you can create a PositionMinder to track your stocks in the market The PositionMinder offers many data fields including Scalped P amp L Net Position and Total Profit The PositionMinder tracks your profit and loss on each of your positions RealTick Untitled A x Page Design MarketMinder Favorites Window Help Position Minder positionsdefault byw lt TAL TEST BONINI DEMO gt aan P amp L Open Pos Se tast Net Chs NetPos Ava Pro Scalped P amp L Pal Total DELL 3553 38 so 2486 3553 2200 00 a oe 2000 1501 ae ss gt 000 Prices QUOTES 14 25 10 PositionMinder Window As demonstrated with our Microsoft example Real Tick has numerous feature
326. your web browser Microsoft Outlook It is recommended you use Microsoft Outlook as your E mail program Adobe Acrobat It is recommended you install Adobe Reader Acrobat Reader version 4 0 The RealTick web site posts updated versions of manuals and training guides in pdf format To review these materials you must have a copy of Adobe Acrobat Reader which is a free program provided by Adobe Installation Procedures You can download the latest version of RealTick from the web site www realtick com Download Installation from RealTick com 1 Start your Internet browser It is recommended you use Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 Inthe Web Address field enter www realtick com The RealTick web site appears Fj Realtic k com Microsoft Internet I plorer Elo Eat yee Fortes lock peo bad G A Aah Feet rela DA Akies i peine fps eak Tew REALTICK 2215 DOWNLOAD A E j liri order book dalia ia raak lira RealTick Web Site 3 Click Download Chapter 2 RealTick Installation Page 13 The Download Center page will appear 3 RealTick for RealTick Users Microgodt Internet Capborer Ela Cat Yer Pavone Took Help pl ERE th sm rro peed Cy Gb Ge e Bess 42 hito fte restidcomjurerslsteztinn ssp e REALTICK Version 21 oe Local intranet Download Center 4 Click Download The Download Options page appears 5 Click one of the download options Download Descript
327. yright D canten gt y Anaut Tris Manual Townsend Analytics Ltd LA Sectors inthis Manual architect of neal tame fmancall anFreare Di Gonventiors in the Mangal D Recommended Aera Getting anaidi Help for Reat O Mamua D Gnline Helg C Technical Support PO Chapter 1 invoduction PO Chapter 2 RealTick Installation b Chapter 2 Setting Around in Rigali Rea IT ic k bD Ghapser a Basic Fosturos bD Chapter Gathering Market Data User Manual PO Chapter E Charts amp Techrical Analy Varsion 7 4 bD Chapter 7 Placing Guders bD Ghapter amp Tracking Positions and PO Chapter Se Using Advanced Feabare PO Chapter 10 Troubleshooting D Glossary o e aj r RealTick Manual With the rtuserman pdf file you can use the bookmarks on the left side of the window to quickly access a section in the manual Click the bookmark of the section you want to access and the section appears on the right side of the window See the online help for Adobe Acrobat Reader for more information Online Help The fastest way to get assistance while using RealTick is to look in the online help With the RealTick online help all the information you need is available right on your window Simply click Help Topics from the Help menu to access the online help Page 4 About This Manual A C2 x File Edit Bookmark Options Help Help Topics _ Sak Pi gt 12 Contents I Index g Search Welcome D Getting Started Welcome to
328. ystem will the TA SRV the changes are recorded in the server s historical send your changes to the database TA_ SRV and the changes will be recorded in the server s historical database 5 To make the changes permanent click Commit Changes on the Chart menu The system saves the changes Chapter 9 Using Advanced Features Page 315 Scripts Note RealTick s scripting facility is being phased out and will soon be replaced with a COM automation interface that will provide more extensive scripting capabilities Page 316 Edit 8 Save Data in a Table The Save option 1s available only for LAN clients and for customers who own their own TA SRV machines 1 Double click the data that you want to change For example you can change a time price or volume value The system displays the text field around the information you would like to edit 2 Type the new value and press the Enter key from your keyboard To cancel press the Esc key The system updates the Table screen with the new value Note The new values you enter appear in the table for as long as you keep the window opened The changes will not be permanent unless you send them to the TA SRV If you send your changes to the TA_SRV the changes are recorded in the server s historical database 3 To make the changes permanent choose Commit Changes from the Table menu RealTick has a built in scripting facility that can be used for purposes

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

  Penates 10.1SP  Vivid Air Service Manual  入札説明書（PDF:2683KB）  701 pH/Temperature Module User Manual  Sparklet User Manual - Embien Technologies  DCB114 40V Max* Lithium Ion Charger Chargeur  Samsung PL200 User Manual  Precision NCDS1000 Instructions / Assembly  User manual [ENG] - VegaObs Database Consultation Software  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file